Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 1, 2020January 28, 2023

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                    to

Commission File Number: 1-4365

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Georgia

    

58-0831862

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309

(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(404) 659-2424

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $1 par value

OXM

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes     No 

As of August 2, 2019,July 29, 2022, which is the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was $978,846,984.$1,034,608,993. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant’s voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to August 2, 2019)July 29, 2022) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Title of Each Class

    

Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 20, 202024, 2023

Common Stock, $1 par value

16,750,40315,773,793

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of our proxy statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 16, 202013, 2023 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

57

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

26

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

41

Item 2.

Properties

41

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

42

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

42

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

4342

Item 6.

Selected Financial DataReserved

4544

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

4645

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

6970

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

7271

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

111113

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

111113

Item 9B.

Other Information

113117

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

117

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

113117

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

114117

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

114117

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

114117

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

114117

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

115118

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

116119

Signatures

117120

2

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Our SEC filings and public announcements may include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "project," "will" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all forward-looking statements contained herein, in our press releases or on our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Such statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions including, without limitation, the effect of the current coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak; demand for our products, which may be impacted by competitive conditions and/or evolving consumer shopping patterns; macroeconomic factors that may impact consumer discretionary spending and pricing levels for apparel and related products;products, many of which may be impacted by current inflationary pressures, rising interest rates, concerns about the stability of the banking industry or general economic uncertainty; acquisition activities (such as our recent acquisition of Johnny Was), including our ability to integrate key functions, recognize anticipated synergies and minimize related disruptions or distractions to our business as a result of these activities; the impact of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic on our business, operations and financial results; supply chain disruptions; costs and availability of labor and freight deliveries, including our ability to appropriately staff our retail stores and restaurants; costs of products as well as the raw materials used in those products; expected pricing levels; costsproducts, as well as our ability to pass along price increases to consumers; energy costs; our ability to be more hyper-digital and respond to rapidly changing consumer expectations; the ability of labor;business partners, including suppliers, vendors, wholesale customers, licensees, logistics providers and landlords, to meet their obligations to us and/or continue our business relationship to the timingsame degree; retention of shipments requestedand disciplined execution by key management and other critical personnel; cybersecurity breaches and ransomware attacks, as well as our wholesale customers; changes,and our third party vendors’ ability to properly collect, use, manage and secure business, consumer and employee data; the level of our indebtedness, including the risks associated with heightened interest rates on the debt and the potential impact on our business operations of suchability to operate and expand our business; changes in international, federal or state tax, trade and other laws and regulations, including the potential imposition of additional duties, tariffs, taxes or other charges or barriers to trade andduties; the timing of shipments requested by our ability to implement mitigating sourcing strategies;wholesale customers; weather; fluctuations and volatility in global financial and/or real estate markets; retention of and disciplined execution by key management; the timing and cost of retail store and restaurantfood and beverage location openings and remodels, as well astechnology implementations and other capital expenditures; acquisition and disposition activities, including our abilitystore closures or other operating restrictions due to timely recognize expected synergies from acquisitions;COVID-19, natural disaster or otherwise; expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions; the impactincreased consumer, employee and regulatory focus on environmental, social and governance issues; the regulation or prohibition of any restructuring initiatives we may undertake in onegoods sourced, or more ofcontaining raw materials or components, from certain regions and our business lines;ability to evidence compliance; access to capital and/or credit markets; changes in accounting standards and related guidance; and factors that could affect our consolidated effective tax rate.rate; the risk of impairment to goodwill and other intangible assets; and geopolitical risks, including those related to the war between Russia and Ukraine. Forward-looking statements reflect our expectations at the time such forward looking statements are made, based on information available at such time, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the SEC. We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

3

Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF RISKS AFFECTING OUR BUSINESS

Our business is subject to numerous risks. The following summary highlights some of the risks you should consider with respect to our business and prospects. This summary is not complete and the risks summarized below are not the only risks we face. You should review and carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described in more detail in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, which includes a more complete discussion of the risks summarized below:

Risks Related to our Industry and Macroeconomic Conditions

Our business and financial condition are heavily influenced by general economic and market conditions which are outside of our control.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in a highly competitive industry with significant pricing pressures and heightened customer expectations.

Failure to anticipate and adapt to changing fashion trends and consumer preferences could harm our reputation and financial performance.

Our operations and those of our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, public health crises, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

Risks Related to our Business Strategy and Operations

Failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands could harm our business operations and financial condition.

Our inability to execute our direct to consumer and portfolio-level strategies in response to shifts in consumer shopping behavior could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

The acquisition of new businesses is inherently risky, and we cannot be certain that we will realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition.

The divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines could result in unexpected liabilities and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing real estate for our retail stores and restaurants.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which could expose us to risks that adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

The loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Information Technology

Cybersecurity attacks and/or breaches of information security or privacy could disrupt our operations, cause us to incur additional expenses, expose us to litigation and/or cause us financial harm.

Our operations are reliant on information technology, and any interruption or other failure could have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

Reliance on outdated technology or failure to upgrade our information technology systems and capabilities could impair the efficient operation of our business and our ability to compete.

4

Table of Contents

Remote work arrangements could inhibit our ability to effectively operate our business and result in enhanced cybersecurity risks.

Risks Related to our Sourcing and Distribution Strategies

Our reliance on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands exposes us to risks that could disrupt our supply chain, increase our costs and negatively impact our operations.

Our operations are dependent on the global supply chain, and the impact of supply chain constraints may adversely impact our business and operating results.

Any disruption or failure in our primary distribution facilities may materially adversely affect our business or operations.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

Our geographic concentration of retail stores, restaurants and wholesale customers exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Risks Related to Regulatory, Tax and Financial Reporting Matters

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

Changes in international trade regulation could increase our costs and/or disrupt our supply chain.

Any violation or perceived violation of our codes of conduct or environmental and social compliance programs, including by our manufacturers or vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our brands.

As a multi-national apparel company, we may experience fluctuations in our tax liabilities and effective tax rate.

Impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Any failure to maintain liquor licenses or comply with applicable regulations could adversely affect the profitability of our restaurant operations.

General Risks

Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and failure to successfully attract, retain and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel or to attract, develop and retain personnel to fulfill other critical functions may have an adverse effect on our operations and ability to execute our strategies.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.

We are subject to periodic litigation, which may cause us to incur substantial expenses or unexpected liabilities.

Our common stock price may be highly volatile, and we may be unable to meet investor and analyst expectations.

Other factors may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

5

Table of Contents

DEFINITIONS

As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, "our," "us" or "we" means Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries; "SG&A" means selling, general and administrative expenses; "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission; "FASB" means the Financial Accounting Standards Board; "ASC" means the FASB Accounting Standards Codification; "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; "discontinued operations" means the assets and operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in Fiscal 2015; "TBBC" means The Beaufort Bonnet Company; and "U.S. Tax Reform" means the United States

3

Table of Contents

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act as enacted on December 22, 2017.Company. Additionally, the terms listed below reflect the respective period noted:

Fiscal 2024

52 weeks ending February 1, 2025

Fiscal 2023

53 weeks ending February 3, 2024

Fiscal 2022

52 weeks ended January 28, 2023

Fiscal 2021

52 weeks ended January 29, 2022

Fiscal 2020

52 weeks endingended January 30, 2021

Fiscal 2019

52 weeks ended February 1, 2020

Fiscal 2018

52 weeks ended February 2, 2019

Fiscal 2017

53 weeks ended February 3, 2018

Fiscal 2016

52 weeks ended January 28, 2017

Fiscal 2015

52 weeks ended January 30, 2016

Fiscal 2014

52 weeks ended January 31, 2015

Fourth quarter Fiscal 2019

13 weeks ended February 1, 2020

ThirdFourth quarter Fiscal 20192022

13 weeks ended November 2, 2019January 28, 2023

Third quarter Fiscal 2022

13 weeks ended October 29, 2022

Second quarter Fiscal 20192022

13 weeks ended August 3, 2019July 30, 2022

First quarter Fiscal 20192022

13 weeks ended April 30, 2022

Fourth quarter Fiscal 2021

13 weeks ended January 29, 2022

Third quarter Fiscal 2021

13 weeks ended October 30, 2021

Second quarter Fiscal 2021

13 weeks ended July 31, 2021

First quarter Fiscal 2021

13 weeks ended May 4, 2019

Fourth quarter Fiscal 2018

14 weeks ended February 2, 2019

Third quarter Fiscal 2018

13 weeks ended November 3, 2018

Second quarter Fiscal 2018

13 weeks ended August 4, 2018

First quarter Fiscal 2018

13 weeks ended May 5, 20181, 2021

46

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.   Business

BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS

Overview

We are a globalleading branded apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our portfolio of lifestyle brands: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, andJohnny Was, Southern Tide, lifestyle brandsTBBC and other owned and licensed brands as well as private label apparel products. During Fiscal 2019, 93% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own and 97% of our net sales were in the United States.Duck Head.

Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We consider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude. Furthermore, we believe lifestyle brands that create an emotional connection like Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide, can command greater loyalty and higher price points at retail and create licensing opportunities. We believe the attraction of a lifestyle brand depends on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message and distributing products to consumers where and when they want them.

We believe the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value, and image of brand names; design;design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing;marketing (including through rapidly shifting digital and social media vehicles); product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. Our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketingthe apparel industry is directly related todependent on our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference and presenting appealing products for consumers. Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated fashion products each season.season as well as certain core products that consumers expect from us.

To further strengthen each lifestyle brand’s connections with consumers, we directly communicate with consumers through digital and print media on a regular basis.basis with our loyal consumers, including the approximately 2.5 million who have transacted with us in the last year. We believe our ability to effectively communicate the images, lifestyle and products of our brands and create an emotional connection with consumers is critical to the success of our brands. Advertising forbrands, as evidenced by our brands often attempts to conveyadvertising which engages our consumers by conveying the lifestyle of the brand as well asbrand.

We believe the attraction of each of our lifestyle brands is a specific product.direct result of years of maintaining appropriate quality and design, and appropriately restricting the distribution of our products. We believe this approach to quality, design, distribution and communication has been critical in allowing us to achieve the current retail price points, high gross margins and success for our brands.

During Fiscal 2019, 70%2022, 80% of our consolidated net sales were through our direct to consumer channels of distribution, which consistsconsist of our 189 brand-specificbrand specific full-price retail stores, our e-commerce websites and outlets, as well as our Tommy Bahama food and beverage operations and our 35 Tommy Bahama outlet stores.operations. During Fiscal 2019, our retail, e-commerce and restaurant operations represented 39%, 23% and 8%, respectively,2022, the breakdown of our consolidated net sales.sales by direct to consumer channel was as follows: full-price retail of $487 million, or 35%; e-commerce of $465 million, or 33%; food and beverage of $109 million, or 8%; and outlet operations of $66 million, or 5%. Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers, present to them a broad assortment of our current season products and immerse them in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in a digital or physical setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands.

Our 257 full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to carry a full line of current season merchandise, including apparel, accessories and other products, all presented in an aspirational brand-specific atmosphere. We believe that our full-price retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers,consumers. Further, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the full-price retail stores with limited in-store promotional activities enhance the value and reputation of our lifestyle brands and, in turn, strengthen our business and relationships with key wholesale customers. While about one-half of our full-price retail stores are located in warm weather resort or travel-to destinations and states, we believe there are

7

Table of Contents

opportunities for new stores in both warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.

Our brand-specific e-commerce business continues to grow. Our e-commerce business is very profitable as we have a high gross margin on e-commerce sales of approximately 70% while also providingaveraging in excess of $125 per order. Our high average order value and high gross margins allow us to absorb any incremental picking, packing and freight expense associated with operating an e-commerce business and still maintain a platform for long-term growth for the brands. We also operate 16high profit margin on e-commerce sales.

Additionally, our Tommy Bahama restaurants,brand operates 21 food and beverage locations, including Marlin Bars and full-service restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location, which we believe further enhancestore. These food and beverage locations provide us with the brand’s image with consumersopportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience as well as attract new customers to the Tommy Bahama brand. Both Tommy Bahama and 35 Tommy BahamaJohnny Was operate brand-specific outlet stores, which play an important role in overallare utilized for end of season inventory and brand management. Our e-commerce websites provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of products.clearance.

The remaining 30%20% of our net sales in Fiscal 2019 were generated fromthrough our wholesale distribution channels. Our wholesale operations include sales of our lifestyle brands,channels, which complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger groupbase of consumers, and also represents substantially all the net sales of the Lanier Apparel operating group.consumers. Our wholesale operations includeconsist of sales of products bearing the trademarks of our lifestyle brands to various specialty stores, Signature Stores, better department stores, multi-branded e-commerce retailers and other retailers.

As we seek to maintain the integrity and continued success of our lifestyle brands by limiting promotional activity in our full-price retail stores and e-commerce websites, we intend to maintain controlled distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which we sell our products and generally target wholesale customers that follow this same approach ina limited promotions approach. We continue to value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of our lifestyle brands within their stores.

5

Table of Contents

Each of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups operatesWe operate in a highly competitive apparel markets. No single apparel firm or small groupmarket that continues to evolve rapidly with the expanding application of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry, and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent upon the overall level and focus of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as consumer preferences and regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Increasingly, consumers are choosingtechnology to spend less of their discretionary spending on certain product categories, including apparel, while spending more on services and other product categories. Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on other industries.

We believe the retail apparel market is evolving very rapidly and in ways that are having a disruptive impact on traditional fashion retailing.retail. The application of technology, including the internet and mobile devices, to fashion retail provides consumers increasing access to multiple, responsive distribution platforms and an unprecedented ability to communicate directly with brands and retailers. As a result, consumers have more information and greater control over information they receive as well as broader, faster and cheaper access to goods than ever before. This is revolutionizing the way that consumers shop for fashion and other goods, which continues to be evidenced by weakness and store closures for certain department stores and mall-based retailers, decreaseduncertain consumer retail traffic patterns, a more promotional retail environment, expansion of off-price and discount retailers, and a shift from bricks and mortar to internet purchasing. These changes may require

This competitive and evolving environment requires that brands and retailers approach their operations, including marketing and advertising, very differently than historical practicesthey have historically and may result in increased operating costs and capital investments to generate growth or even maintain their currentexisting sales levels. While the competition and evolution present significant risks, especially for traditional retailers who fail or are unable to adapt, we believe it also presents a tremendous opportunity for brands and retailers to capitalize on the changing consumer environment. 

No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry, and our competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent on the overall level and focus of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as consumer preferences and regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Also, in recent years consumers have chosen to spend less of their discretionary spending on certain product categories, including apparel, while spending more on services and other product categories.

Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on other industries due, in part, to apparel purchases often being more of a discretionary purchase. The current macroenvironment, with heightened concerns about inflation, a global economic recession, geopolitical issues, the stability of the U.S. banking system, the availability and cost of credit and continued increases in interest rates, is creating a complex and challenging retail environment, which may impact our businesses and exacerbate some of the

8

Table of Contents

inherent challenges to our operations. There remains significant uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, and the impact of these and other factors could have a major effect on our businesses.

Investments and Opportunities

While thisThe evolution in the fashion retail industry presents significant risks, especially for traditional retailers and others who fail or are unable to adapt, but we believe it also presents a tremendous opportunity for brands and retailers to capitalize on the changing consumer environment. We believe our lifestyle brands have true competitive advantages in this new retailing paradigm, and we are leveragingcontinue to invest in and leverage technology to serve our consumers when and where they want to be served. We continue to believe that our lifestyle brands, with their strong emotional connections with consumers, are well suited to succeed and thrive in the long term while managing the various challenges facing our industry. However,Further, each of our brands aims to further enhance its customer-focused, dynamic, thriving, digitally-driven, mobile-centered, cross-channel personalized and seamless shopping experience that recognizes and serves customers in their brand discovery and purchasing habits of the future.

We believe there are ample opportunities to expand the reach of each of our lifestyle brands in the future, including the opening of new direct to consumer locations, e-commerce growth and wholesale operations expansion. In order to expand the reach and maximize the success of each of our brands, we believe we must continue to invest in the lifestyle brands to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Future investments include capital expenditures primarily related to direct to consumer operations, such as technology enhancements, e-commerce initiatives and direct to consumer location build-outs for new, relocated or remodeled locations, as well as distribution center enhancements and administrative office expenditures. In addition to our capital investments, we must continue to invest in our SG&A expense infrastructure, including people, technology, advertising and other resources. While we believe that our investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on our operating margin, particularly if there is insufficient sales growth to absorb the incremental costs in a particular year. Fiscal 2023 will be a particularly heavy year for both capital expenditures and SG&A, which is expected to decrease our operating margins from the levels achieved in Fiscal 2022.

Meanwhile, as we grow we must be very diligent in our effort to avoid compromising the integrity of our brands by becoming overly promotional or maintaining or growing sales with wholesale customers that may not be aligned with our long-term strategy. This is particularly important with the challenges in the department store channel, which represented 11%less than 10% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2019.

In order to maximize the success of our brands, we believe we must continue to invest in our lifestyle brands to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Future investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations, such as technology enhancements, e-commerce initiatives and retail store and restaurant build-out for new, relocated or remodeled locations, as well as distribution center and administrative office expansion initiatives.

While we have made progress in recent years on improving the profitability of our Tommy Bahama operating group, which is our largest operating group, this initiative remains a focus area for the long-term prospects of the business and has generally focused on increasing gross margin and operating margin through: product cost reductions; selective price increases; reducing inventory purchases; redefining our approach to inventory clearance; effectively managing controllable and discretionary operating expenses; and taking a more conservative approach to retail store openings and lease renewals.2022.

While we believe we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands, we will continue to evaluate opportunities to add additional lifestyle brands, both large and small, to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets that meet our investment criteria. However, in light of the COVID-19 outbreak,criteria and/or take strategic measures to return capital to our shareholders as and when circumstances merit. For example, we are reassessing our capital allocation priorities in the near term.acquired Johnny Was on September 19, 2022.

Important factors relating to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, which could impact our business are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

6

Table of Contents

Operating Groups

Our business is primarily operated through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand’s direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable.

With our acquisition of Johnny Was on September 19, 2022, our business is organized as our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Johnny Was and Southern Tide each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective trademarks and license their trademarksEmerging Brands operating groups. Operating results for other product categories, whileperiods prior to Fiscal 2022 also include the Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men’s tailored clothing, sportswear and other products. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, the elimination of inter-segment sales and any other items that are not allocated to the operating groups including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments. Because our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group, definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the operating groups. Corporate and Other also includes the operations of other businesses which are not includedwe exited in our operating groups, including the operations of TBBC and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.

Fiscal 2021. For additional information about each of our reportable operating groups as well as Corporate and Other, see Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 2 toof our consolidated financial statements, each included in this report. The table below presents certain financial information about each of our operating groups, as well as Corporate and Other (in thousands).

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

Net Sales

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

676,652

$

675,358

$

686,021

Lilly Pulitzer

 

284,700

 

272,299

 

248,931

Lanier Apparel

 

97,251

 

100,471

 

106,852

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

45,248

 

40,940

Corporate and Other

 

17,778

 

14,090

 

3,467

Consolidated net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

 

1,086,211

Operating Income (Loss)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

53,207

$

53,139

$

55,002

Lilly Pulitzer

 

51,795

 

47,239

 

46,608

Lanier Apparel

 

1,465

 

5,057

 

6,546

Southern Tide

 

5,554

 

5,663

 

4,504

Corporate and Other (1)

 

(18,346)

 

(20,506)

 

(26,660)

Consolidated Operating Income

$

93,675

$

90,592

 

86,000

(1)Corporate and Other included a LIFO accounting charge of $1 million, $1 million and $8 million in Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, respectively.

The table below presents the total assets of each of our operating groups (in thousands).

    

February 1, 2020

    

February 2, 2019

Assets

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama (1)

$

668,197

$

439,353

Lilly Pulitzer (1)

 

199,913

 

152,113

Lanier Apparel (1)

 

43,533

 

54,369

Southern Tide (1)

 

99,667

 

97,939

Corporate and Other (2)

 

22,059

 

(16,520)

Consolidated Total Assets

$

1,033,369

$

727,254

79

Table of Contents

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

Fiscal 2020

Net Sales (1)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

880,233

$

724,305

$

419,817

Lilly Pulitzer

 

339,266

 

298,995

 

231,078

Johnny Was (2)

72,591

 

Emerging Brands

 

116,484

 

90,053

 

58,200

Lanier Apparel (3)

 

 

24,858

 

38,796

Corporate and Other

 

2,954

 

3,868

 

942

Consolidated net sales

$

1,411,528

$

1,142,079

 

748,833

Operating Income (Loss) (1)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

172,761

$

111,733

$

(53,310)

Lilly Pulitzer

 

67,098

 

63,601

 

27,702

Johnny Was (2)

(1,544)

Emerging Brands (4)

 

15,602

 

16,649

 

(62,724)

Lanier Apparel (3)

 

 

4,888

 

(26,654)

Corporate and Other (5)

 

(35,143)

 

(31,368)

 

(8,863)

Consolidated Operating Income

$

218,774

$

165,503

 

(123,849)

(1)The increase in total assets for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzernet sales and Southern Tideoperating income (loss) of each operating group were primarily a result ofnegatively impacted by the recognition of operating lease assetsCOVID-19 pandemic starting in Fiscal 2019 due to the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance, while the decrease in Lanier Apparel was primarily due to lower inventories and receivables partially offset by operating lease assets.2020.
(2)TotalAmount included for Johnny Was represents the post-acquisition period only. The operating income for Fiscal 2022 for Johnny Was includes $4 million of inventory step-up charges and $5 million of amortization of intangible assets.
(3)In Fiscal 2021, we exited our Lanier Apparel business, which had been focused on moderately priced tailored clothing and related products. The Lanier Apparel exit is discussed in more detail in Note 11 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
(4)The operating loss for Emerging Brands in Fiscal 2020 included a $60 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets of Southern Tide, with no such charges in Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021.
(5)The operating loss for Corporate and Other include LIFO reservesincludes a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) accounting charge of $63$3 million, charge of $16 million and $62credit of $9 million as of February 1,in Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, respectively. During Fiscal 2022 and February 2, 2019, respectively. The change in total assetsFiscal 2021, the operating loss for Corporate and Other from February 2, 2019 was primarily due toalso included $3 million of transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the increased cash asJohnny Was acquisition and a gain on sale of February 1, 2020.an unconsolidated entity of $12 million, respectively.

Tommy Bahama

Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men’s and women’s sportswear and related products. Tommy Bahama’s typical consumer is older than 45 years old, has a household annual income in excess of $100,000, lives in or travels to warm weather and resort locations and embraces a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our Tommy Bahama stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as at better department stores, independent specialty stores and multi-branded e-commerce retailers. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurantsfood and beverage locations and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories. During Fiscal 2019, 95%2022, 96% of Tommy Bahama’s sales were to customers withinin the United States, with the remaining sales in Canada, Australia and Asia.Canada.

We believe thatIn Fiscal 2022, we increased Tommy Bahama’s sales by 22% to $880 million and operating income by 55% to $173 million, or 19.6%. For comparison, the attraction to our consumers of theFiscal 2022 operating margin for Tommy Bahama brand, which was foundedconsiderably higher than the 15.4% operating margin generated in 1992, is a reflectionFiscal 2021, as well as the 7.9% operating margin on $677 million of our efforts over many years to maintain appropriate quality and design of our Tommy Bahama apparel, accessories and licensed products, limit the distribution of Tommy Bahama products to a select tier of retailers, and effectively communicate the relaxed and casual Tommy Bahama lifestyle. We expect to continue to follow this approach for the brandnet sales generated in the future. We believe thatlast pre-pandemic year of Fiscal 2019. The significant improvement in operating results reflects the retail sales valueefforts of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during Fiscal 2019, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $1.2 billion.

We believe there are ample opportunities to expand the direct to consumer reach of the Tommy Bahama brand in the future, while maintaining its historically select distribution. In order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Tommy Bahama brand. These investments include capital expenditures and ongoing expenses to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities; open new stores and restaurants; remodel and/or relocate existing stores and restaurants; maintain and upgrade our distribution and other facilities; and enhance our marketing efforts to communicate the lifestyle to existing and targeted new consumers.

In recent years, an important initiative for us has beenin recent years to increase the profitability of the Tommy Bahama business. While we have made progress in recent years on improving the profitability of our Tommy Bahama operating group, this initiative remains a focus area for the long-term prospects of the business and has generally focused on increasing gross margin and operating margin through: product cost reductions; selective price increases; reducing inventory purchases; redefining our approach to inventory clearance; effectively managing controllable and discretionary operating expenses; and taking a more conservative approach to retail store openings and lease renewals.

During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we incurred certain charges related to the restructure of our Tommy Bahama Japan operations, which we plan to exit entirely during the first half of Fiscal 2020. These charges included in Tommy Bahama are discussed in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements. We expect that operating results in our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific operations, which now consists of our Tommy Bahama operations in Australia, should be profitable going forward.

Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

Tommy Bahama products are designed by product specific teams who focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

810

Table of Contents

We operategroup. While we made progress on this initiative prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, these efforts were really evident in our Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022 operating results. Maintaining the significantly higher post-pandemic operating income levels continues to be a buying office located in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the substantial majority of our Tommy Bahama products. During Fiscal 2019, we used approximately 150 suppliers to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products with 63% and 13% of Tommy Bahama’s product purchases from manufacturers in China and Vietnam, respectively. The largest 10 suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided 48% of the products acquired during Fiscal 2019, with no individual supplier providing more than 10%.

Advertising and marketing are an integral part offocus area for the long-term strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to these efforts. Tommy Bahama’s advertising, which emphasizes the brand’s image and lifestyle, attempts to engage individuals within the target consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products. The marketingprospects of the Tommy Bahama brand includes email, internet and social media advertising and traditional media such as catalogs, print and other communications, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. As a lifestyle brand, we believe that it is very important that Tommy Bahama communicate regularly with consumers about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen Tommy Bahama’s guest connections.

We also believe that highly visible full-price retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers. We intend for our full-price retail stores to enhance our guests’ shopping experience, which we believe will increase brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at our full-price retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our products, including those that support worthwhile causes in local communities.

In addition, we use loyalty award cards, Flip Side events and Friends & Family events to drive traffic to our stores and websites. These initiatives are effective in increasing traffic as the proportion of our sales that occur during our marketing initiatives have increased in recent years, which puts some downward pressure on our direct to consumer gross margins. We believe our traditional and digital media communications increase the sales of our own full-price retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.

For certain wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our products and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.

We operate a Tommy Bahama distribution center in Auburn, Washington, which serves our North America direct to consumer and wholesale operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our Tommy Bahama stores, our wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers. We use local third party distribution centers for our Asia-Pacific operations.business.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Tommy Bahama growth strategy is to operate our ownretail stores, restaurantse-commerce websites and e-commerce websites,food and beverage concepts, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which the products are based. Our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer channels, which consist of full-price retail store, e-commerce, food and restaurantbeverage and outlet store operations, in the aggregate, represented 80%83% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2019. Retail2022. Full-price retail store, e-commerce, food and restaurantbeverage and outlet store net sales accounted for 48%39%, 20%24%, 13% and 12%7%, respectively, of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2019.2022.

Our direct to consumer approach includes various e-commerce websites, including the tommybahama.com website. Our Tommy Bahama e-commerce business, which generated $214 million of net sales in Fiscal 2022, has grown significantly over the last few years, including a 16% increase in net sales compared to Fiscal 2021. Our Tommy Bahama websites allow consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the internet. These websites also enable us to increase our database of consumer contacts, which allows us to communicate directly and frequently with consenting consumers. As we reach more customers in the future, we anticipate that our e-commerce distribution channel for Tommy Bahama will continue to grow at a faster pace than our retail store or wholesale operations.

Our direct to consumer strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand also includes locating and operating full-price retail stores in upscale malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. Generally, we seek to locate our full-price retail stores in shopping areas and malls that have high-profile or upscale consumer brand adjacencies. As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, the majority of our Tommy Bahama full-price retail stores were in street-front locations or lifestyle centers with the remainder primarily in regional indoor malls, with a number of those regional indoor locations in resort travel destinations. OurWe believe that we have opportunities for continued sales growth for Tommy Bahama, particularly in our women’s business, which represented 34% and 33% of sales in our direct to consumer operations in Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively, with women’s swim representing about one-fourth of the women’s business. For Tommy Bahama’s domestic full-price retail stores allowand retail-food and beverage locations operating for the full Fiscal 2022 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding food and beverage sales and food and beverage space, were approximately $790, compared to approximately $645 in Fiscal 2021.

As of January 28, 2023, we operated 21 Tommy Bahama food and beverage locations including 13 restaurants and eight Marlin Bar locations, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location. These retail-food and beverage locations, which generated approximately 25% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2022, provide us with the opportunity to carryimmerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience. We do not anticipate that the majority of our full-price retail locations will have an adjacent food and beverage location; however, we have determined that an adjacent food and beverage location can further enhance the image or exposure of the brand in select, high-profile, brand appropriate locations. The net sales per square foot in our domestic full-price retail stores that are adjacent to a full linefood and beverage location have historically been approximately twice the sales per square foot of current season merchandise, including apparel, home products and accessories, all presented in an aspirational, island-inspired atmosphere designed to be relaxed, comfortable and unique.our other domestic full-price retail stores. We believe that the customer immersing themselves into the Tommy Bahama lifestyle by having a meal or a drink at the Tommy Bahama food and beverage location and visiting the adjacent full-price retail store may entice the customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise and potentially provide a memorable consumer experience that further enhances the relationship between Tommy Bahama and the consumer. The Marlin Bar concept, like our traditional restaurant locations, is adjacent to one of our full-price retail store locations and serves food and beverages, but in a smaller space and with food options more focused on small plate offerings rather than entrees. We believe that the smaller footprint, reduced labor requirements and lower required capital expenditure of the Marlin Bar concept provides us with the long-term potential for opening additional retail-food and beverage locations that are more in line with evolving customer trends toward fast casual dining, particularly with younger consumers.

Typically, at the end of the summer and holiday season, Tommy Bahama will conduct sales both in-store and online to move end of season product. Utilizing Tommy Bahama’s Enterprise Order Management (EOM) system, many

911

Table of Contents

online orders will be fulfilled from retail stores, provide high visibility forgreatly reducing the brand and products and allow us to stay close to the preferencesamount of our consumers. Further, we believegoods that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate theultimately get transferred from full-price retail stores with limited in-store promotional activities are good for theto outlet stores. Tommy Bahama brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for additional full-price retailutilizes its outlet stores, in both warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting. We believe that we have opportunities for continued direct to consumer sales growth for ourwhich generated 7% of total Tommy Bahama women’s business, which represented 31% of sales in our full-price direct to consumer operations in Fiscal 2019. In Fiscal 2019, approximately one-fourth of the sales of women’s product in our full-price direct to consumer operations were swimwear, cover-ups2022, and swim-related products.

Disposal of discontinued or end of season inventory is an ongoing part of any apparel business and Tommy Bahama uses its outlet stores, sales to off-price retailers and selected initial markdowns in our full-price retail stores and on our e-commerce websites to sell itsthe remaining end of season or excess inventory. Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores which generated 9% of our total Tommy Bahama net sales in Fiscal 2019, are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include other upscale retailers and serve an important role in overall inventory management by often allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties. We believe that this approach has helped us protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brand by allowing our full-price retail stores to limit promotional activity while controlling the distribution of discontinued and out-of-season product. To supplement the clearance items sold in Tommy Bahama outlets, some of the product sold inwe merchandise our Tommy Bahama outlets are made specifically for our outlets. We anticipate thatwith certain made-for products. Currently, we would generally operate one outlet store for approximately every threefour full-price retail stores. In Fiscal 2019, we closed two outlets at the expiration of their respective lease term.

For Tommy Bahama’s domestic full-price retail stores and retail-restaurant locations operating for the full Fiscal 2019 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $615 during Fiscal 2019. In Fiscal 2019, our domestic outlet stores generated approximately $335 of sales per square foot for outlets open for the entire 2019 fiscal year.

As of February 1, 2020, we operated 16 Tommy Bahama restaurants including Marlin Bar locations, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location. These retail-restaurant locations, which generate approximately 25% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales, provide us with the opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience. We do not anticipate that the majority of our retail locations will have an adjacent restaurant; however, in select high-profile brand appropriate locations we have determined that an adjacent restaurant can further enhance the image or exposure of the brand. The net sales per square foot in our domestic full-price retail stores that are adjacent to a restaurant are on average twice the sales per square foot of our other domestic full-price retail stores. We believe that the customer immersing themselves into the Tommy Bahama lifestyle by having a meal or a drink at the Tommy Bahama restaurant and visiting the adjacent retail store may entice the customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise and potentially provide a memorable consumer experience that further enhances the relationship between Tommy Bahama and the consumer. The Marlin Bar concept, like our traditional restaurant locations, is adjacent to one of our retail locations and serves food and beverages, but in a smaller space and with food options more focused on small plate offerings rather than entrees. We believe that with the smaller footprint, reduced labor requirements and lower required capital expenditure for build-out, the Marlin Bar concept provides us with the long-term potential for opening retail-restaurant locations in sites that otherwise may not have been suitable or brand appropriate for one of our traditional retail-restaurant locations.

As of February 1, 2020, the total square feet of space used for our Tommy Bahama full-price retail store and outlet store operations was 0.6 million with another 0.1 million of total square feet used in our Tommy Bahama restaurant operations. The table below provides certain information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants operated by usdirect to consumer locations as of February 1, 2020.January 28, 2023.

10

Table of Contents

    

FullPrice Retail

    

    

RetailRestaurant

    

    

Full-Price

    

RetailFood & Beverage

    

    

Stores

Outlet Stores

Locations (1)

Total

Retail Stores

Locations (1)

Outlet Stores

Total

Florida

 

20

 

5

 

5

 

30

 

18

 

8

 

5

 

31

California

 

16

 

4

 

3

 

23

 

14

 

4

 

4

 

22

Texas

 

7

 

4

 

2

 

13

 

6

 

2

 

4

 

12

Hawaii

 

5

 

1

 

3

 

9

 

5

 

4

 

1

 

10

Nevada

 

4

 

1

 

1

 

6

Maryland

 

3

 

2

 

 

5

New York

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

5

Other states

 

36

 

12

 

1

 

49

 

42

 

3

 

14

 

59

Total domestic

 

93

 

31

 

16

 

140

 

85

 

21

 

28

 

134

Canada

 

7

 

2

 

 

9

 

6

 

 

2

 

8

Total North America

 

100

 

33

 

16

 

149

 

91

 

21

 

30

 

142

Australia

 

10

 

2

 

 

12

 

12

 

 

3

 

15

Japan

 

1

 

 

 

1

Total

 

111

 

35

 

16

 

162

 

103

 

21

 

33

 

157

Average square feet per store (2)

 

3,400

 

4,700

 

4,300

 

  

 

3,400

 

4,300

 

4,400

 

  

Total square feet at year end (2)

 

380,000

 

165,000

 

70,000

 

  

 

350,000

 

90,000

 

145,000

 

  

(1)Consists of 1413 traditional format retail-restaurant locations of our traditional island format and twoeight Marlin Bar retail-restaurant locations.
(2)Square feet for retail-restaurantretail-food and beverage locations consists of retail space square feetfootage and excludes square feet used in the associated restaurantfood and beverage operations.

During Fiscal 2022, Florida, California, Hawaii and Texas represented 33%, 16%, 13% and 9%, respectively, of our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer retail and retail-food and beverage location sales. Including e-commerce sales, during Fiscal 2022, Florida, California, Hawaii and Texas represented 27%, 15%, 9% and 8%, respectively, of total Tommy Bahama direct to consumer sales.

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Tommy Bahama storeslocations during Fiscal 2019.2022.

    

FullPrice Retail

    

    

RetailRestaurant

    

    

Full-Price

    

RetailFood & Beverage

    

    

Stores

Outlet Stores

Locations

Total

Retail Stores

Locations

Outlet Stores

Total

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

 

113

 

37

 

17

 

167

 

102

 

21

 

35

 

158

Opened

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

 

 

2

Closed

 

(3)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(6)

 

(1)

 

 

(2)

 

(3)

Open as of end of fiscal year

 

111

 

35

 

16

 

162

 

103

 

21

 

33

 

157

WeIn future periods, we anticipate that many of our new Tommy Bahama store count at the end of Fiscal 2020openings will be comparableMarlin Bar locations that are either new locations or conversions of existing full-price retail stores. Currently, we have three Marlin Bar openings scheduled for Fiscal 2023, including the conversion of Tommy Bahama full-price retail locations in Palm Beach Gardens, Florida and San Antonio, Texas as well as a new Marlin Bar in Winter Park, Florida. We also have other locations in the pipeline for openings in Fiscal 2024 and beyond and anticipate opening as many as five Marlin Bar locations in Fiscal 2024, subject to our store count atlease negotiation, construction timing and other factors. We continue to look for other appropriate locations for full-price retail stores and Marlin Bars. In addition to the end of Fiscal 2019. Our initial Fiscal 2020 plan included opening sixplanned Marlin Bars, we also have

12

Table of which Contents

two arefull-price retail store relocations and expansionsa couple of existing retail store locations, one is a conversion of a retail-restaurant location to a Marlin Bar and three are entirelyother new locations andin negotiation. We believe that in Fiscal 2023, we may close a very limited number of openings oflocations, including certain outlets and full-price retail locations. As of March 30, 2020, we have completed two of these Marlin Bars, while the other locations are scheduled for later in the year and being reassessed due to the COVID-19 outbreak.

The operationconstruction of full-priceand relocation of retail stores outlet stores and retail-restaurant locations requirerequires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We estimate thatIn addition to new store openings, we will spend approximately $1 million on average in connection with the build-out of a domestic full-price retail store. However, individual locations, particularly those in urban locations, may require investments greater than these amounts depending on a variety of factors, including the location and size of the full-price retail store. The cost of a traditional Tommy Bahama retail-restaurant location and a Marlin Bar is significantly more than the cost of a full-price retail store and can vary significantly depending on a variety of factors. Historically, the cost of our retail-restaurant locations has been approximately $5 million; however, we have spent significantly more than that amount for certain locations and significantly less than this amount for our two Marlin Bar locations. For most of our retail stores and restaurants, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.

11

Table of Contents

Additionally, wealso incur capital expenditure costs related to periodic remodels or expansions of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires, and we determine it is appropriate to relocate to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. Alternatively, when a lease expires we may decide to close the store rather than relocating the store to another location or renewing the lease. The cost of store relocationsa Tommy Bahama Marlin Bar is generally comparable tosignificantly more than the costscost of opening a new full-price retail store or outlet store. We anticipateand can vary significantly depending on a variety of factors. Historically, the cost to build out our Marlin Bar locations has been approximately $3 million and future locations may be more expensive than that the capital expenditures for relocations and remodels, in the aggregate, may continue to increase in future periods.

In addition toamount. For most of our full-price retail stores and outlet stores, our directMarlin Bar locations, the landlord often provides certain incentives to consumer approach includes various e-commerce websites, including the tommybahama.com website. During Fiscal 2019, e-commerce sales represented 20%fund a portion of Tommy Bahama’s net sales, compared to 18% in Fiscal 2018. Our Tommy Bahama websites allow consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the internet. These websites also enable us to increase our database of consumer contacts, which allows us to communicate directly and frequently with consenting consumers. As we reach more customers in the future, we anticipate that our e-commerce distribution channel for Tommy Bahama will continue to grow at a faster pace than our domestic full-price retail store operations or wholesale operations.capital expenditures.

Wholesale Operations

To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, we continue to maintain our profitablea wholesale operationsbusiness for Tommy Bahama. Tommy Bahama’s wholesale customers include better department stores, specialty stores and multi-brand e-commerce retailers that generally follow a retail model approach with limited discounting. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Tommy Bahama brand within their stores.

Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for 20% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2019. Approximately 55% of Tommy Bahama’s wholesale business reflects sales to major department stores with the remaining wholesale sales primarily sales to specialty stores. Tommy Bahama men’s products are available in more than 1,800 retail locations in North America, while Tommy Bahama women’s products are available in more than 1,100 retail locations in North America. During Fiscal 2019, 15% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales were to Tommy Bahama’s 10 largest wholesale customers, withWith its largest customer representing 5% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales.

We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesalewide distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Tommy Bahama products are sold. As a result of our approach to limiting our wholesale distribution,currently, we believe that sales growth in our men’s apparel wholesale business which represented approximately 86% of Tommy Bahama’s domestic wholesale sales in Fiscal 2019, may be somewhat limited.limited in the long-term. However, we believe that we may have opportunities for wholesale sales increases for our Tommy Bahama women’s business in the future, with its appeal evidenced by women’s product representing 31% of salesits performance in our full-price retail stores and e-commerce websiteswebsites. Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for 17% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2019.2022. Approximately 10% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales reflects sales to major department stores with our remaining wholesale sales primarily to specialty stores. During Fiscal 2022, 12% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales were to Tommy Bahama’s 10 largest wholesale customers, with its largest customer representing less than 5% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales.

We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in New York and Seattle, as well as other locations, to facilitate sales to our wholesale customers. OurResort

On November 14, 2022, Tommy Bahama wholesale operations useentered into a sales force consisting of a combination oflicensing arrangement for the first Tommy Bahama employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.

Licensing Operations

We believeresort. Pursuant to the licensing is an attractive business opportunity foragreement, the Miramonte Resort & Spa in Indian Wells, California will be converted into the Tommy Bahama brand. ForMiramonte Resort & Spa, with an established lifestyle brand, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affordsanticipated completion date in late 2023. Upon conversion of the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee forproperty, Tommy Bahama we typically consider the candidate’s experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with other Tommy Bahama products.

Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future, and in limited cases include contingent renewal options. Generally, the agreements require minimumwill earn royalty

12

Table of Contents

payments income calculated as well as royalty payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products as well as obligations to expend certain funds towards marketing the brand on an approved basis. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution. Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product categories:

Men’s and women’s headwear

Watches

Outdoor furniture and related products

Footwear

Belts, leather goods and gifts

Indoor furniture

Men’s hosiery

Handbags

Mattresses and box springs

Sleepwear

Luggage

Bedding and bath linens

Shampoo, soap and bath amenities

Fabrics

Table top accessories

Cigar accessories

Fragrances

Distilled spirits

In addition to our license arrangements for the specific product categories listed above, we may enter into certain international distributor agreements which allow those parties to distribute Tommy Bahama apparel and other products on a wholesale and/or retail basis within certain countries or regions. As of February 1, 2020, we have agreements for distribution of Tommy Bahama products in the Middle East, Greater China and parts of Latin America. The products sold by the distributors generally are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale accounts, the distributors may, in some cases, operate their own retail stores. As of February 1, 2020, we have licensed Tommy Bahama stores located in the Middle East, Greater China and Central America. None of these agreements are expected to generate growth that would materially impact the operating results of Tommy Bahama in the near term.

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Tommy Bahama’s operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales at our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Tommy Bahama products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income (loss) for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income (loss) for Fiscal 2019 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The following table presents the percentage of net salesrevenues associated with the resort. The property will be managed and operating income (loss) for Tommy Bahamaoperated by quarter for Fiscal 2019:

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

24

%  

28

%  

19

%  

29

%

Operating income (loss)

 

29

%  

44

%  

(15)

%  

42

%

a national commercial and hospitality real estate company with considerable experience in premier resort development and operations.

Lilly Pulitzer

Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources, markets and distributes upscale collections of women’s and girl’s dresses, sportswear and related products. The Lilly Pulitzer brand was originally created in the late 1950s by Lilly Pulitzer and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women’s brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including among young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, and in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores, which are described below, and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in independent specialty stores and better department and independent specialty stores. During Fiscal 2019, 50%2022, 34%, 34% and 35%14% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales were for women’s dresses, sportswear, and dresses,Luxletic apparel products, respectively, with the remaining sales consisting of Lilly Pulitzer accessories, including scarves, bags, jewelry and belts, children’s apparel, swim, footwear and licensed products.

13

Table of Contents

We believe that there are opportunities to expand the reach of the Lilly Pulitzer brand in the future, while at the same time maintaining its historically select distribution. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand. These investments include enhancing e-commerce and other technology capabilities; opening and operating full-price retail stores; remodeling and/or relocating existing stores; and increasing employment, advertising and other functions to support the business. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on Lilly Pulitzer’s operating margin, particularly if there is insufficient sales growth to absorb the incremental costs in a particular year.

We believe the attraction of the Lilly Pulitzer brand to our consumers is a reflection of years of maintaining appropriate quality and design of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel, accessories and licensed products, restricting the distribution of the Lilly Pulitzer products to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the message of Lilly Pulitzer’s optimistic Palm Beach resort chic lifestyle. We believe this approach to quality, design, distribution and communication has been critical in allowing us to achieve the current retail price points for Lilly Pulitzer products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Lilly Pulitzer branded products sold during Fiscal 2019, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $325 million.

Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

Lilly Pulitzer’s products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Lilly Pulitzer headquarters in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania as well as in Palm Beach, Florida. Our Lilly Pulitzer design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, silk, linen and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

Lilly Pulitzer uses a combination of in-house employees in our King of Prussia and Hong Kong offices and third party buying agents primarily based in Asia to manage the production and sourcing of its apparel products. Through its buying agents and direct sourcing, Lilly Pulitzer used approximately 60 vendors, with no individual supplier providing more than 10% and the largest 10 suppliers providing 55%, of the products acquired during Fiscal 2019. In Fiscal 2019, 45% of Lilly Pulitzer’s product purchases were from manufacturers located in China.

Advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. Lilly Pulitzer’s advertising attempts to engage individuals within the brand’s consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our full-price retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products. The marketing of the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes email, internet, social media and influencer advertising, as well as traditional media such as catalogs, print and other communications and moving media and trade show initiatives. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand effectively communicate with consumers on a regular basis about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brand’s connections with guests.

In addition to our ongoing Lilly Pulitzer marketing initiatives, on occasion we also enter into collaborations with third parties to increase brand awareness or create additional brand excitement. Often these collaborations do not generate material direct revenue for Lilly Pulitzer, but instead provide significant press or social media exposure and excitement for the brand that complement our ongoing advertising and marketing initiatives. We believe in today’s environment it is important to continue to find new, creative ways to advertise in order to differentiate the brand.

We believe that highly visible full-price retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit and buy merchandise. We believe that full-price retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our full-price retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products and in some cases including "shop and share" events benefiting local charities. At certain times during the year, an integral part of the direct to consumer marketing plan for Lilly Pulitzer includes certain gift with purchase programs where the consumer earns the right to a Lilly Pulitzer gift product if certain spending thresholds are achieved. We believe that our full-price retail store

14

Table of Contents

operations, as well as our traditional and digital media communications and periodic collaborations with others, enhance brand awareness and increase the sales of Lilly Pulitzer products in all channels of distribution.

For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.

Lilly Pulitzer operates a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Lilly Pulitzer growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which they are based. Lilly Pulitzer’s direct to consumer distribution channel, which consists of e-commerce operations and full-price retail store and e-commerce operations,stores, represented 79%84% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2019.

Our direct to consumer strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. Sales at our full-price retail stores represented 41% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales during Fiscal 2019. As of February 1, 2020, about 40%2022. A key element of our Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers and approximately one-third of our Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in indoor regional malls, with the remaining locations in resort or street locations. In certain resort locations such as Nantucket and Watch Hill, our stores are only open during the resort season. Additionally, we may open temporary pop-up stores in certain locations.

Each full-price retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Lilly Pulitzer image, brand awareness and acceptance. Our Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores allow us to present Lilly Pulitzer’s full line of current season products. We believe our Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products and enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. We also believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the full-price retail stores with limited promotional activities complement our business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for full-price retail stores in both warmer and cooler climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.

15

Table of Contents

Lilly Pulitzer’s full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2019 were approximately $720 for the full-price retail stores which were open the full Fiscal 2019 year. The table below provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores as of February 1, 2020.

Number of

FullPrice Retail

Stores

Florida

18

Massachusetts

7

Virginia

6

North Carolina

4

Ohio

3

Texas

3

Other

20

Total

61

Average square feet per store

2,600

Total square feet at year-end

160,000

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal 2019.

FullPrice Retail

Stores

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

62

Opened

2

Closed

(3)

Open as of end of fiscal year

61

During Fiscal 2019, we opened Lilly Pulitzer stores in Newport Beach, California, and Wilmington, North Carolina, and closed three stores which were no longer deemed appropriate locations for the brand. In Fiscal 2020, we anticipate that Lilly Pulitzer’s store opening pace will be comparable to or less than the store opening pace in Fiscal 2019. The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that most future full-price retail store openings will generally be less than 2,500 square feet on average; however, the determination of actual size of the store will depend on a variety of criteria. To open a 2,500 square foot Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail store, we anticipate capital expenditures of approximately $1 million on average. For most of our full-price retail stores, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.

In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels, expansions or downsizing of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We may also incur capital expenditures if we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location. The cost of store relocations, if any, will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store. Alternatively, when a lease expires we may decide to close the store rather than relocating the store to another location or renewing the lease.

In addition to operating Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores, another key element of our direct to consumer strategy is the lillypulitzer.com website, which represented 38%generated $172 million, or 51%, of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2019. 2022. Another key component of our Lilly Pulitzer direct to consumer strategy is to operate our own Lilly Pulitzer stores, which represented 33% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2022.

The Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce business has experienced significantdouble-digit percentage growth in recentfor many years, and we anticipate that the rate ofnet sales growth of the e-commerce business will remain strong in the future. We also useutilize the Lilly Pulitzer website as an effective means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory in a brand appropriate manner and at gross margins in excess of 40% via e-commerce flash clearance sales. These sales are brand appropriate events that create a significant amount of excitement with loyal Lilly Pulitzer consumers, who are looking for an opportunity to purchase Lilly Pulitzer products at a discounted price.price and are also important in attracting new consumers to the Lilly Pulitzer brand. These e-commerce flash clearance sales typically run for three days during the summer clearance period in September and for two days during the post-holiday clearance period in January,

16

Table of Contents

allowing the Lilly Pulitzer website to generally remain full-price for the remaining 360 days of the year. During Fiscal 2019, approximately 44%2022, 31% of Lilly Pulitzer’s e-commerce sales, or 16% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales, were e-commerce flash clearance sales.

Our full-price retail store strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end lifestyle shopping centers and malls, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. As of January 28, 2023, about 40% of our Lilly Pulitzer full-price stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers and approximately one-third of our Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in indoor regional malls, with the remaining locations in resort or street locations. In certain seasonal locations such as Nantucket and Watch Hill, our stores are only open during the resort season. Additionally, we may open temporary pop-up stores in certain locations.

Lilly Pulitzer’s full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2022 were approximately $765 for the full-price retail stores which were open the full Fiscal 2022 year, as compared to $685 in Fiscal 2021. The table below provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer direct to consumer locations as of January 28, 2023.

Full-Price

Retail Stores

Florida

20

Massachusetts

7

Virginia

5

North Carolina

4

Other

23

Total

59

Average square feet per store

2,500

Total square feet at year-end

145,000

14

Table of Contents

During Fiscal 2022, 50% of Lilly Pulitzer’s full-price retail store sales were in stores located in Florida with no other state generating more than 10% of full-price retail store sales. Including e-commerce sales, during Fiscal 2022, Florida represented 33% of total Lilly Pulitzer direct to consumer sales.

The table below reflects the changes in direct to consumer location count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal 2022.

Full-Price

Retail Stores

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

58

Opened

3

Closed

(2)

Open as of end of fiscal year

59

Currently, we expect to open at least two new full-price retail stores in Fiscal 2023, including in Delray Beach, Florida and Charlotte, North Carolina. We are in the process of identifying sites or negotiating leases for additional locations. We continue to look for other appropriate locations and anticipate returning to a pace of opening as many as five locations per year in the future. At the same time, we may relocate or close a limited number of locations at lease expiration. The construction of and relocation of retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater operating costs. In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels or expansions of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate.

Wholesale Operations

To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, we continue to maintain our profitable wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer. These wholesale operations, which represented 16% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2022, are primarily with Signature Stores, independent specialty stores, Signature Stores, better department stores and multi-branded e-commerce retailers that generally follow a retail model approach with limited discounting. During Fiscal 2019, approximately 21% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales were sales to wholesale customers. During Fiscal 2019,2022, about one-third of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales were to Lilly Pulitzer’s Signature Stores, one-fourthone-third of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales were to specialty stores and one-fourthabout one-fifth of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales, or less than 5% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales, were to department stores. The remaining wholesale sales were primarily to national accounts, including on-line retailers, and off-price retailers. Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales to its 10 largest wholesale customers represented 12%8% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 20192022 with its largest customer representing less than 5% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales.

An important part of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale distribution is sales to Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store, subject to certain conditions, including designating substantially all the storefloor space specifically for Lilly Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, there were 5348 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.

Johnny Was

On September 19, 2022, we acquired the Johnny Was California lifestyle brand and related operations, which includes the design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of collections of affordable luxury, artisan-inspired bohemian apparel, accessories and home goods. The Johnny Was brand was founded in 1987 and continues to transcend fashion trends with its beautifully crafted, globally inspired products and demonstrates a unique ability to combine and mix elevated fabrics, patterns, bespoke prints and artisanal embroidery that distinguishes its product in the marketplace. Johnny Was products can be found on the Johnny Was website, johnnywas.com, and in our full-price retail stores as well as select department stores and specialty stores. During the 12 months ended January 28, 2023, 90% of the net sales of Johnny Was were for women’s apparel, with the remaining sales consisting of Johnny Was accessories, including home products, shoes, scarves, handbags, and jewelry.

15

Table of Contents

Direct to Consumer Operations

The Johnny Was direct to consumer distribution channel, which consists of e-commerce operations and the Johnny Was retail stores, represented 75% of the Johnny Was net sales in the 12 months ended January 28, 2023. A key element of the Johnny Was strategy is the johnnywas.com website, which generated $83 million of net sales, or 40% of the net sales of Johnny Was, in the 12 months ended January 28, 2023. Another key component of our Johnny Was direct to consumer strategy is to operate our own Johnny Was stores, which represented 35% of the net sales of Johnny Was in the 12 months ended January 28, 2023.

The Johnny Was e-commerce business has experienced very strong growth in recent years, and we anticipate that the net sales growth of the e-commerce business will remain strong in the future. Our full-price retail store strategy for the Johnny Was brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end lifestyle shopping centers and malls, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. As of January 28, 2023, about 70% of the Johnny Was full-price stores were located in lifestyle centers, open air shopping environments or street front locations with the remaining 30% of locations in indoor regional malls. Full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for Johnny Was for the 12 months ended January 28, 2023 were approximately $740 for the full-price retail stores which were open the full 12 months.

Our Johnny Was outlet stores are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include other upscale retailers and serve an important role in overall inventory management by often allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties.

The table below provides certain information regarding Johnny Was direct to consumer locations as of January 28, 2023.

    

Full-Price

    

    

Retail Stores

Outlet Stores

Total

California

 

17

 

1

 

18

Florida

 

8

 

1

 

9

Texas

 

8

 

 

8

New York

 

3

 

 

3

Other states

 

29

 

 

29

Total

 

65

 

2

 

67

Average square feet per store

 

1,700

 

1,300

 

  

Total square feet at year end

 

110,000

 

2,500

 

  

During the 12 months ended January 28, 2023, 29%, 16% and 13% of the retail store sales of Johnny Was were in stores located in California, Texas and Florida, respectively. During the 12 months ended January 28, 2023, including e-commerce sales, California, Texas, and Florida represented 24%, 15% and 11%, respectively, of our total Johnny Was direct to consumer sales.

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Johnny Was during Fiscal 2022.

    

Full-Price

    

    

Retail Stores

Outlet Stores

Total

Open as of January 29, 2022

 

56

 

2

 

58

Opened

 

5

 

 

5

Open as of September 19, 2022 acquisition date

61

2

63

Opened

 

4

 

 

4

Open as of end of fiscal year

 

65

 

2

 

67

Currently, we expect to open approximately 10 new full-price retail stores in Fiscal 2023. During Fiscal 2023, we anticipate opening full-price retail stores across the country including stores in Colorado, Idaho, Missouri, Oklahoma, North Carolina and New York as well as additional stores in California and Florida. We believe that in Fiscal 2023, we

16

Table of Contents

may relocate or close a limited number of locations at lease expiration. The construction of and relocation of retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. The cost to build-out a Johnny Was retail store is typically less than $0.5 million. In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels or expansions of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the integrity and continued successoriginal lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, including itsa store is appropriate.

Wholesale Operations

To complement our direct to consumer operations is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selectionand have access to a larger group of the retailers through which Lilly Pulitzer products are sold. We continue to value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand within their stores. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are available in approximately 300 wholesale doors.

Weconsumers, we maintain Lilly Pulitzer apparel sales offices and showrooms in Palm Beach, Florida, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and New York City. Our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer useJohnny Was. These wholesale operations are primarily with better independent specialty and department stores and multi-branded e-commerce retailers that generally follow a retail model approach with limited discounting. During the 12 months ended January 28, 2023, 25% of the net sales force consisting of salariedJohnny Was were sales employees.to wholesale customers. During the 12 months ended January 28, 2023, about 40% and 30% of the wholesale sales of Johnny Was were to specialty stores and department stores, respectively. The remaining wholesale sales were primarily to off-price retailers and retailers in countries outside of the United States. Net sales to the 10 largest wholesale customers of Johnny Was represented 14% of the net sales of Johnny Was in the 12 months ended January 28, 2023 with its largest customer representing less than 5% of Johnny Was’ net sales.

Licensing OperationsEmerging Brands

Emerging Brands, which was organized in Fiscal 2022, consists of the operations of our smaller, earlier stage Southern Tide, TBBC and Duck Head brands. Each of the brands included in Emerging Brands designs, sources, markets and distributes apparel and related products bearing its respective trademarks and is supported by Oxford’s emerging brands team that provides certain support functions to the smaller brands, including marketing and advertising execution, analysis and other functions. The shared resources provide for operating efficiencies and enhanced knowledge sharing across the brands. We licenseacquired Southern Tide in 2016, Duck Head in 2016 and TBBC in 2017.

The table below reflects the Lilly Pulitzer trademarknet sales (in thousands) for Fiscal 2022 by brand for each brand included in Emerging Brands.

Fiscal 2022

Southern Tide

$

62,769

TBBC

 

44,911

Duck Head

8,804

Total Emerging Brands net sales

$

116,484

The brands distribute their products on their brand-specific e-commerce websites, southerntide.com, thebeaufortbonnetcompany.com and duckhead.com, as well as wholesale channels of distribution for each brand that may include independent specialty retailers, better department stores and brand specific Signature Stores. During Fiscal 2022, the majority of the sales of both Southern Tide and Duck Head were wholesale sales, while the majority of TBBC sales were direct to licensees in categories beyond Lilly Pulitzer’s core product categories. In the long term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for the Lilly Pulitzer brand, particularly onceconsumer sales.

Also, a key component of our Southern Tide and TBBC growth strategy is to expand our direct to consumer presence has expanded. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affordsretail store operations after both brands opened their first retail store locations in recent years. The table below provides certain information regarding the opportunityEmerging Brands direct to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Lilly Pulitzer licensee, we consider the candidate’s experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibilityconsumer locations as of the proposed products with other Lilly Pulitzer branded products.

Our agreements with Lilly Pulitzer licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.

Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include the following product categories: stationery and gift products; home furnishing products; and eyewear.January 28, 2023.

17

Table of Contents

Southern Tide

TBBC

Total Emerging Brands

Florida

 

5

 

2

 

7

North Carolina

 

1

 

 

1

South Carolina

 

 

1

 

1

Total

 

6

 

3

 

9

Average square feet per store

 

1,700

 

1,400

 

  

Total square feet at year end

 

10,000

 

4,200

 

  

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Lilly Pulitzer’s operating results are impacted by seasonality asThe table below reflects the demand by specific product or style as well as demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. Typically, the demandchanges in the direct to consumer operationslocation count for Lilly Pulitzer products is generally higher in the spring, summer and resort seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. Further, in the third and fourth quarters of our fiscal year, which have not historically been strong full-price direct to consumer or wholesale quarters for Lilly Pulitzer, Lilly Pulitzer has held significant e-commerce flash clearance sales which partially offsets the impact of seasonality on Lilly Pulitzer’s sales, but to a lesser degree on operating income. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, the magnitude of e-commerce flash clearance sales or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales forEmerging Brands during Fiscal 2019 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lilly Pulitzer by quarter for Fiscal 2019:2022.

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

    

    

    

Net sales

 

25

%  

27

%  

25

%  

23

%

Operating income

 

29

%  

40

%  

21

%  

10

%

Southern Tide

TBBC

Total Emerging Brands

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

 

4

 

1

 

5

Opened

 

2

 

2

 

4

Closed

 

 

 

Open as of end of fiscal year

 

6

 

3

 

9

Lanier Apparel

Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men’s apparel, including tailored clothing, casual pants and sportswear, across a wide range of price points, but primarily at moderate price points. The majority of our Lanier Apparel products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Lanier Apparel’s licensed brands for certain product categories include Kenneth Cole®, Dockers®, Cole Haan® and Nick Graham®. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London®, Oxford®, Duck Head® and Strong Suit® brands. Sales of branded products licensed to us or owned by us represented 65% and 15%, respectively, of Lanier Apparel’s net sales during Fiscal 2019.

In addition to these branded businesses, Lanier Apparel designs and sources private label apparel products for certain customers, including tailored clothing and pants programs for large department stores, warehouse clubs, and other retailers. Sales of private label products represented 20% of Lanier Apparel’s net sales in Fiscal 2019. For our large retail customers,During the private label programs offer the customer product exclusivity, generally at higher gross margins than they would achieve on branded products, while allowing us the opportunity to leverage our design, sourcing, production, logistics and distribution infrastructure. For other customers, we may perform any combination of design, sourcing, production, logistics or distribution services for a brand owner. In these cases, the brand owner may have determined it is more efficient to outsource certain functions, may be a smaller company that lacks such functional expertise or may want to focus their energies on the other aspects of their brand. Lanier Apparel is an efficient operator that excels in sourcing, production, logistics, distribution and design and can leverage its infrastructure by providing services and resources to these smaller brand owners.

Our Lanier Apparel products are primarily sold through large retailers including department stores, discount and off-price retailers, warehouse clubs, national chains, specialty retailers, multi-branded e-commerce retailers and others. Lanier Apparel’s products are sold in more than 5,000 retail locations. In Lanier Apparel, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States’ largest retailers, including department stores which represented 30% of Lanier Apparel’s sales in Fiscal 2019. During Fiscal 2019, Lanier Apparel’s four largest customers represented 24%, 18%, 14% and 13% respectively, of Lanier Apparel’s net sales. Sales to Lanier Apparel’s 10 largest customers represented more than 85% of Lanier Apparel’s net sales during Fiscal 2019. The amount and percentage of net sales attributable to an individual customer in future years may be different than Fiscal 2019 as sales to wholesale customers are not tied to long-term contracts.

As certain of Lanier Apparel’s private label and branded sales are program based, where Lanier Apparel must bid for a program on a case-by-case and season-by-season basis, an individual customer could increase, decrease or

18

Table of Contents

discontinue its purchases from us at any time. Thus, significant fluctuations in Lanier Apparel’s operating results from one year to the next may result, particularly if a program is not renewed, the customer decides to use another vendor, we determine that the return on the program is not acceptable to us, a new program is initiated, there is a significant increase in the volume of the program or otherwise.

The moderate price point tailored clothing and sportswear markets are extremely competitive sectors, with significant retail competition as well as gross margin pressures due to retail sales price pressures and production cost increases. We believe that our Lanier Apparel business has historically excelled at bringing quality products to our large big box customers at competitive prices and managing inventory risk appropriately while requiring minimal capital expenditure investments.

In order to better align Lanier Apparel’s operations with its historical operational strength of focusing on larger customers, we have decided to exit certain unprofitable or smaller customers and reduce infrastructure costs related to its sportswear business. We believe these changes will allow Lanier Apparel to focus on large volume programs and customers, where it has historically been successful.

Design, Manufacturing, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management, as well as the design of quality products, are all integral components of our strategy in the branded and private label tailored clothing and sportswear markets in which Lanier Apparel operates. Our Lanier Apparel design teams, which are primarily located in New York City and Atlanta, focus on the target consumer for each brand and product. The design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research and input from manufacturers. Our various Lanier Apparel products are manufactured from a variety of fibers, including wool, silk, linen, cotton and other natural fibers, as well as synthetics and blends of these materials.

Lanier Apparel manages production in Asia and Latin America through the efforts of our Lanier Apparel offices in Atlanta and Hong Kong as well as third party buying agents. Lanier Apparel’s sourcing operations are also supplemented, as appropriate, by third party contractors who may provide certain sourcing functions or in-country quality assurance to further enhance Lanier Apparel’s global sourcing operations. During Fiscal 2019, 70% of Lanier Apparel’s product purchases were from manufacturers located in Vietnam. Lanier Apparel purchased goods from approximately 125 suppliers in Fiscal 2019. The 10 largest suppliers of Lanier Apparel provided 90% of the finished goods and raw materials Lanier Apparel acquired from third parties during Fiscal 2019, with 30% of our product purchases acquired from Lanier Apparel’s largest third party supplier. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, Lanier Apparel operates a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 10% of our Lanier Apparel products during Fiscal 2019.

The advertising efforts of Lanier Apparel are much more product specific than the advertising for our owned lifestyle brands. For Lanier Apparel’s licensed branded products, advertising primarily consists of cooperative advertising with our larger customers, contributions to the licensor based on a specified percentage of our net sales to fund the licensor’s general brand advertising initiatives and attending brand appropriate trade shows. As a provider of private label apparel, Lanier Apparel is generally not responsible for advertising for private label brands. For its owned brands, Lanier Apparel engages in marketing activities to increase the recognition and appeal of the brands.

For Lanier Apparel, we use a distribution center located in Toccoa, Georgia, a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia and certain third party distribution centers for our product shipments, where we receive goods from our suppliers, inspect those products and ship the goods to our customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet customer demand for at-once ordering. For certain standard product styles, which represents about one-half of Lanier Apparel’s net sales, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs, providing shipment to customers and consumers within just a few days of receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Lanier Apparel uses various off-price retailers to sell excess prior-season inventory.

19

Table of Contents

We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier Apparel products in several locations, including New York City and Atlanta and employ a sales force consisting primarily of salaried employees. Lanier Apparel operates websites for certain of its businesses and also ships orders directly to consumers who purchase products from the websites of certain of its wholesale customers. Sales to our customers where the consumer orders from the website of Lanier Apparel’s wholesale customers, e-commerce retailers and catalog retailers as well as sales on Lanier Apparel’s own websites represented 20% of Lanier Apparel’s sales in Fiscal 2019.

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Lanier Apparel’s operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style may vary significantly depending on the time of year. As a wholesale apparel business, in which product shipments generally occur prior to the retail selling seasons, the seasonality of Lanier Apparel often reflects stronger spring and fall wholesale deliveries which typically occur in our first and third quarters; however, in some fiscal years this will not be the case due to certain of Lanier Apparel’s operations resulting from program-driven businesses. The timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, the introduction of new programs, the loss of programs or customers or other factors affecting the business may vary significantly from one year to the next. For example, in the FourthFirst Quarter of Fiscal 2019, Lanier Apparel incurred significant inventory markdown charges which along with lower net sales, resulted in an operating loss for the quarter. Therefore,2023, we do not believe that net sales or operating income of Lanier Apparel for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2019 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lanier Apparel by quarter for Fiscal 2019:

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

27

%  

22

%  

30

%  

21

%

Operating income

 

81

%  

17

%  

133

%  

(131)

%

Southern Tide

We acquired the Southern Tide lifestyle apparel brand in Fiscal 2016. Southern Tide designs, sources, markets and distributes high-quality apparel bearing the distinctive Skipjack logo. Southern Tide offers an extensive selection of men’s shirts, pants, shorts, outerwear, ties, swimwear, footwear and accessories, as well as women’s and youth collections. Launched in 2006, Southern Tide combines the modern design elements of today’s youthful trends with love for the Southern culture and lifestyle. The brand has an appeal to all ages who have an appreciation for classic design, vibrant colors and a great fit and an affection for the coast. Southern Tide products can be found in independent specialty retailers, better department stores,three Southern Tide Signature Stores as described below,located in Massachusetts, and on ourduring Fiscal 2023 we expect to open at least five additional Southern Tide website, southerntide.com. During Fiscal 2019, 79% of Southern Tide’s sales were wholesale sales and 21% of Southern Tide’s sales were e-commerce sales.

We believe that there is significant opportunity to expandstores, with the reach of the Southern Tide brand by further increasing the wholesale presence of the brand, and growing the direct to consumer business including e-commerce and retail sales. We believe that the wholesale growth and expansion will be at a prudent pace as we believe that the integrity and success of the Southern Tide brand is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Southern Tide products are sold. We anticipate that the direct to consumer operations will grow at a faster pace than wholesale operations fueled by the addition of more owned Southern Tide retail stores in future years, after opening the first owned Southern Tide retail store in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019, as well as continued growth in our Southern Tide e-commerce operations.

We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Southern Tide brand. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on Southern Tide���s operating margin given the current size of the Southern Tide business. We believe that the retail sales value of all Southern Tide branded products sold during Fiscal 2019, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $85 million.

20

Table of Contents

Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

Southern Tide’s products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Southern Tide headquarters in Greenville, South Carolina. Our Southern Tide design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Southern Tide apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

During Fiscal 2019, Southern Tide used our Hong Kong-based sourcing office to manage the production and sourcing of a majority of its apparel product purchases with the remaining product purchases via third party buying agents. Southern Tide used approximately 60 suppliers with the largest individual supplier providing 20%those in Florida, resulting in a planned store count increase of the Southern Tide products in Fiscal 2019. Also, the largest 10 suppliers of Southern Tide provided 70% of the Southern Tide products acquired. Approximately 35%, 25% and 25% of Southern Tide apparel products were sourced from China, Vietnam and Indonesia, respectively.

Advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy for the Southern Tide brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. Southern Tide’s advertising attempts to engage individuals within the brand’s consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our e-commerce website and wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products. The marketing of the Southern Tide brand includes email, internet and social media advertising as well as traditional media such as catalogs, print and other correspondence with customers and moving media and trade show initiatives. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand effectively communicate with consumers on a regular basis about product offeringseight or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brand’s connections with consumers. For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs. Additionally, Southern Tide enters into certain sponsorship or co-branding arrangements, which may be for a particular cause or non-profit organization, that the Southern Tide team believes will resonate with its target consumers.

Southern Tide used our owned distribution center in Lyons, Georgia for its warehouse and distribution center operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers as well as embroidery of certain collegiate, corporate and golf related products. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.

Wholesale Operations

At this time, Southern Tide’s business is predominantly a wholesale business with sales to independent specialty stores, department stores and Southern Tide Signature Stores. Southern Tide’s wholesale operations provide an opportunity to grow our business and have access to a large group of consumers. During Fiscal 2019, approximately 19% of Southern Tide’s sales were to department stores and 10% of net sales were to Southern Tide Signature Stores. Southern Tide’s net sales to its 10 largest wholesale customers represented 38% of Southern Tide’s net sales in Fiscal 2019, with its largest customer representing 15% of Southern Tide’s net sales. Southern Tide products are available in more than 1,000 retail locations.

A component of Southern Tide’s plans for growth in wholesale distribution is sales to Signature Stores. For Signature Stores, we enter into license agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Southern Tide Signature Store, subject to certain conditions, including designating substantially all the store specifically for Southern Tide products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. We sell products to these Southern Tide Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of February 1, 2020, there were 15 Signature Stores including stores in Florida, Massachusetts, South Carolina and North Carolina. We anticipate some additional Signature Stores opening induring Fiscal 2020. In addition,2023. Additionally, for TBBC, we believe there is opportunity for wholesale growth for Southern Tide in women’s apparel, which represented 15% of Southern Tide’s net sales in Fiscal 2019.

21

Table of Contents

We maintain Southern Tide apparel sales offices and showrooms in Greenville, South Carolina. Our wholesale operations for Southern Tide use a sales force consisting of a combination of salaried sales employees and commissioned agents.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Southern Tide growth strategy is to expand our direct to consumer operations, which consists of the Southern Tide website and retail store operations. The Southern Tide website markets a full line of merchandise, including apparel and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Southern Tide image, brand awareness and acceptance. We believe our Southern Tide website enables us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. In addition to off-price retailers, we also use the Southern Tide website as a means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory in a brand appropriate manner. During the year, we have a number of e-commerce flash clearance sales per year, which are typically in industry end of season promotional periods.

In the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019, we opened our first owned Southern Tide retail store in Jacksonville, Florida. During the year, we prepared for this retail store opening and roll-out by adding retail management leadership to the Southern Tide team. We anticipate opening retailtwo new stores in Fort Lauderdale and Destin, Florida during Fiscal 2020, and we2023. We continue to look at additional opportunities for new full-price store locations that may open later in the year.

for both Southern Tide and TBBC. The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that most future full-price retail store openings for Southern Tide and TBBC will generally be approximately 2,0001,500 to 2,500 square feet on average;feet; however, the determination of actual size of the store will depend on a variety of criteria. To open a 2,000 square foot Southern Tide full-price retail store,

Lanier Apparel

In Fiscal 2021, we anticipate capital expendituresexited our Lanier Apparel business, which had been focused on moderately priced tailored clothing and related products. This decision aligns with our stated business strategy of less than $1 million per store. We anticipate that for mostdeveloping and marketing compelling lifestyle brands. It also took into consideration the increased macroeconomic challenges faced by the Lanier Apparel business, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 pandemic. The operating results of the Lanier Apparel business in Fiscal 2021 largely consisted of activities associated with the wind down of operations following our Fiscal 2020 decision to exit the business. Refer to Note 11 and Note 2 of our full-price retail stores,consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about the landlord will provide certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures, which is consistent with our otherLanier Apparel exit and Fiscal 2021 operating groups.results.

Licensing Operations

We currently license the Southern Tide trademark to licensees for certain bed, bath and tie product categories. The agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products and provides us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution. In the long term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for Southern Tide, but opportunities may be somewhat limited until the sales volume and distribution of the Southern Tide brand expands. Once the brand is more fully established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure.

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Southern Tide’s operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style as well as the demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. Southern Tide is primarily a wholesale apparel business and currently has a heavier concentration of Spring/Summer product category offerings. Thus, the seasonality of Southern Tide generally reflects stronger sales in the first half of the fiscal year. The timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next. Therefore, we do not believe that net sales or operating income of Southern Tide for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2019 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Southern Tide by quarter for Fiscal 2019:

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

30

%  

27

%  

20

%  

23

%

Operating income

 

45

%  

33

%  

10

%  

12

%

22

Table of Contents

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, the elimination of inter-segment sales, and any other items that are not allocated to the operating groups, including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments. Becauseadjustments as our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the operating groups. Corporate and Other also includes the operations of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups. The operations of TBBC and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center are includedand our Oxford America business, which generated net sales of $1 million and was exited in CorporateFiscal 2022, and Other. TBBC, which we acquiredour $8 million minority ownership interest in December 2017, designs, sources, marketsa property in Indian Wells, California that will be converted into the Tommy Bahama Miramonte Resort and distributes premium childrenswear including bonnets, hats, apparel, swimwear and accessories through the TBBC e-commerce website, thebeaufortbonnetcompany.com, as well as wholesale specialty retailers.Spa during Fiscal 2023.

TRADEMARKS

We own trademarks, many of which are very important and valuable to our business, including Tommy Bahama,Bahama®, Lilly PulitzerPulitzer®, Johnny Was®, Southern Tide®, The Beaufort Bonnet Company® and Southern Tide.Duck Head®. Generally, our trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on apparel and, in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection

18

Table of Contents

with retail services. We continue to evaluate our worldwide usage and registration of our trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services in the relevant jurisdiction and the required registration renewals are filed. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.

ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

During Fiscal 2022, we incurred $82 million, or 6% of net sales, of advertising expense. Advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy for our lifestyle brands, and we therefore devote significant resources to these efforts. Thus, we believe that it is very important that our brands communicate regularly with consumers about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen connections with consumers. Our advertising emphasizes the respective brand’s image and lifestyle and attempts to engage individuals within the target consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our e-commerce websites, direct to consumer locations or wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products.

We increasingly utilize digital marketing, social media and email, and continue to use traditional direct mail communications, to interact with our consumers. We vary our engagement tactics to elevate the consumer experience as we attract new consumers, drive conversion, build loyalty, activate consumer advocacy and address the transformation of consumer shopping behaviors. Our creative marketing teams design and produce imagery and content, social media strategies and email and print campaigns designed to inspire the consumer and drive traffic to the brand. We attempt to increase our brand awareness through a strategic emphasis on technology and the elevation of our digital presence which encompasses e-commerce, mobile e-commerce, digital media, social media and influencer marketing. In this environment where many people are digital-first consumers, we continue to enhance our approach to digital marketing and invest in analytical capabilities to promote a more personalized experience across our distribution channels. At the same time, we continue to innovate to better meet consumer online shopping preferences (e.g. loyalty, ratings and reviews and mobile phone applications) and build brand equity. The ongoing trend towards a digital first consumer that was accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic provided a catalyst for accelerating the implementation of new direct to consumer business models and consumer engagement programs, such as selling through social media.

Marketing initiatives in our direct to consumer operations may include special event promotions, including loyalty award card, Flip Side, Friends & Family and gift with purchase events and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our brands and products, drive traffic to our websites and stores, convert new consumers and increase demand and loyalty. Our various initiatives are effective in increasing online and in-store traffic resulting in the proportion of our sales that occur during our marketing initiatives increasing in recent years, which puts some downward pressure on our direct to consumer gross margins.

We believe that highly visible full-price retail stores with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit and buy merchandise. We believe that full-price retail stores attract new consumers and enhance the shopping experience of our existing customers, which will increase consumer brand loyalty, our net sales and sales of our products by our wholesale customers.

Our marketing may also include sponsorships, collaborations, and co-branding initiatives, which may be for a particular cause or non-profit organization that is expected to resonate with target consumers. For certain of our wholesale customers, we may also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.

PRODUCT DESIGN

We believe the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value, and image of brand names; design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing (including through rapidly shifting digital and social media vehicles); product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. Our ability to compete successfully in the apparel industry is dependent on our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference and presenting appealing products for consumers. Our

19

Table of Contents

design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.

Each of our lifestyle brands’ products are designed and developed by dedicated brand-specific teams who focus on the target consumer for the respective brand. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

PRODUCT SOURCING AND CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

We intend to maintain flexible, diversified, cost-effective sourcing operations that provide high-quality apparel and related products. Our operating groups, either internally, using in-house employees located in the United States and/or Hong Kong, or through the use of third party buying agents, source virtuallymanage the production and sourcing of substantially all of our apparel and related products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, with a significant concentration in Asia. During Fiscal 2019, approximately 49% and 18% of our apparel and related products, excluding restaurant products, acquired directly by us or via buying agents, were from producers located in China and Vietnam, respectively, with no other country representing more than 10% of such purchases. We expect that the percentage of our products sourced from producers located in China will decrease in Fiscal 2020 and possibly in future years. countries.

Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers of apparel and related products and have used many of our suppliers for a number of years, generally we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Instead, we conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Thus, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We believe that this approach provides us with the greatest flexibility in identifying the appropriate manufacturers while considering quality, cost, timing of product delivery and other criteria. We generally acquire products sold in our restaurant operations from various third party domestic suppliers. During Fiscal 2019,2022, we purchased our products from more than 250 suppliers, with a significant concentration of suppliers in Asia. Our 10 largest suppliers provided approximately one-third of our product purchases. During Fiscal 2022, no individual third party manufacturer, licensee or other supplier provided more than 10% of our product purchases in total. We generally acquire products sold in our food and beverage operations from various third party domestic suppliers, with a particular emphasis on procuring sustainably sourced food and locally grown produce.

During Fiscal 2022, approximately 36%, 23%, and 11% of our apparel and related products acquired directly by us or via buying agents, were from producers located in China, Vietnam and Peru, respectively, with no other country representing more than 10% of such purchases. We expect that the percentage of our products sourced from producers located in China will increase to closer to 40% in Fiscal 2023, as Fiscal 2023 will include a full year of purchases for Johnny Was, which has a significantly higher concentration of production in China than our other brands. For the 12 months ended January 28, 2023, the percentage of products sourced from China for our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Johnny Was operating groups were 40%, 23% and 92%, respectively. While we have and will continue to work on diversifying our supplier base and reducing the concentration of manufacturing from China in the future, the majority of fibers included in our apparel and other products currently originate in China even if the products are manufactured elsewhere.

We purchase virtually all of our apparel and related products from third party producers, substantially all as package purchases of finished goods, whichgoods. These products are manufactured with oversight by us or our third party buying agents and to our design and fabric specifications. The use of contractthird party manufacturers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us, as operating manufacturing facilities can requirerequires a significant amount of capital investment.investment, labor and oversight. We depend on the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of specified raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. We believe that purchasing substantially all of our products as package purchases allows us to reduce our working capital requirements as we are not required to purchase, or finance the purchase of, the raw materials or other production costs related to our apparel and related product purchases until we take ownership of the finished goods, which typically occurs when the goods are shipped by the third party producers. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, our Lanier Apparel operating group operates an owned manufacturing facility located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 2% of our total company products during Fiscal 2019.

23

Table of Contents

As the design, manufacture and transportation of apparel and related products for our brands may take as many as six months for each season, we typically make commitments months in advance of when products will arrive in our full-price retail stores or our wholesale customers’ stores. We continue to seek ways to reduce the time required from design and ordering to bringing products to our customers. As our merchandising departments must estimate our requirements for finished goods purchases for our own full-price retail stores and e-commerce sites based on historical product demand data and other factors, and as purchases for our wholesale accounts must be committed to prior to the receipt of

20

Table of Contents

all wholesale customer orders, we carry the risk that we have purchased more inventory than will ultimately be desired or that we will not have purchased sufficient inventory to satisfy demand, resulting in lost sales opportunities.

As part of our commitment to source our products in a lawful, ethical and socially responsible manner, each of our operating groups has implemented a code of conduct program applicable to vendors from whom we purchase apparel and related products, which includes provisions related to abiding by applicable laws as well as compliance with other business or ethical standards, including related human rights, health, safety, working conditions, environmental and other requirements. We require that each of our vendors and licensees comply with the applicable code of conduct or substantially similar compliance standards. All of our vendors from whom we purchase goods are also required by us to adhere to the United States Customs and Border Protection’s Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism program, including standards relating to facility, procedural, personnel and cargo security.

On an ongoing basis we assess vendors’ compliance with the applicable code of conduct and applicable laws and regulations through audits performed by either our employees or our designated agents. The assessmentWe periodically review each tier 1 supplier’s compliance with our requirements and conduct social compliance audits more frequently depending on the severity of compliance by vendors is directed by our corporate leadership team.issues identified and the cooperation received during remediation. In the event we determine that a vendor is not abiding by our required standards, we work with the vendor to remediate the violation. If the violation is not satisfactorily remediated, we will discontinue use of the vendor.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

We believe that as a leading apparel company, we have a responsibility to reduce our environmental impact and make the world a better place for all people. Our Board is ultimately charged with overseeing the risks to our business on behalf of our shareholders, and we believe that our Board’s active involvement in oversight of environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) initiatives affords us tremendous benefits. We report routinely to our Board and/or various Board committees about ESG risks and strategies and communicate insights provided by our directors to our brands to assist in formulating ESG goals and initiatives. Within our Corporate team, at the end of Fiscal 2022, we created an enterprise-wide Corporate Responsibility Department reporting to our General Counsel which, with input from our Executive Leadership Team, will focus in the immediate future on assessing ESG opportunities within our industry, establishing baseline metrics and objectives which we expect to publish in the future and collaborating with our brands on potential opportunities to execute brand-specific ESG initiatives.

Reducing our Footprint

Our business operations – throughout the value chain – impact the environment, and we are committed to identifying and executing commercially viable environmental sustainability initiatives to further a safer, more sustainable world for the generations that follow us. Our brands are continuously working to improve sustainability in direct to consumer location design and operations, and we have also undertaken efforts to implement sustainability measures at our offices and distribution centers.

Increasing our use of sustainable materials is and will continue to be a key priority, and we are excited to introduce products crafted from sustainable materials. For example, in Fiscal 2022, we launched the Tommy Bahama Palm ModernTM line of women’s swimwear, made with 75% recycled nylon. At Southern Tide, we reintroduced the Shoreline shorts, beloved by customers for their versatility and comfort, in 100% recycled materials. Within our businesses, we also seek to use preferred materials that are more environmentally responsible than their conventional counterparts like LENZINGTM, ECOVEROTM Viscose and TENCELTM Modal and raw materials that are certified to the Global Organic Textile Standard or Global Recycled Standard.

Our operating groups also maintain and enforce restricted substances lists, which are informed by the American Apparel & Footwear Association Environmental Task Force restricted substances list, to ensure that the use of chemicals in our products complies with all applicable legal and safety requirements.

We participate in various trade initiatives and organizations to better inform ourselves about risks, opportunities and best practices. We are a proud member of the American Apparel & Footwear Association (AAFA), and all of our

21

Table of Contents

brands are signatories to the “Commitment to Responsible Recruiting” sponsored by the AAFA and the Fair Labor Association. Our Tommy Bahama business is a member of the Sustainable Apparel Coalition, and within our organization, we have membership in Better Cotton and partnerships with the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) and FSC-certified suppliers.

Empowering our People

We believe that our long-term success as an organization relies on recruiting, developing, promoting and rewarding the best and most talented people within our industry. Diversity and inclusion are key components of our corporate responsibility framework, and we are committed to creating a culture where people have a sense of belonging and purpose to maximize their fullest potential. For more information about our workforce and diversity and inclusion initiatives, please refer to Part I, Item 1, Business—Human Capital Management.

Enriching our Communities

Since our founding in 1942, we have prided ourselves on being model citizens for the communities in which we operate. We focus our community initiatives on programs that can impact a broad set of constituents where we operate. Our community partners include the United Way of Greater Atlanta, the Woodruff Arts Center and Grady Hospital, and each of our operating groups partners with respectorganizations improving quality of life in the communities where our customers and employees live and work, such as the Garden of Hope and Courage, the Breast Cancer Research Foundation, Folds of Honor and the Kentucky Children’s Hospital.

In 2020, we announced the launch of the Oxford Educational Access Initiative to corporate social responsibility, please visitfurther our website at oxfordinc.com.goal of reducing economic and racial inequality through access to education. We believe that every child, regardless of race or economic circumstance, deserves the chance to learn and be successful. Over the course of four years beginning in 2021, we have given and will continue to give an aggregate of $1 million to community organizations with innovative program models that address a broad spectrum of educational challenges that children in underserved communities face. Each of our brands has selected recipient organizations that are working to address disparities in educational access and barriers to success for children in our local communities.

IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

We are exposed to certain risks as a result of our international operations as substantially all of our merchandise, as well as the products purchased by our licensing partners, is manufactured by foreign suppliers. During Fiscal 2019, approximately 49% and 18% of our apparel and related products, excluding restaurant products, acquired directly by us or via buying agents, were from producers located in China and Vietnam, respectively, with no other country representing more than 10% of such purchases.suppliers as discussed above. Products imported by us, or imported by others and ultimately sold to us, are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their entry into the United States and other countries where we sell our products, including various federal, state, local and localforeign laws and regulations that govern any of our activities that may have adverse environmental, health and safety effects. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations may result in significant monetary penalties.

Substantially all of the merchandise we acquire is subject to certain duties which are assessed on the value of the imported product. These amounts represent a component of the inventories we sell and are included in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statements of operations. We paid total duties of more than $45$57 million on products imported into the United States directly by us in Fiscal 2019,2022, with the average duty rate on those products of approximately 16%17% of the value of the imported product.product in Fiscal 2022. Duty rates vary depending on the type of garment, fiber content and country of origin and are subject to change in future periods. In addition, while the World Trade Organization’s member nations have eliminated quotas on apparel and textiles, the United States and other countries into which we import our products are still allowed in certain circumstances to unilaterally impose "anti-dumping" or "countervailing" duties in response to threats to their comparable domestic industries.

Although we have not been materially inhibited from doing business insourcing products from desired markets in the past, we cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and brands and enter into new markets. In recent years the United States government has implemented additional duties on certain product categories across various industries and during Fiscal 2019 higher tariffs on apparel and related products manufactured in China were implemented.industries. It is possible that additional duty increases could occur in future years, which could have a

22

Table of Contents

significant unfavorable impact on the apparel retail industry and our cost of goods sold, operations, net sales, net earnings and cash flows. Our management regularly monitors proposed regulatory changes and the existing regulatory environment, including any impact on our operations or on our ability to import products. As a result of these changes

24

Table of Contents

and increased costs of production in certain countries that unfavorably impact our cost of goods sold, we continue to make changes in our supply chain, including exiting certain factories and sourcing those apparel or related products from a factory in a different foreign country. We anticipate that the proportion of our products sourced from China will decrease in Fiscal 2020 as a result of our ongoing efforts to shift production from China.

In addition, apparel and other related products sold by us are subject to stringent and complex product performance and security and safety standards, laws and other regulations. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, certification of product safety and importer security procedures. We believe that we are in material compliance with those regulations. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also generally subject to such regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations.

Important factors relating to risks associated with government regulations include those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.

DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

We operate a number of distribution centers. Our Auburn, Washington, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and Los Angeles, California distribution centers serve our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Johnny Was operating groups, respectively. Additionally, a third party distribution center in Los Angeles, California provides distribution services for the Johnny Was e-commerce operations. Our Lyons, Georgia distribution center provides primary distribution services for our smaller Southern Tide, TBBC and Duck Head businesses, as well as certain distribution services for our Lilly Pulitzer and Tommy Bahama businesses.

Activities at the distribution centers include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our retail store, e-commerce and wholesale customers, as applicable. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution centers to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked, at-once and some in-stock replenishment orders for our wholesale customers. We use a local third party distribution center for our Tommy Bahama Australia operations.

In Fiscal 2022, 80% of our net sales were direct to consumer sales, which are filled on a current basis; accordingly, an order backlog is not material to our business.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES

We believe that sophisticated information systems and functionality are important components of maintaining our competitive position and supporting continued growth of our businesses, particularly in the ever-changing consumer shopping environment. Our information systems are designed to provide effective retail store, e-commerce, restaurantfood and beverage and wholesale operations while emphasizing efficient point-of-sale, distribution center, design, sourcing, order processing, marketing, customer relationship management, accounting and other functions. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our information technologies and upgrade or enhance our systems to gain operating efficiencies, to provide additional consumer access and to support our anticipated growth as well as other changes in our business. We believe that continuous upgrading and enhancements to our information systems with newer technology that offers greater efficiency, functionality and reporting capabilities is critical to our operations and financial condition. We plan to increase our investment in information technology initiatives in Fiscal 2023 compared to Fiscal 2022 levels which will result in increased capital expenditures and SG&A and decrease operating margin from the levels achieved in Fiscal 2022 in the near term but provide significant long term benefits to our business operations and financial success.

LICENSING AND OTHER DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

We license certain of our trademarks, including the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer names, to licensees in categories beyond our brands’ core product categories. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for our larger lifestyle brands. Once a brand is more fully established, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In

23

Table of Contents

evaluating a licensee for our brands, we consider the candidate’s experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with the brand image and our own products.

Our agreements with our licensees are brand specific, relate to specific geographic areas and have expirations at various dates in the future, with contingent renewal options in limited cases. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products as well as certain obligations for advertising and marketing. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.

We license the Tommy Bahama brand for a broad range of product categories including indoor furniture, outdoor furniture, beach chairs, bedding and bath linens, fabrics, leather goods and gifts, headwear, hosiery, sleepwear, shampoo, toiletries, fragrances, cigar accessories, distilled spirits, resort operations and other products. Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include stationery and gift products; home furnishing products; and eyewear.

In addition to our license arrangements for the specific product categories listed above, we may enter into certain international distributor agreements which allow third parties to distribute apparel and other products on a wholesale and/or retail basis within certain countries or regions. As of January 28, 2023, we have agreements for the distribution of Tommy Bahama products in the Middle East and parts of Latin America. The products sold by the distributors generally are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale accounts, the distributors may, in some cases, operate a limited number of their own retail stores. Additionally, we have arrangements for distribution of Johnny Was products in certain countries. None of our international distributor agreements are expected to generate growth that would materially impact our operating results in the near term.

SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS

Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For details ofAs a result, our quarterly operating results and working capital requirements fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. Typically, the impact of seasonality on eachdemand for products for our larger brands is higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season (the third quarter of our operating groups, seefiscal year). Thus, our third quarter historically has had the business discussion of each operating group above.

Aslowest net sales and net earnings compared to other quarters. Further, the timingimpact of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, our e-commerce flash clearance sales, wholesale product shipments, weather, acquisitions or other factors affecting our operations may vary from one year to the next,next. Therefore, due to the potential impact of these items and the September 2022 acquisition of Johnny Was, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particularby quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income forin Fiscal 2019 are necessarily2022 is indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. Our third quarter has historically been our smallest net sales and operating income quarter based on the appeal and assortmentproportion of our brands’ product collections. The following table presents our percentage of net sales and operating resultsamounts by quarter for Fiscal 2019:future periods.

HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Our key strategy is to own brands that make people happy, and we recognize that successful execution of our strategy starts with people. We believe treating people fairly and with respect is key to long-term success and, more importantly, is simply the right thing to do.

As of January 28, 2023, we employed approximately 6,000 individuals globally, more than 95% of whom were in the United States. Approximately 70% of our employees were retail store and food and beverage employees. Our employee base fluctuates during the year, as we typically hire seasonal employees to support our retail store and food and beverage operations, primarily during the holiday selling season. None of our employees as of January 28, 2023 was represented by a union.

24

Table of Contents

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

25

%  

27

%  

22

%  

26

%

Operating income

 

32

%  

43

%  

3

%  

22

%

Commitment to our Core Values

Our actions are guided by our company’s core values:

Integrity – Build trust through honest relationships. Do the right thing.
Respect – Have respect for oneself and for one another. Lead by example. Exercise humility.
Inclusion – Root our relationships with one another in understanding, awareness and mutual respect. Value and embrace diversity. Welcome the respectful, open expression of differing ideas and perspectives.
Accountability – Own our words, decisions and actions. Earn our reputation.
Teamwork – Show up for each other. Solve problems through good and transparent communication. Know we are strongest when we work as a team.
Curiosity – Improve and innovate. Simplify and streamline. Embrace change. Challenge ourselves.

ORDER BACKLOGWe believe that our adherence to these core values in everything we do as a company furthers our good relations with employees, suppliers and customers.

Commitment to Human Rights and our Code of Conduct

We are committed to respecting human rights in our business operations, including throughout our supply chain and product life cycle. As two-thirdspart of our salessupplier audit processes, we conduct human rights due diligence to identify risks and work to mitigate them, and our supplier codes of conduct set forth minimum social responsibility requirements to ensure that the human rights of all people in our value chain are respected. We do not tolerate harassment, discrimination, violence or retaliation of any kind.

Our Code of Conduct applies to all employees, officers and directors in our organization and addresses, among other topics, compliance with laws, avoiding conflicts of interest, gifts and entertainment, bribery and kickbacks, anti-discrimination and anti-harassment and reporting misconduct. Our General Counsel takes responsibility for reviewing and refreshing our Code of Conduct; educating our team members about our expectations; and, as applicable, enforcing the Code of Conduct. All employees at the time of hire are required to read and certify compliance with the Code of Conduct and are given an opportunity to ask questions.

Talent and Development

We are always looking for great people to join our team. We recognize that in order to remain competitive, we must attract, develop and retain top caliber employees in our design, marketing, merchandising, information technology and other functions, as well as in our direct to consumer sales, which are not reflected in an order backlog,locations and the order backlogdistribution centers. Competition for wholesale sales may be impacted bytalented employees is intense.

In furtherance of attracting and retaining employees committed to our core values and business strategy, we maintain competitive compensation programs that include a variety of factors,components, including competitive pay consistent with skill level, experience and knowledge, as well as comprehensive benefit plans consisting of health and welfare plans, retirement benefits and paid leave for our employee base in the United States.

In 2018, we do not believe that order backlog informationlaunched an ongoing initiative to assess how well we are doing in managing performance, developing our people and putting our talent to its highest and best use across our company. Our aim is necessarily indicative of sales to be expected for future periods. Therefore, we believe the order backlog is not material for an understandinggreater employee engagement and ultimately a more effective organization. As part of our business taken ascommitment to our people, throughout our brands and businesses, we provide employees with training, growth and development opportunities, including on-the-job training, learning and development programs, and other educational programs. Outside of the United States, we work with outside partners familiar with the local markets and laws to ensure our rewards are competitive within that jurisdiction and support employee well-being.

Diversity & Inclusion

Our ongoing commitment to having the best people includes a whole. Further, as our sales continuecommitment to shift towards direct to consumer rather than wholesale sales, the order backlog will continue to be less meaningful asequal opportunity. We believe in a measurediverse and inclusive workplace that respects and invites differing ideas and perspective. We have a number of our future sales and results of operations.

25

Table of Contents

EMPLOYEESinitiatives to ensure that our hiring, retention and advancement practices promote fair and equal opportunities across our workforce and ensure that we will have the best people in the industry to support our businesses going forward.

Our diversity and inclusion strategies begin at the recruiting stage, where we seek to attract and hire the most qualified candidates possible, without regard to race, ethnicity, national origin, gender, age, sexual orientation, genetics or other protected characteristics. We reinforce our values and goals through our Code of Conduct and other workplace policies, with an anonymous, confidential ethics hotline that allows our employees to voice concerns. We also seek to ensure that our pay and rewards programs and advancement opportunities are consistent with our culture of equality.

As of February 1, 2020, we employed approximately 6,100 persons, of whom approximately 85% were employed in the United States. Approximately 70%January 28, 2023, our domestic workforce, which comprised over 95% of our employee population, was self-disclosed as 34% male, 65% female and less than 1% undisclosed or choosing not to identify. Among our management employees, who comprise approximately 18% of our workforce, the self-disclosed figures were retail store29% male, 71% female and restaurant employees. We believeless than 1% undisclosed or choosing not to identify. As of January 28, 2023, the self-disclosed ethnicity of our employee relations are good.domestic workforce was 60% white (not Hispanic or Latino) and 40% non-white, whereas for management employees, the self-disclosed ethnicity figures were 75% white (not Hispanic or Latino) and 25% non-white.

INFORMATION

Oxford Industries, Inc. is a Georgia corporation originally founded in 1942. Our corporate headquarters are located at 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our internet address is oxfordinc.com. Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website the same day that they are electronically filed with the SEC. We also use our website as a means of disclosing additional information, including for complying with our disclosure obligations under the SEC’s Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure). The information on our website is not and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.

Item 1A.   Risk Factors

The risks described below highlight some of the factors that could materially affect our operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operating results may be adversely affected. These are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we currently consider immaterial or are not presently known to us may also adversely affect our business.

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected,Risks Related to our Industry and will continue to adversely affect, our business, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.Macroeconomic Conditions

Actual or threatened epidemics, pandemics, outbreaks, or other public health crises may adversely affect ourOur business revenues,and financial condition are heavily influenced by general economic and resultsmarket conditions which are outside of operations. The risk of a pandemic, or public perception of the risk, could cause customers to avoid public places, including retail stores and restaurants, and could cause temporary or long-term disruptions in our supply chains and/or delays in our receipt or delivery of inventory.control.

We are a consumer products company and are highly dependent on consumer discretionary spending and retail traffic patterns, particularly in the United States. The outbreak of COVID-19 identifieddemand for apparel products changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change and may be significantly impacted by trends in Wuhan, China in December 2019consumer confidence and subsequently recognized as a pandemicdiscretionary consumer spending patterns. These trends may be influenced by employment levels; recessions; inflation and increased interest rates; fuel and energy costs; tax rates; personal debt levels; savings rates; stock market and housing market volatility; shifting social ideology; and general uncertainty about the World Health Organization in March 2020 has severely restricted the level of economic activity around the world. In response to this pandemic, the governmentsfuture. The factors impacting consumer confidence and public health officials of many countries, states, cities and other geographic regions have taken preventative or protective actions to mitigate the spread and severity of the coronavirus, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations and advising or requiring individuals to limit or forego their timediscretionary consumer spending patterns are outside of their homes. Temporary closuresour control and difficult to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of businesses have been orderedrecession and numerous other businesses have temporarily closed voluntarily. Due togreater declines than the COVID-19 outbreak, we saw reduced consumer traffic starting in early March 2020 and temporarily closed all our retail and restaurants in North America on March 17, 2020. Subsequent to those closures, we also temporarily closed all of our retail locations in Australia. This pandemic and the related preventative and protective actions have significantly impacted our business and the business operations of other apparel retailers, including our wholesale customers, and has had, and will continue to have, a significant effect on our sales and results of operations for Fiscal 2020.general economy.

Our business is particularly sensitiveIn recent months, we have seen increased uncertainty about current and future economic conditions, which has led to reductionsheightened concerns about inflation, a global economic recession, geopolitical issues, the stability of the U.S. banking system, the availability and cost of credit and continued increases in discretionaryinterest rates. These conditions are creating a complex and challenging retail environment, which may impact consumer spending and we cannot predict the degreeconsumer preferences. For instance, entering Fiscal 2023, these concerns have led to or the time period over, which our business will be affectedconservative purchase order decisions for future seasons by this coronavirus pandemic. There are numerous uncertainties associated with this outbreak, including the number of individuals who will become infected, whether a vaccine or cure that mitigates the effect of the virus will be synthesized, and, if so, when such vaccine or cure will be ready to be used, the extent of the protective and preventative measures that have been put in place by both governmental entities and other businesses and those that may be put in place in the future, whether the coronavirus’ impact will be seasonal, the duration of store and restaurant closures, the impact on the U.S. and world economy and numerous other uncertainties. Further, even after containment of the virus or after some or all of our stores and restaurants are able to resume operations, any significant reduction in consumer willingness to visit malls and shopping

26

Table of Contents

centers, themany of our wholesale customers. A decline in consumer confidence or change in discretionary consumer spending patterns could reduce our sales, increase our inventory levels, of consumer discretionary spending or employee willingness to work in our stores and restaurants would result in a further lossmore promotional activities and/or lower our gross margins, any or all of revenues of cash flows.which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The coronavirusCOVID-19 pandemic has also impacted,had, and may continue to impact, our office locations and distribution centers, including throughin the effects of facility closures, reductions in operating hours, staggered shifts and other social distancing efforts, labor shortages and decreased productivity. These effects may negatively impact our ability to meet consumer demand and may increase our costs of production and distribution.

For the reasons set forth above and other reasons that may come to light if this coronavirus outbreak and any associated protective or preventative measures expand, we cannot reasonably estimate the impact tofuture have, a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, financial condition orand results of operations; however, the adverse impact of this event will be significant.operations.

Since 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has created tremendous uncertainty and disruption in the global economy and has had an adverse impact on our business, revenues and results of operations. In Fiscal 2020, we experienced a net sales decline of 33% from Fiscal 2019 and incurred a net loss of $96 million. While our bricks and mortar operations largely resumed normal operations during most of Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022, we did continue to experience temporary closures of our physical locations due to one or more employees testing positive for COVID-19, and our operations were impacted by various health and safety guidelines and restrictions imposed by state and local governments. There can be no assurance that distribution centers, restaurants and/or retail stores will not close in the future, including for extended periods, upon additional COVID-19 outbreaks, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

We also rely on suppliers outside of the United States to manufacture our products. As a result of COVID-19 and the measures designed to contain the spread of the virus, our third party suppliers, who are concentrated in Asia, have been, and may in the future be, impacted by materials, capacity, capability or labor constraints. The failure to timely deliver products to us in accordance with our specifications negatively impacts our inventory levels and our ability to have fresh, in-season product available for sale, which may adversely impact our revenues. In addition, we engage freight forwarders, logistics providers and third party shipping vendors to deliver products to us, our retail locations and/or our customers. Service delays or disruptions, restrictions on services available to us or price increases imposed by these vendors due to increased demand or operational challenges has and may continue to exacerbate these challenges, which could also result in lost sales, returns, requests for refunds or cancellation of orders, any or all of which could harm our reputation and relationships with our customers.

The rapid development and fluidity of the pandemic prevents us from making any prediction as to its ultimate impact. The full extent of the impact of COVID-19 on our future revenues, operations, financial condition and results of operations continues to remain uncertain. Furthermore, other public health crises, including any outbreak of other diseases or pandemics, could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

We operate in a highly competitive industry which is evolving very rapidly; our ability to execute our direct to consumerwith significant pricing pressures and portfolio-level strategies and/or transform our operations in light of shifts in consumer shopping behavior subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our financial results and operations.heightened customer expectations.

We operate in a highly competitive industry in which the principal competitive factors are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design;design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing;marketing (including through rapidly shifting digital and social media vehicles); product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. The highly competitive apparel industry is characterized by low barriers to entry, with new competition entering the marketplace regularly. There are numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers. Some of these companies may be significantly larger or more diversified than us and/or have significantly greater financial resources than we do.

Competition in the apparel industry is particularly enhanced in the digital marketplace for our rapidly growing e-commerce businesses, where there are new entrants in the market, greater pricing pressure and heightened customer expectations and competitive pressure related to, among other things, customer engagement, delivery speed, shipping charges and return privileges. In addition, fast fashion, value fashion and off-price retailers have shifted customer expectations of pricing for well-known brands and have contributed to additional promotional pressure in recent years.

These and other competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.

27

Table of Contents

Failure to anticipate and adapt to changing fashion trends and consumer preferences could harm our reputation and financial performance.

We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference including the manner in which retail consumers seek to transact business and access products, and presenting appealing products for consumers when and where they seek it. Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer expectations. The increasing shift to digital brand engagement and social media communication, as well as the attempted replication of our products by competitors, presents emerging challenges for our business. The apparel industry is also impacted by changing consumer preferences regarding spending categories generally, including shifts away from traditional consumer product spending and towards “experiential” spending and sustainable products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with evolving trends. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could harm the reputation and desirability of our brands and products and/or result in weakened financial performance.

Our operations and those of our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, public health crises, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

Our sales volume and operations and the operations of third parties on whom we rely, including our suppliers, vendors, licensees and wholesale customers, may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, hurricanes, public health crises, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Our business may also be adversely affected by instability, disruption or destruction, regardless of cause. These events may result in closures of our retail stores, restaurants, offices or distribution centers and/or declines in consumer traffic, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain geographic regions, including a resort and/or coastal focus for most of our lifestyle brands, and the concentration of our sourcing and distribution center operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

The highly competitive apparel industry is characterized by highly reduced barriersongoing war between Russia and Ukraine has adversely affected the global economy, resulted in heightened economic sanctions against Russia from the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, and the international community, and has resulted in geopolitical instability and market disruption. Although we do not have operations or generate revenues in the impacted regions, the geopolitical tensions related to entry. There is an abundant number of domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers, some of whom are also our customers, and some of whom may be significantly larger, are more diversified and/or have significantly greater financial resources than we do. Competitive factors within the apparel industry maywar could result in reduced sales, increased costs,broader impacts that expand into other markets, cyberattacks, supply chain and logistics disruptions and lower prices forconsumer demand, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our products and/or decreased margins.business and operations.

One of our key initiatives has been to grow our branded businesses through distribution strategies that allow our consumers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our success depends to a large degree on our ability to design and deliver compelling products; introduce new retail, restaurant and other concepts; identify suitable locations with the proper consumer demographics and suitable economic structures; establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth; source appropriate levels of inventory; hire and train qualified personnel; anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our consumers’ shopping preferences; maintain brand specific websites, mobile applications and other social media presence that offer the functionality and security customers expect; and enhance our advertising and marketing activities effectively to maintain our current customers and attract and introduce new onesRisks Related to our brandsBusiness Strategy and offerings.Operations

The retail apparel market has been evolving very rapidly and in ways that are having a disruptive impact on traditional fashion retailers. This includes greater transparency for consumers in product pricing and competitive offerings from competing brands as a result of technological advances; continued declines in retail traffic for traditional fashion retailers, as consumers find new ways to shop; the entry by large e-commerce retailers and others with significant financial resources and enhanced distribution capabilities into the fashion retail space; increased investment in technology and multi-channel distribution strategies by large, traditional bricks and mortar and big box retailers; ongoing success in off-price and fast fashion channels of distribution, in particular those who offer brand label products at clearance; an increased emphasis by consumers on purchasing products that incorporate sustainable materials and practices in the supply chain; and increased promotional activities, both online and in-store, by department stores and traditional fashion retailers seeking to remain competitive, and in some cases viable.

Any inability on our part to properly manage the competitive challenges in our industry and effectively adapt to the evolving consumer shopping behavioral trends may result in lost sales, increase our costs and/or adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition, reputation and credibility.

27

Table of Contents

Our success depends on the reputation and value of our brands; any failureFailure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands and/or to offer innovative, fashionable and desirable products could adversely affectharm our business operations and financial condition.

Our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names. The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us or by our licensees, wholesale customers or others who have an interest in theour brands. Actions that could cause harm to our brands include failing to respond to emerging fashion trends or meet consumer quality expectations; selling products bearing our brands through distribution channels that are inconsistent with the retail channels in which our customers expect to find those brands;customer expectations; becoming overly promotional; or setting up consumer expectations for promotional activity for our products. Customer activation,In addition, social media is a critical marketing and customer acquisition and customer retention and acquisitionstrategy in today’s technology-driven retail environment, is critical and becoming more costly. As a result, we are becoming more reliant on social media as one of our marketing strategies, and the value of our brands could be adversely affected if we do not effectively and accurately communicate our brand message through social media vehicles, that interfaceincluding with existingrespect to our social responsibility and potential customers in “real-time.”

During Fiscal 2019, Tommy Bahama’s and Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales represented 60% and 25%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales.environmental sustainability initiatives. The significant concentration in our portfolio heightens the risks we face if one of theseour larger brands fails to meet our expectations and/or is adversely impacted by actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand or by competitive conditions in the apparel industry.brand.

Although certainThe improper or detrimental actions of a licensee or wholesale customer, including a third party distributor in an international market, or for example, the operator of the planned Tommy Bahama Miramonte Resort & Spa targeted

28

Table of Contents

to open in late Fiscal 2023, which is an unproven concept with previously untested brand and operating standards, could also significantly impact the perception of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands. Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumer preferences and changes in consumer demographics. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could harm the reputation and desirability of our brands and products and/or result in weakened financial performance.

We also license many of our brand names to third party licensees, including for purposes of developing and marketing products outside of our core categories; for purposes of retail and/or wholesale distribution of our products, including our Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores and Southern Tide Signature Stores; and to introduce new concepts outside our core expertise.brands. While we enter into comprehensive license and similar collaborative agreements with these third partiesparty licensees covering product design, product quality, brand standards, sourcing, social compliance, distribution, operations, manufacturing and/or marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products or concepts outside of our core apparel products and by the market perception of the third parties with whom we associate and/or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee could significantly impact the perception of our brands.

associate. In addition, we cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers, licensees or other third parties, and actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing and distribution efforts and practices or that otherwise adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales, gross margins and business operations.

We have a robust legal and social compliance program for our third party manufacturers and vendors, including codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. The reputationappeal of our brands could be harmed ifmay also depend on the perceived relevance and success of our environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) initiatives and our commitments to operating our business in a socially responsible fashion. ESG risks include increased stakeholder focus on social and environmental sustainability matters, including forced labor, chemical use, energy and water use, packaging and waste, animal welfare and land use. ESG risks may also include increased pressure to expand our disclosures in these third parties, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, failareas, make commitments, set targets or establish additional goals and take actions to meet appropriate product safety, product qualitythem, which could expose us to market, operational and social compliance (including labor practicesexecution costs or risks. The metrics we disclose may not meet stakeholder expectations and human rights) standards. Despitemay impact our efforts, we cannot ensure that our manufacturersreputation and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our safety and quality control standards. Any violation of our applicable codes of conduct, social compliance programs or local laws by our manufacturers or vendors or other actions or failures by us or such parties may result in a negative public perceptionvalue of our brands, and a failure to achieve progress on our metrics on a timely basis, or products, as well as disrupt our supply chain, which mayat all, could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our inability to execute our direct to consumer and portfolio-level strategies in response to shifts in consumer shopping behavior could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

One of our key long-term initiatives over the last several years has been to grow our branded businesses through distribution strategies that allow our consumers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our ability to anticipate and transform our business in response to the manner in which consumers seek to transact business and access products requires us to introduce new retail, restaurant and other concepts in suitable locations; anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our consumers’ shopping preferences; invest in appropriate digital and other technologies; establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth; maintain brand specific websites and mobile applications that offer the functionality and security customers expect; and effectively enhance our advertising and marketing activities, including our social media presence, to maintain our current customers and attract and introduce new consumers to our brands and offerings.

For the last several years, the retail apparel market has been evolving very rapidly in ways that are disruptive to traditional fashion retailers. These changes included sustained declines in bricks and mortar retail traffic; entry into the fashion retail space by large e-commerce retailers and others with significant financial resources and enhanced distribution capabilities; increased costs to attract and retain consumers; increased investment in technology and multi-channel distribution strategies by large, traditional bricks and mortar and big box retailers; ongoing emphasis on off-price and fast fashion channels of distribution, in particular those who offer brand label products at clearance; and increased appeal for consumers of products that incorporate sustainable materials and processes in the supply chain and/or otherwise reflect their social or personal values. In response, fashion retailers and competing brands have increasingly offered greater transparency for consumers in product pricing and engaged in increased promotional activities, both online and in-store. These trends accelerated during the COVID-19 pandemic and are likely to continue to evolve in ways that may not yet be evident.

In response to these evolving and rapidly changing trends in consumer shopping behavior, we have made and expect to continue to make significant investments in expanding our digital capabilities and technologies in three key areas: mobile technology; digital marketing; and the digital customer experience. Although we have experienced significant growth in our e-commerce businesses in recent years, there is no assurance that we will realize a return on these investments, be successful in continuing to grow our e-commerce businesses over the long term or that any increase we may see in net sales from our e-commerce business will not cannibalize, or be sufficient to offset any decreases in, net sales from bricks and mortar retail stores.

2829

Table of Contents

Any inability on our part to effectively adapt to rapidly evolving consumer behavioral trends may result in lost sales, increase our costs and/or adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition, reputation and credibility.

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

A key component of our business strategy is organic growth in our brands. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets; increasing our market share in existing markets; expanding the demographic appeal of our brands; expanding our margins through product cost reductions, price increases or otherwise; expanding the customer reach of our brands through new and enhanced advertising initiatives; and increasing the product offerings and concepts within our various operating groups, such as the opening of additional Marlin Bars at Tommy Bahama and owned retail stores at Southern Tide and TBBC. Successful growth of our business is also subject to our ability to implement plans for expanding and/or maintaining our existing businesses at satisfactory levels. We may not be successful in achieving suitable organic growth, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

In addition, investments we make in technology, advertising and infrastructure, retail stores and restaurants, office and distribution center facilities, personnel and elsewhere may not yield the full benefits we anticipate, and sales growth may be outpaced by increases in operating costs, putting downward pressure on our operating margins and adversely affecting our results of operations. If we are unable to increase our revenues organically, we may be required to pursue other strategic initiatives, including reductions in costs and/or acquisitions, in order to grow our business. These initiatives may not be available to us on desirable terms, inhibiting our ability to increase profitability.

The acquisition of new businesses is inherently risky, and we cannot be certain that we will realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition.

Growth of our business through acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model is a key component of our long-term business strategy, as evidenced by our acquisition of Johnny Was in September 2022. Johnny Was is an affordable luxury, artisan-inspired bohemian apparel, accessories and home goods brand that is exposed to similar industry, macroeconomic, operational, cybersecurity and information technology, sourcing, regulatory and other general risks as our other businesses.

Integrating an acquired business is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process and is even more challenging for a larger, rapidly growing business such as Johnny Was. The integration process could create a number of challenges and adverse consequences for us associated with the integration of product lines, support functions, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired business and our existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating a business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other areas of our business; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. We are still relatively early in the process of integrating the operations of Johnny Was, and there can be no assurance that we will not encounter unexpected costs or liabilities arising from the Johnny Was business or the integration process. As a result of these challenges or other factors, the benefits of an acquisition may not materialize to the extent or within the time periods anticipated.

In addition, the competitive climate for desirable acquisition candidates drives higher market multiples, and we may pay more to consummate an acquisition than the value we ultimately derive from the acquired business. Acquisitions may cause us to incur debt, as we did in connection with the Johnny Was acquisition, or make dilutive issuances of our equity securities, and may result in certain impairment or amortization charges in our statements of operations. In addition, we may not complete a potential acquisition for a variety of reasons but still incur material, unrecoverable costs in the preliminary stages of evaluating and pursuing an acquisition. Additionally, as a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence.

30

Table of Contents

As the fashion retail environment evolves, our investment criteria for acquisitions has grown to include smaller brands and non-controlling investments in burgeoning brands seeking debt or equity financing. The limited operating history, less experienced management teams and less sophisticated systems, infrastructure and relationships generally associated with such brands may heighten the risks associated with acquisitions generally. Minority investments present additional risks, including the potential disproportionate distraction to our management team relative to the potential financial benefit; the potential for a conflict of interest; the damage to our reputation of associating with a brand which may take actions inconsistent with our values; and the financial risks associated with making an investment in an unproven business model.

The divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines could result in unexpected liabilities and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

From time to time, we may also divest or discontinue businesses, product lines and/or wholesale relationships that do not align with our strategy or provide the returns that we expect or desire, such as our Fiscal 2021 exit of the Lanier Apparel business. Such dispositions and/or discontinuations may result in underutilization of our retained resources if the exited operations are not replaced with new lines of business, either internally or through acquisition. In addition, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business andcould be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

Many factors, such as economic conditions, fashion trends, consumer preferences, the financial condition are heavily influenced by general economic conditions, which are outside of our control.wholesale customers and weather, make it difficult to accurately forecast demand for our products. In order to meet the expected demand for our products in a cost-effective manner, we make commitments for production several months prior to our receipt of goods and almost entirely without firm commitments from our customers. Depending on the demand for our products, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices and through off-price channels. These events could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, if we underestimate the timing or extent of demand for our products or if we are unable to access our products when we need them, for example due to a third party manufacturer’s inability to source materials or produce goods in a timely fashion or as a result of delays in the delivery of products to us, issues which have been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience inventory shortages, which might result in lost sales, unfilled orders, negatively impacted customer relationships, and diminished brand loyalty, any of which could harm our business. These risks relating to inventory may also escalate as our direct to consumer sales, for which we do not have any advance purchase commitments, continue to increase as a proportion of our consolidated net sales.

We are a consumer products company and are highly dependent on consumer discretionary spending and retail traffic patterns. The demand for apparel products changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change and may be significantly impacted by trends in consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending patterns, which may be influenced by employment levels; recessions; inflation; fuel and energy costs; interest rates; tax rates; personal debt levels; savings rates; stock market and housing market volatility; shifting social ideology; natural disasters, public health issues (such as the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic) and/or weather patterns; and general uncertainty about the future. The factors impacting consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending patterns are outside of our control and difficultsubject to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy. In addition, as the growth in our direct to consumer operations continues to outpace our other operations, we have increased exposure to the risks associated with leasing real estate for our retail stores and restaurants.

We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate locations; the overall ability of the location to attract a volatileconsumer base sufficient to make sales volume profitable; our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and unpredictable economic environment. Anyemploy qualified personnel; and our ability to timely construct and complete any build out and open the location in accordance with our plans, which could be delayed due to supply chain constraints, delays in permitting and government approval processes and/or labor or materials shortages. A decline in the volume of consumer confidencetraffic at our retail stores and restaurants, due to economic conditions, shifts in consumer shopping preferences or changetechnology, a decline in discretionary consumer spending patternsthe popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or other adjacent tenants or otherwise, could reducehave a negative impact on our sales, gross margins and results of operations. Our growth may be limited if we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations.

Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at lease inception for a location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation and recurring fixed costs. On an ongoing basis, we review the financial performance of our retail and restaurant locations in order to determine whether continued operation is appropriate. Even if we determine that it is desirable to exit a particular

31

Table of Contents

location, we may be unable to close an underperforming location due to continuous use clauses and/or because negotiating an early termination would be cost prohibitive. In addition, due to the fixed-cost structure associated with these operations, negative cash flows or the closure of a retail store or restaurant could result in impairment of leasehold improvements, impairment of operating lease assets and/or other long-lived assets, severance costs, lease termination costs or the loss of working capital, which could adversely affectimpact our business and financial results. Furthermore, as each of our leases expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, including as a result of shifts in how shopping center operators seek to merchandise the particular center’s lineup, which could force us to close retail stores and/or restaurants in desirable locations.

Furthermore, a deterioration in the financial condition of shopping center operators or developers could, for example, limit their ability to invest in improvements and finance tenant improvements for us and other retailers and lead consumers to view these locations as less desirable. In addition, if our e-commerce businesses continue to grow, they may do so in part by attracting existing customers, rather than new customers, who choose to purchase products from us online through our websites rather than from our physical stores, thereby reducing the financial performance of our bricks and mortar operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Additionally, significant changesWe make use of debt to finance our operations, which could expose us to risks that adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations, acquisitions we undertake and working capital needs. As of January 28, 2023, we had $119 million of borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, which was primarily driven by our acquisition of Johnny Was.

In the future, our debt levels may increase under our existing facility or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements may change. Our indebtedness under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement includes certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal, interest and unused line fees, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations. The negative covenants in the operationsU.S. Revolving Credit Agreement limits our ability to, among other things, incur debt, guaranty certain obligations, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make investments, sell assets or liquiditymake acquisitions. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to any competitors that may be less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plans and planning for, or reacting to, change.

In addition, we are subject to interest rate risk on the indebtedness under our variable rate U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, particularly in the current macroeconomic environment. An increase in the interest rate environment, such as the recent increases in interest rates implemented by the Federal Reserve, would require us to pay a greater amount towards interest on our borrowings.

The continued growth of our business depends on our access to sufficient funds. If the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, we may need to seek additional funding through debt or equity financing. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions. The terms of any ofsuch financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies, and the parties with which we conductnegative covenants in our business, including suppliers, customers, trademark licensees and lenders, among others,debt agreements, now or in the future, may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions and/or limit our flexibility in the access to capital markets for any such parties, could result in lower demand forcarrying out our products, lower sales, higher costs, greater credit risk on our sales or other disruptions in our business.business strategy and plans.

The loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial performance or financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales from a few key customers. For example, during Fiscal 2019, 44% of our consolidated wholesale sales, or 13% of our consolidated net sales, were to our five largest customers. Over the last several years, there have been significant levels of store closures and bankruptcies and financial restructurings by department stores and other large retailers, particularly as the retail industry has transitioned more towards online and mobile transactions; increased prevalence and emphasis on private label products at large retailers; direct sourcing of products by large retailers; consolidation of a number of retailers; and increased competition experienced by our wholesale customers from online competitors. A decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring of our customers’ operations, continued store closures by major department stores and other large retailers, increased direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generally do not have long-term contractsgenerate a material percentage of our wholesale sales, which was 20% of our net sales in Fiscal 2022, from a few key customers. Although our largest customer only represented 4% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2022, the failure to increase or maintain our sales with our wholesale customers. Instead,key customers as much as we relyanticipate would have a negative

32

Table of Contents

impact on long-standing relationships withour growth prospects and any decrease or loss of these customers, the appeal of our brands and our position within the marketplace. Ascustomers’ business could result in a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can typically be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, could adversely affectdecrease in our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficultoperating income if we are unable to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers, reducecapture these sales through our operating costsdirect to consumer operations or increase sales volumes with other existing customers. In addition, aswholesale accounts. Over the last several years, department stores and other large retailers become more promotional, we continuously evaluatehave faced increased competition from online competitors, declining sales and profitability and tightened credit markets, resulting in store closures, bankruptcies and financial restructurings. Restructuring of our sales to certain wholesale channels of distribution, for brand protectioncustomers’ operations, continued store closures or otherwise, and in some cases have terminated or curtailed our sales to thoseincreased direct sourcing by customers and may continue to do so, which impactscould negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We also extend credit to most of our key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At February 1, 2020, our five largest outstanding customer balances represented $32 million, or 55% of our consolidated receivables balance. Companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, may experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and

29

Table of Contents

reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability, all of which may be exacerbated as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 outbreak and any resulting economic downturn. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position or ability to satisfy its obligations to us could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, in some cases after we have already made product purchase commitments for inventory; require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables; or limit our ability to collect amounts related to shipments to that customer. In addition, a decision by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases, whether motivated by competitive considerations, a change in desired product assortment, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, could also adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Information Technology

Cybersecurity attacks and/or breaches of information security or privacy could disrupt our operations, cause us to incur additional expenses, expose us to litigation and/or cause us financial harm.

Cybersecurity attacks continue to become increasingly sophisticated, and experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our assets, including confidential information, or disrupt our systems. We collect, use, store and transmit sensitive and confidential personal information of our customers, employees, suppliers and others as an ongoing part of our business operations, and we are regularly subject to attempts by attackers to gain unauthorized access to our networks, systems and data, or to obtain, change or destroy confidential information. In addition, customers may use devices or software that are beyond our control environment to purchase our products, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information.

Despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, ransomware, human error or otherwise, or if there are perceived vulnerabilities in our systems, the image of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damaged, and, in some cases, our continued operations may be impaired or restricted. Ongoing and increasing costs to enhance cybersecurity protection and prevent, eliminate or mitigate vulnerabilities and comply with required security or other measures under state, federal and international laws, which may include deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third party experts and consultants, are significant. Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations may be adversely affected by an actual or perceived data security breach. Costs to resolve any litigation or to investigate and remediate any actual or perceived breach could result in significant financial losses and expenses, as well as lost sales. While we continue to evolve and modify our business continuity plans, there can be no assurance in an escalating threat environment that they will be effective in avoiding disruption and business impacts.

As part of our routine operations, we also contract with third party service providers to store, process and transmit personal information of our customers and employees. Although we may contractually require that these providers implement reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security breach will not occur at their location or within their systems. Privacy breaches of confidential information stored or used by our third party service providers or disruptions in their systems may expose us to the same risks as a breach of our own systems, including negative publicity, potential out-of-pocket costs and adverse effects on our business and customer relationships.

Our operations are reliant on information technology, and any interruption or other failure could have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

33

Table of Contents

The efficient operation of our business depends on information technology. This requires us to devote significant financial and employee resources to information technology initiatives and operations. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations and as a method of communication, both internally and with our customers, service providers and suppliers. Many of our information technology solutions are operated and/or maintained by third parties, including our use of cloud-based solutions. Additionally, each of our operating groups uses e-commerce websites, point-of-sale systems, enterprise order management systems, warehouse management systems and wholesale ordering systems to acquire, manage, sell and distribute goods. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources, manage operations and forecast, account for and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, sabotage, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, human error, disasters or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems, networks and e-commerce websites. All of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In light of the current geopolitical environment, there are heightened risks that our information technology systems, as well as those of third parties on whom we rely in order to conduct our operations, could be compromised by threat actors.

Reliance on outdated technology or failure to upgrade our information technology systems and capabilities could impair the efficient operation of our business and our ability to compete.

Any failure to timely upgrade our technology systems and capabilities may impair our ability to market, sell and deliver products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations, facilitate customer engagement in today’s digital marketplace and/or meet the needs of our management. We relyregularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our businesses, including periodic upgrades to digital commerce and marketing, warehouse management, guest relations, omnichannel and/or enterprise order management systems in our businesses. Digital commerce and marketing have continued to increase in importance to our business, and we have invested and will continue to invest significant capital in the digital strategies, systems, expertise and capabilities necessary for us to compete effectively in this arena. Upgrades to our systems may be expensive undertakings, may not be successful and/or could be abandoned, as we did in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2020 with a large extentTommy Bahama information technology project. We may also experience difficulties during the implementation, upgrade or subsequent operation of our systems, including the risk of introducing cybersecurity vulnerabilities into our systems or the loss of certain functionality, information from our legacy systems and/or efficient interfaces with third party and continuing systems. Temporary processes or solutions, including manual operations, which may be required to be instituted in the short term could also significantly increase the risk of loss or corruption of data and information. Additionally, if such upgraded information technology systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our store operations and websites could be severely disrupted, and we could be required to make significant additional expenditures to remedy any such failure.

Remote work arrangements could inhibit our ability to effectively operate our business and result in enhanced cybersecurity risks.

We anticipate continuing to implement remote work arrangements for a substantial portion of our employees in the future. If remote work arrangements negatively impact the performance or management of our employees, whether as a result of technological challenges, unsuitable work environments or other limitations, our ability to carry out key functions and successfully manage our operations could be compromised. In addition, remote work arrangements could exacerbate our existing cybersecurity and privacy risks, including by introducing vulnerabilities in our systems due to the use of laptops, mobile devices and remote work environments. Cybersecurity attacks or data security incidents resulting from a failure to manage these risks could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Risks Related to our Sourcing and Distribution Strategies

Our reliance on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands and failures by these producersexposes us to meet our requirements, the unavailability of suitable producers at reasonable prices and/or changes in international trade regulation may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis,risks that could disrupt our supply chain, or result in higherincrease our costs or reduced net sales.and negatively impact our operations.

34

Table of Contents

We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, including sourcing approximately 49% and 18% of our product purchases from China and Vietnam, respectively, during Fiscal 2019.countries. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term supply contracts but instead conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We also depend on the ability of these third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity, and in some cases, the products we purchase and the raw materials that are used in our products are available only from one source or a limited number of sources. Although we monitor production in third party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of available production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. In addition, we may experience disruptions in our supply chain as we actively seekcontinue to diversify the jurisdictions from which we source products. Any such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis. This would jeopardizebasis, increase our ability to properly merchandise our direct to consumer channels and service our customers, which may, in turn, have a negativecosts, negatively impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales and profits.

Due to our sourcing activities, weOur operations are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. These risks include changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes, quota restrictions or other changes and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such changes, including lingering uncertainties with respect to the potential imposition or retraction of punitive tariffs on products manufactured in China; public health issues, such as the ongoing COVID-19 outbreak, leading government-imposed restrictions; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security or other considerations; fluctuations in sourcing costs; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; and restrictionsdependent on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries. We cannot predict whether, and to what extent, there may be changes to international trade agreements or whether quotas, duties, tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions on our products will be changed or imposed. Any of these factors may disrupt ourglobal supply chain, and wethe impact of supply chain constraints may be unable to offset any associated cost increases by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices,adversely impact our business and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade regulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or render our products less desirable in the marketplace.

Our operations are reliant on information technology and any interruption or other failure, including an inability to timely upgrade our systems, may impair our ability to provide products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations and/or meet the needs of our management.operating results.

The efficient operation of our business depends on information technology. This requires usOur operations in recent years have been, and may continue to devote significant financialbe, impacted by supply chain constraints, labor shortages and employee resources to information technology initiativesraw material shortages, resulting in increased costs for raw materials, longer lead times, port congestion and operations. Information systems

30

Table of Contents

are usedincreased freight costs caused, in all stages of our operationspart, by the COVID-19 pandemic, increased consumer demand, the uncertain economic environment, and as a method of communication with our customers, service providers and suppliers. Many of our information technology solutions are operated and/or maintained by third parties, including our use of cloud-based solutions. Additionally, each of our operating groups uses e-commerce websites, point-of-sale systems and wholesale ordering systems to acquire, manage and sell goods. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources, manage operations and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur asother macroeconomic trends. As a result of these factors within the global supply chain, our gross margins were negatively impacted during Fiscal 2021 and, to a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, hackinglesser extent in Fiscal 2022. We also rely on logistics providers to transport our products to our distribution centers. Delays in shipping may cause us to have to use more expensive air freight or other unlawful activities by third parties, human error, disastersmore costly methods to ship our products. Failure to adequately produce and timely ship our products to customers could lead to increased costs and lost sales, negatively impact our relationships with customers, and adversely impact our brand reputation.

Any disruption or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems and e-commerce websites. We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our businesses, including periodic upgrades to warehouse management, guest relations, omnichannel and/or enterprise order management systemsfailure in our businesses. Weprimary distribution facilities may experience difficulties during the implementation, upgrade or subsequent operation of our systems and/or not be equipped to address system problems. Any material disruption in our information technology solutions, or any failure to timely, efficiently and effectively integrate new systems, could have an adverse effect onmaterially adversely affect our business or results of operations.

In addition, as our business continues to grow and we face new challenges in the current retail environment, we evaluate our systems on an ongoing basis to ensure they meet our business needs and, as needed, replace and/or upgrade those systems, which may be expensive undertakings. We must, however, be diligent in our evaluation of these systems, as reliance on outdated technology may inhibit our ability to operate efficiently, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. As we transition to new systems, we may also face certain challenges, including the risk of introducing cybersecurity vulnerabilities into our systems or the loss of certain functionality, information from our legacy systems and efficient interfaces with third party and continuing systems. Temporary processes or solutions, including manual operations, which may be required to be instituted in the short term could also significantly increase the risk of loss or corruption of data and information. All of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on our primary distribution facilities in order to support our direct to consumer and wholesale operations, meet customer fulfillment expectations, manage inventory, complete sales and achieve operating efficiencies, and any disruption or failure in these facilities may materially adversely affect our business or operations.

efficiencies. We may have a greater risk than our peers due to the concentration of our distribution facilities, as substantially all of our products for each operating group are distributed through one or two principal distribution centers. The primary distribution facilities thatAlthough we operate are: a distribution center in Auburn, Washington dedicatedcontinue to enhance our Tommy Bahama products; a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania dedicatedenterprise order management capabilities to deliver products from other physical locations, our Lilly Pulitzer products; a distribution center in Toccoa, Georgia dedicated to our Lanier Apparel products; and a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia primarily dedicated to our Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide products. Each of these distribution centers relies on computer-controlled and automated equipment, which may be subject to a number of risks. Our ability to effectively support our direct to consumer and wholesale operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of these distribution facilities, each of which manages the receipt, storage, sorting, packing and distribution of finished goods.

If any of our primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, pandemics or epidemics, (including, for example, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), human error, or cybersecurity attacks or computer viruses, or otherwise, if our distribution facilities fail to upgrade their technological systems to ensure efficient operations or if we are unable to receive goods in a distribution center or to ship the goods in a distribution center, as a result of a technology failure, labor shortages or otherwise, we could experience a substantial loss of inventory, a reduction in sales, higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs associated with these large, highly automated distribution centers, and we could experience reduced operating and cost efficiencies during periods of economic weakness. Any disruption to our distribution facilities or in their efficient operation could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, silk, linen, leather, tencel, and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of

3135

Table of Contents

Cybersecurity attacks and/two or breachesmore of information security or privacythese materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. The cost of the materials and components that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices. In Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022, we saw increased costs of raw materials, including cotton, that impacted our production costs. These price increases could disrupt our operations, cause us to incur additional expenses, expose us to litigation and/or cause us financial harm.continue in future years.

Cybersecurity attacksEmployment costs represented more than 40% of our consolidated SG&A in Fiscal 2022, and we have seen increases in the cost of labor in our retail, restaurant and distribution center operations as well as at many of our suppliers in recent years, which intensified during the last two years. Employment costs are affected by labor markets, as well as various federal, state and foreign laws governing matters such as minimum wage rates, overtime compensation and other requirements. In addition, in recent years, there has been significant political pressure and legislative action to increase the minimum wage rate in many of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We have also experienced increases in freight costs and distribution and logistics functions and may continue to become increasingly sophisticated,see such cost and experienced computer programmerscapacity pressures. Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold, labor costs, occupancy costs, other operational costs and hackersSG&A items through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, we may be ableunable to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our assets, including confidential information, or disrupt our systems. We are regularly subject to attempts by attackers to gain unauthorized accessfully pass on these costs to our networks, systemscustomers, and data, material increases in our costs may reduce the profitability of our operations and/or to obtain, change or destroy confidential information. In addition, customers may use devices or software that are beyondadversely impact our control environment to purchase our products, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information.results of operations.

DespiteLabor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whetheroperations.

We may be adversely affected as a result of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, ransomware, human error or otherwise, or if there are perceived vulnerabilitieslabor disputes in our systems, the imageown operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damaged, and, in some cases, our continued operations may be impaired or restricted. The costs to prevent, eliminate or mitigate cyber or other security problems and vulnerabilities, including to comply with security or other measures under state, federal and international laws governing the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, to resolve any litigation or to investigate any actual or perceived breach and to enhance cybersecurity protection through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third party experts and consultants could be significant and result in significant financial losses and expenses, as well as lost sales. In addition, although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations may be adversely affected by an actual or perceived data security breach.locations. While we continueare not subject to evolveany organized labor agreements and modify our business continuity plans,have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we will not experience work stoppages or other labor problems in an escalating threat environment that they willthe future with our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be effectivedelayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engaged to construct our locations or within government licensing or permitting offices or the unavailability of qualified contractors due to labor shortages. Any potential labor dispute, either in avoiding disruption and business impacts, and any insuranceour own operations or in those of third parties on whom we maintain may not be adequate to compensate us for all resulting losses.rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.

As an ongoing partOur geographic concentration of retail stores, restaurants and wholesale customers exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our operations and retail and restaurant locations are heavily concentrated in the United States and certain geographic areas within the United States, including Florida, California, Texas and Hawaii for our Tommy Bahama operations; Florida for our Lilly Pulitzer operations; California for our Johnny Was operations; and Florida for our Emerging Brands operations. Additionally, the wholesale sales for our businesses are also geographically concentrated, including in geographic areas where we have concentrations of our businessown retail store locations. Due to these concentrations, as well as our brands’ association with the resort lifestyle and destinations, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, public health crises, changing demographics and other factors.

Our international operations, including directforeign sourcing, result in an exposure to consumer transactions and marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and use sensitive and confidential personal information, includingfluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

We are exposed to certain currency exchange risks in conducting business outside of the United States. Substantially all of our product purchases are from foreign vendors and are denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase and we may be unable to pass this increase on to customers, employeeswhich would negatively impact our margins.

36

Table of Contents

However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and suppliers. The routine operationpayment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we have sales could also result in lower levels of sales and earnings reported in our consolidated statements of operations and lower gross margins. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.

Risks Related to Regulatory, Tax and Financial Reporting Matters

Our business involvesis subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the storagecosts of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and transmission of customer personal information and preferences, and we use social mediaregulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

We are subject to stringent standards, laws and other onlineregulations, including those relating to labor, employment, privacy and technology-drivendata security, consumer protection, marketing, health, product performance, content and related activitiessafety, anti-bribery, taxation, customs, logistics and other operational matters. These laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to connectensure that we are currently or will in the future be compliant with all applicable laws and regulations in all the states and countries in which we operate. In addition to the local laws of the foreign countries in which we operate, we are subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. If any of our customers. Theinternational operations, or our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.

We may be required to make significant expenditures and devote significant time and management resources to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import products, require a recall of our products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, negatively impact our ability to attract and retain employees or materially limit our ability to operate our business. In addition, regardless of whether any allegations of violations of the laws and regulations governing our business are valid or whether we ultimately become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity as a result of such allegations.

In addition, the regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a matter of public concern.

As part of our routine operations, we also contract with third party service providers to store, process and transmit personal information of our customers and employees. Although we contractually require that these providers implement reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security breach will not occur at their location or within their systems. Privacy breaches of confidential information stored or used by our third party service providers or disruptions in their systems may expose us to the same risks as a breach of our own systems, including negative publicity, potential out-of-pocket costs and adverse effects on our business and customer relationships.

The regulatory environment is constantly changingcompliance with new and modified state, federal and international privacy and security laws such as the General Data Protection Regulation in the E.U. and the California Consumer Privacy Act, which became effective in Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019, respectively. Compliance with these laws, and any newly enacted laws and regulations, may require us to modify our operations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to significant fines and penalties or adverse publicity.

In addition, because we process and transmit payment card information, we are subject to the payment card industry data security standard and card brand operating rules, which providesprovide for a comprehensive set of rules relating to the retention and/or transmission of payment card information. If we do not comply with the applicable standards, we

32

Table of Contents

may be subject to fines or restrictions on our ability to accept payment cards, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Changes in international trade regulation could increase our costs and/or disrupt our supply chain.

Due to our international sourcing activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. These risks include imposition of additional or new antidumping, countervailing or other duties, tariffs, taxes or quota restrictions; government-imposed restrictions as a result of public health issues; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries; and the issuance of sanctions and trade orders. Any of these factors may disrupt our supply chain, and we may be unable to offset any associated cost increases by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade regulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or render our products less desirable in the marketplace.

37

Table of Contents

There has been heightened trade tension between the United States and China, from which we sourced 36% of our products in Fiscal 2022 and from which Johnny Was has sourced more than 90% of its products in recent years, with multiple rounds of increased U.S. tariffs on China-imported goods implemented in 2018 and 2019. It is unclear what, if any, additional actions might be considered or implemented, particularly in the current geopolitical environment. Significant tariffs or other restrictions placed on Chinese imports and any related countermeasures that are taken by China could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Any violation or perceived violation of our codes of conduct or environmental and social compliance programs, including by our manufacturers or vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our brands.

We have a robust legal, social and environmental compliance program, including codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. The reputation of our brands could be harmed if we or our third-party manufacturers and vendors, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, fail to meet appropriate product safety, product quality and social and environmental compliance standards. Despite our efforts, we cannot ensure that our manufacturers and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our safety and quality control standards, and any failure to do so could disrupt our supply chain and adversely affect our business operations.

The presence or perception of forced labor in our supply chain in spite of our efforts to ensure that our third party manufacturers and vendors meet human rights and labor standards could result in adverse impacts on our business, including the detention of goods at U.S. ports of entry, challenges in identifying replacement vendors and harm to our reputation. While we have diversified the jurisdictions from which we source products and product inputs, our manufacturing operations remain concentrated in China, cotton is among the principal raw materials used in many of our goods and even the cotton used in our products manufactured outside of China largely originates from Chinese fabric mills. Starting in Fiscal 2020, the U.S. Government issued withhold release orders in response to concerns regarding forced labor in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (the “XUAR”) of China. The XUAR is a globally significant source of cotton production, much of which is controlled by the Xinjiang Production and Construction Corporation (“XPCC”) and its affiliates. The Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (“UFLPA”), which was enacted in 2021, created a rebuttable presumption that goods produced in whole or in part in the XUAR or connected with certain listed companies, including the XPCC and its affiliates, were produced using forced labor and are, therefore, barred from entry into the United States. Requirements for enhanced supply chain traceability, monitoring and risk screening, including pursuant to the UFLPA, have increased our compliance costs. Furthermore, while we do not knowingly source any products or product inputs from the XUAR, we have no known involvement with the XPCC, its affiliates or other entity list companies and we prohibit our suppliers from using forced labor, our supply chain is complex, and we may not have the ability to completely map and monitor it. We could be subject to penalties, fines or sanctions if any of the manufacturers from which we purchase goods is found or suspected to have dealings, directly or indirectly, with the XUAR or entity list companies, and any actions taken by customs officials to block the import of products suspected of being manufactured with forced labor, whether or not founded, could adversely impact our operations and financial results.

Furthermore, consumers are increasingly attuned to the environmental and social impact of the products they purchase and companies with which they do business. A failure to effectively convey our core principles to our customers and investors or to accurately communicate our social responsibility and environmental sustainability initiatives and respond to concerns raised about them, including through our social media channels, could result in a negative public perception of our brands and products and negatively impact our business.

As a multi-national apparel company, we may experience fluctuations in our tax liabilities and effective tax rate.

As a multi-national apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. In addition, we may from time to time modify our operations in an effort to minimize our consolidated income tax expense. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years; changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions; the difference

38

Table of Contents

between the income tax deduction and the previously recognized income tax benefit related to the vesting of equity-based compensation awards; and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability. Further, changes to U.S. and foreign tax laws and compliance with new tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense, cash flows and operations.

Impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

The carrying values of our goodwill and intangible assets, including those recorded in connection with our acquisition of a business or our bricks and mortar operations, are subject to periodic impairment testing. In connection with our acquisition of Johnny Was, we preliminarily recognized $135 million of intangible assets and $97 million of goodwill associated with those operations. Impairment testing of goodwill and intangible assets requires us to make estimates about future performance and cash flows that are inherently uncertain and can be affected by numerous factors, including changes in economic conditions, income tax rates, our results of operations and competitive conditions in the industry. For example, in Fiscal 2020, we recognized $60 million of non-cash impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets, which reflected the impact of COVID-19 on the operations, plans and strategy of the Southern Tide business. Future impairment charges may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

Any failure to maintain liquor licenses or comply with applicable regulations could adversely affect the profitability of our restaurant operations.

The restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants and Marlin Bars serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses and other permits depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license or other critical permits would adversely affect the profitability of that restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of actual or perceived violations at one of our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of our other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

General Risks

Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unsuccessful transition of key management responsibilities, the unexpected loss of individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan forattract, retain and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel or to attract, develop and retain personnel to fulfill other critical functions may have an adverse effect on our operations business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.

Our senior management has substantial experience and expertise in the apparel and related industries, with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for overmore than 30 years, including in various executive management capacities. Our success depends on disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including our senior management, and continued succession planning. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies that may have greater financial resources than us. While we believe that we have depth within our management team, the unexpected loss of any of our senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could harm our business and financial performance. In addition, we may be unable to retain or recruit qualified personnel in key areas such as product design, sales, marketing (including individuals with key insights into digital and social media marketing strategies), distribution, technology, sourcing and other support functions, which could result in missed sales opportunities and harm to key business relationships.

WeDuring Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022, we experienced staffing shortages, higher turnover rates and challenges in recruiting and retaining qualified employees at all levels of our organization, which may be unable to grow our business through organic growth, and anycontinue in the future. Our inability or failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect onrecruit and retain skilled personnel could adversely impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

One key componentperformance, reputation, ability to keep up with the needs of our business strategy is organic growth in our brands. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets, such as the opening of Lilly Pulitzer retail stores in Hawaii in Fiscal 2018customers and California in Fiscal 2019; increasing our market share in existing markets; expanding the demographic appeal of our brands; expanding our margins through product cost reductions, price increases, or otherwise; expanding theoverall customer reach of our brands through new and enhanced advertising initiatives; and increasing the product offerings and concepts within our various operating groups, such as the opening of additional Marlin Bars at Tommy Bahama and the launch of owned retail stores at Southern Tide. Successful growth of our business is subject to, among other things, our ability to implement plans for expanding and/or maintaining our existing businesses and categories within our businesses at satisfactory levels. We may not be successful in achieving suitable organic growth, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

We have engaged in a multi-year initiative to improve Tommy Bahama’s operating performance and long-term growth prospects, which has included an enhanced outlet and clearance strategy, improving gross margin through selective price increases and reducing product costs, selectively right-sizing our store footprint and controlling overhead and operating expenses. A strategic initiative of this nature is inherently challenging and faces significant potential risks, and any failure may adversely affect our ability to achieve long-term sustainable growth while at the same time detracting from our focus and execution of other strategic initiatives.

In addition, investments we make in technology, advertising and infrastructure, retail stores and restaurants, office and distribution center facilities, personnel and elsewhere may not yield the full benefits we anticipate and/or sales growth may be outpaced by increases in operating costs, putting downward pressure on our operating margins and adversely affecting our results of operations. If we are unable to increase our revenues organically, we may be required to pursue other strategic initiatives, including reductions in costs and/or acquisitions, in order to grow our business. These initiatives may not be available to us on desirable terms, inhibiting our ability to increase profitability.

satisfaction.

33

Table of Contents

The acquisition of new businesses and the divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines have certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected costs and other charges resulting from the transaction.

Growth of our business through acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model is a component of our long-term business strategy. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including: the competitive climate for desirable acquisition candidates, which drives market multiples; the benefits of the acquisition not materializing as planned or not materializing within the time periods or to the extent anticipated; our ability to manage the people and processes of an acquired business; difficulties in retaining key relationships with customers and suppliers; risks in entering geographic markets and/or product categories in which we have no or limited prior experience; the assumption of contractual and other liabilities, some of which may not be known at the time of acquisition; and the possibility that we pay more to consummate an acquisition than the value we derive from the acquired business. Additionally, acquisitions may cause us to incur debt, or make dilutive issuances of our equity securities.

As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, our recourse may be limited and we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable or collectible. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, distract our management or harm our reputation.

Certain acquisitions may also be structured utilizing contingent consideration based on the acquired business’ post-closing results. The principals from whom we acquired such a business, many of whom may continue to operate the business as our employees, may have differing interests than those of our shareholders because of such arrangements.

In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create a number of challenges and adverse consequences for us associated with the integration of product lines, support functions, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other areas of our business; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Acquisitions are inherently risky, and we cannot be certain that any acquisition will be successful and will not materially harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

As described in Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report, at the time of an acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, such as trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships, and record goodwill generally to the extent the cost to acquire a business exceeds our assessment of the net fair value of tangible and intangible assets. We test indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill for possible impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist at that date. It is possible that we could have an impairment charge for intangible assets or goodwill associated with an acquired business in future periods if, among other things, economic conditions decline, our strategies for an acquired business change, the results of operations of an acquired business are less than anticipated at the time of acquisition or enterprise values and market multiples of comparable businesses decline. A future impairment charge for intangible assets or goodwill could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

As the fashion retail environment evolves, our investment criteria for acquisitions has grown to include smaller brands, such as Southern Tide and TBBC which we acquired in Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2017, respectively, in an earlier stage of the brand’s life cycle, where we can more fully integrate the brand into our existing infrastructure and shared services functions and better leverage our resources. While acquisitions of these early stage brands may have a smaller upfront purchase price, the limited operating history, less experienced management teams and less sophisticated systems,

34

Table of Contents

infrastructure and relationships generally associated with such brands may heighten the risks associated with acquisitions generally, including the heightened risk that the target company may be unable to achieve the projected financial results anticipated. In addition, we are frequently engaged by burgeoning brands seeking debt or equity financing, as well as strategic direction, about pursuing a non-controlling investment, which we did with TBBC prior to the acquisition. Minority investments, while not requiring the same level of financial commitment as a control transaction, presents additional risks, including the potential disproportionate distraction to our management team relative to the potential financial benefit; the potential for a conflict of interest; the damage to our reputation of associating with a brand which may take actions inconsistent with our values; and the financial risks associated with making an investment in an unproven business model.

From time to time, we also divest or discontinue businesses, product lines and/or programs, including exiting relationships with certain wholesale customers, including department stores, that do not align with our strategy or provide the returns that we expect or desire. Such dispositions and/or discontinuations may result in underutilization of our retained resources if the exited operations are not replaced with new lines of business, either internally or through acquisition. In addition, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities, some of which may be triggered or increased by a purchaser’s operation of the disposed business following the transaction. Those liabilities combined with any other liabilities we contractually retain, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

In the United States, we are subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs, logistics and other operational matters. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions requires compliance with similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will in the future be compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import products, require a recall of our products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, negatively impact our ability to attract and retain employees, materially limit our ability to operate our business or result in adverse publicity. Compliance with these laws and regulations requires us to devote significant time, financial and management resources, and to update our processes and programs, in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements, all of which could affect the manner in which we operate our business or adversely affect our results of operations.

From time to time, we are involved in litigation matters, which may relate to consumer protection, employment practices and intellectual property infringement and which may include a class action, and we are subject to various claims and pending or threatened lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business operations. Often, these cases raise complex factual and legal issues and, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings. Regardless of the outcome or whether the claims have merit, legal proceedings may be expensive and require significant management time.

Also, the restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants, including our Marlin Bar concept, serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of that restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of actual or perceived violations at one of our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

3539

Table of Contents

Regardless of whether any allegations of violations of the laws and regulations governing our business are valid or whether we ultimately become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these and other issues, such as those relating to our social responsibility and sustainability initiatives.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

Many factors, such as economic conditions, fashion trends, consumer preferences, the financial condition of our wholesale customers and weather, make it difficult to accurately forecast demand for our products. In order to meet the expected demand for our products in a cost-effective manner, we make commitments for production several months prior to our receipt of these goods and often in advance of firm commitments, if any, from wholesale customers. Depending on the demand levels for our products, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices and through off-price channels. These events, many of which could be exacerbated as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 outbreak, could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, if we underestimate demand for our products or if we are unable to access our products when we need them, for example due to a third party manufacturer’s inability to source materials or produce goods in a timely fashion or as a result of delays in the delivery of products to us, we may experience inventory shortages, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business. These risks relating to inventory may also escalate as our direct to consumer sales continue to increase as a proportion of our consolidated net sales, given the absence of purchase commitments for direct to consumer-designated inventory.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.

We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as certain contractual arrangements, including licenses, and other proprietary intellectual property rights have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailersconsumers and consumers. In Fiscal 2019, 93%retailers. Substantially all of our consolidated net sales wereare attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. We have also experienced inherent, expanding challenges with enforcing our intellectual property rights on third party e-commerce websites, especially those based in foreign jurisdictions. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.

We devote significant resources to the registration and protection of our trademarks and to anti-counterfeiting efforts. Despite these efforts, we regularly discover products that infringe our proprietary rights or that otherwise seek to mimic or leverage our intellectual property. Counterfeiting and other infringing activities typically increase as brand recognition increases. Counterfeiting and other infringement of our intellectual property could divert away sales,increases, and association of our brands with inferior counterfeit reproductions or third party labels could adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.

Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. As we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of the manufacture,sourcing, distribution and marketing of our brands’ products, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties, including by various third parties who have acquired or claim ownership rights in some of our trademarks internationally. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would otherwise affect our operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties, license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of

36

Table of Contents

whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of the attention of our management and other resources.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freightWe are subject to periodic litigation, which may materially increase our costs.cause us to incur substantial expenses or unexpected liabilities.

WeFrom time to time, we are involved in litigation matters, which may relate to employment practices, consumer protection, intellectual property infringement, product liability and our third party suppliers rely oncontract disputes, and which may include a class action, and we are subject to various claims and pending or threatened lawsuits in the availabilityordinary course of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, syntheticsoperations. Often, these cases raise complex factual and blendslegal issues and, due to the inherent uncertainties of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend onlitigation, we cannot accurately predict the market price for raw materials used to produce them. The costultimate outcome of any such proceedings. Regardless of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity pricesoutcome or whether the claims have merit, legal proceedings may be expensive and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices, and in recent years, we have seenrequire significant variability in the costs of certain raw materials, including cotton. These pricing fluctuations could continue in future years.management time.

We have also seen increases in the cost of labor at many of our suppliers in recent years, as well as in freight costs, and as a result of the COVID-19 outbreakOur common stock price may experience increases in our supply chain and/or distribution and logistics functions. Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, these product costing pressures, as well as other variable cost pressures, may materially increase our costs,be highly volatile, and we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers.meet investor and analyst expectations.

AsOur common stock, which is currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange, may be subject to extreme and unpredictable fluctuations in price. The market price of February 1, 2020, we had approximately 6,100 employees worldwide,our common stock may decline if the results of which approximately 70%our operations or projected results do not meet the expectations of securities analysts or our shareholders, investors are retail store and restaurant employees. The employment and employment-related costs associated with our employees are a significant componentunreceptive to an announcement of changes in our SG&A, particularlybusiness or our strategic initiatives or securities analysts who follow our company change their ratings or estimates of our retail store and restaurant operations. Employment costs are affected by labor markets, as well as various federal, state and foreign laws governing matters such as minimum wage rates, overtime compensation and other requirements. In addition, in recent years, there has been significant political pressure and legislative action to increase the minimum wage rate in many of the jurisdictions in which our stores are located. Any increases in our employment costs,future performance. Our stock price may also change suddenly as a result of market conditions or otherwise, may materially increaseother factors beyond our costs, reduce the profitability of our operations and/or adversely impact our results of operations.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing real estate for our retail stores and restaurants, which generally consist of long-term leases negotiated at prevailing market rents.

An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our lifestyle brands. Net sales from our retail stores and restaurants were 47% of our consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2019.

We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate locations; the overall ability of the location to attract a consumer base sufficient to make sales volume profitable; our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel; and our ability to timely construct and complete any build-out and open the location in accordance with our plans. A decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, due to economic conditions, shifts in consumer shopping preferences or technology, a decline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or other adjacent tenants or otherwise, could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin and results of operations. In addition, as and when we seek to open new retail stores and restaurants, we compete with others for favorable locations, lease terms and desired personnel. As consumer shopping patterns continue to negatively impact bricks and mortar retail traffic generally, the competition for premium retail space in long-term sustainable locations continues to increase. Our growth may be limited if we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations.

37

Table of Contents

Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at lease inception for a location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation and recurring fixed costs. On an ongoing basis, we review the financial performance of our retail and restaurant locations in order to determine whether continued operation is appropriate. Even if we determine that it is desirable to exit a particular location, we may be unable to close an underperforming location due to continuous use clauses and/or because negotiating an early termination would be cost prohibitive. In addition, due to the fixed-cost structure associated with these operations, negative cash flows or the closure of a retail store or restaurant could result in write-downs of inventory, impairment of leasehold improvements, impairment of operating lease assets and/or other long-lived assets, severance costs, lease termination costs or the loss of working capital, which could adversely impact our business and financial results. Furthermore, as each of our leases expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could force us to close retail stores and/or restaurants in desirable locations.

Our geographic concentration of retail stores, restaurants and wholesale customers for certain of our brands exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our operations and retail and restaurant locations are heavily concentrated in the United States (202 of 224 locations as of February 1, 2020, with 97% of our consolidated net sales in the United States during Fiscal 2019) and, within the United States in certain geographic areas, including Florida, California, Texas and Hawaii for our Tommy Bahama operations (75 of 140 domestic stores and 13 of 16 restaurants, including Marlin Bars, are in these states as of February 1, 2020) and Florida, Massachusetts and Virginia for our Lilly Pulitzer operations (31 of 61 retail stores as of February 1, 2020). Additionally, the wholesale sales for each of Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide are also geographically concentrated, including in geographic areas where we have concentrations of our own retail store locations. Due to these concentrations, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions,control, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, public health crises, changing demographics and other factors.

Our operations and thosenew or modified legislation impacting our industry, announcements by our competitors, or sales of our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers may be affectedstock by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, public health crises, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

Our sales volume and operations and the operations of third parties on whom we rely, including our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers, may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, public health crises, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain geographic regions, including a resort and/or coastal focus in Tommy Bahama’s, Lilly Pulitzer’s and Southern Tide's operations, the concentration of our sourcing operations and the concentration of our distribution center operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

We hold licenses for the use of other parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.

We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, including Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Cole Haan and Nick Graham in Lanier Apparel, to market some of our products. During Fiscal 2019, sales of products bearing brands licensed to us accounted for 6% of our consolidated net sales and 65% of Lanier Apparel’s net sales. When we enter into these license and design agreements, they generally provide for short contract durations (typically three to five years); these agreements may include options to extend the term of the contract but, when available, are generally subject to our satisfaction of certain contingencies (e.g., minimum sales thresholds) that may be difficult for us to satisfy. Competitive conditions for the right to use popular trademarks means that we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration, that the terms of any renewal will not result in operating margin pressures or reduced profitability or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use

38

Table of Contents

other desirable trademarks. The termination or expiration of a license agreement would cause us to lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license, which could be material, and in certain cases could also result in an impairment charge for related assets, leave us with underutilized overhead and/or adversely impact existing synergies.

Our license agreements generally require us to receive approval from the brand’s owner of all design and other elements of the licensed products we sell prior to production, as well as to receive approval from the brand owner of distribution channels in which we may sell and the manner in which we market and distribute licensed products. Any failure by us to comply with these requirements could result in the termination of the license agreement.

In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality, style or image of these goods. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, or the licensors otherwise change the parameters of design, pricing, distribution or marketing, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.

As a global apparel company, we may experience fluctuations in our tax liabilities and effective tax rate.

As a global apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. In addition, we may from time to time modify our operations in an effort to minimize our global income tax exposure. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years; changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions; the difference between the income tax deduction and the previously recognized income tax benefit related to the vesting of equity-based compensation awards; and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

Further, changes to U.S. and foreign tax laws and compliance with new tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense, cash flows and operations. For example, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development has published action plans that, if adopted by countries where we do business, could materially impact our tax obligations in those countries.

Our international direct to consumer and licensing operations may present risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial position.

We operate Tommy Bahama retail stores in Australia and Canada, and are closing our remaining retail operation in Japan during Fiscal 2020. We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices related to international operations and there are risks associated with doing business in international markets, including lack of brand recognition in certain markets; understanding fashion trends and satisfying consumer tastes; market acceptance of our products, which is difficult to assess immediately; establishing appropriate market-specific operational and logistics functions; managing compliance with the various legal requirements; staffing and managing foreign operations; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; obtaining governmental approvals that may be required to operate; potentially adverse tax implications; and maintaining proper levels of inventory. If we are unable to properly manage these risks, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We may also elect to enter into retail or wholesale distribution arrangements, or joint ventures, with third parties for certain markets. For example, a third party operates Tommy Bahama retail stores in the United Arab Emirates. Any such arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including our reliance on the

39

Table of Contents

operational skill and expertise of a local operator, the ability of the joint venture or operator to manage its employees and appropriately represent our brands in those markets and any protective rights that we may be forced to grant to the third party, which could limit our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of such a relationship.

We are also subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in addition to the local laws of the foreign countries in which we operate. If any of our international operations, or our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations and working capital needs, and may increase in the future under our existing credit facility or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements may change.

Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal, interest and unused line fees, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations. The negative covenants in our debt agreements limit our ability to incur debt; guaranty certain obligations; incur liens; pay dividends; repurchase common stock; make investments; sell assets; make acquisitions; merge with other companies; or satisfy other debt. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to any competitors that may be less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plans and planning for, or reacting to, change.

In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our variable rate U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our debt levels and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. Further, an increase in the interest rate environment would require us to pay a greater amount towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same.

A portion of our indebtedness under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement at any time may be based on LIBOR, which is the subject of recent proposals for reform or elimination. In particular, on July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, publicly announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. It is unclear what the impact, if any, might be if LIBOR ceases to exist or if the methods of calculating LIBOR change from current methods.shareholders.

The continued growthstock market has also experienced periods of our business also depends on our accessgeneral volatility which result in fluctuations in stock prices unrelated or disproportionate to sufficient funds.operating performance. We rely on cash flow from operations and borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreementcannot provide assurances that there will continue to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and investment activities. As of February 1, 2020, we had $322 million in unused availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If our cash flow from operations decline significantly, including any such decline related to reduced store traffic and widespread store and restaurant closures as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or if the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by the existing credit facility, we may need to seek additional funding, which may be through debt or equity financing. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and, depending on the sources of financing, our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions. The terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies.

Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our locations. While we are not subject to any organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that wean

40

Table of Contents

will not experience work stoppagesactive trading market for our stock, and the price of our common stock may also be affected by illiquidity or perceived illiquidity of our shares. In addition, although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, we may discontinue or reduce dividend payments based upon several factors, including the terms of our credit facility and applicable law, the need for funding for our strategic initiatives or other labor problems in thecapital expenditures and our future withcash needs. Any modification or suspension of dividends could cause our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be delayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engagedstock price to construct our locations or within government licensing or permitting offices. Any potential labor dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

decline. We are exposed to certain currency exchange risks in conducting business outside of the United States. The substantial majority of our product purchases are from foreign vendors and are denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase and we may be unable to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.

We received U.S. dollars for 97% of our product sales during Fiscal 2019, with the remaining sales primarily related to our retail operations during the year in Canada, Australia and Japan. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings reported in our consolidated statements of operations, even though the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. In addition, to the extent that a stronger U.S. dollar increases product and other costs, products sold in foreign markets in the local currency may realize lower gross margins.

Our business could be impacted as a result of actions by activist shareholders or others.

We may be subject, from time to time, to legal and business challenges or disruptions in the operation of our company due to actions instituted by activist shareholders or others. Responding to such actions could be costly and time-consuming,

Other factors may not align withhave an adverse effect on our business, strategiesresults of operations and financial condition.

Other risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, could divert the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit ofnegatively impact our business strategies. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of activism may lead to the perception of a changeand financial performance, including changes in social, political, labor, health and economic conditions; changes in the directionoperations or liquidity of any of the parties with which we conduct our business, or in the access to capital markets for any such parties; increasing costs of customer acquisition, activation and retention; consolidation in the retail industry; and other instabilityfactors. Any of these risks, and may adversely affectothers of which we are not aware or that we currently consider to be immaterial, could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our relationships with vendors, customers, prospectivebusiness, financial condition and current employees and others.results of operations.

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.   Properties

We lease and own space for our retail stores and restaurants,direct to consumer locations, distribution centers, and sales/administration offices and manufacturing operations in various domestic and international locations. We believe that our existing properties are well maintained, are in good operating condition and will be adequate for our present level of operations. We also own one property located in Merida, Mexico that was previously used in our Lanier Apparel manufacturing operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into lease agreements for our direct to consumer operations, including leases for full-price retail store, food and restaurantbeverage and outlet store space. Most of the leases require us to pay specified minimum rent, as well as a portion of operating expenses, real estate taxes and insurance applicable to the property, contingent rent based on a percentage of the location’s net sales in excess of a specific threshold and in some locations sales tax on rental amounts

41

Table of Contents

paid to the landlord. The leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions. Periodically, we assess the operating results of our direct to consumer locations to assess whether the location provides, or is expected to provide, an appropriate long-term return on investment, whether the location remains brand appropriate and other factors. As a result of this assessment,At times, we may determine that it is appropriate to close certain storesdirect to consumer or other locations that do not continue tono longer meet our investment criteria, by either not renew certain leases, exerciserenewing the lease, exercising an early termination option, or otherwise negotiatenegotiating an early termination.termination or otherwise. For existing leases in desirable locations, we anticipate that we will be able to extend our leases, to the extent that they expire in the near future, on terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms. The terms and conditions of lease renewals or relocations may not be as favorable as existing leases.

As of February 1, 2020, our direct to consumer locations used approximately 0.9 million square feet of leased space in the United States, Canada, Australia and Japan. Each of our retail stores and restaurants is less than 20,000 square feet, and we do not believe that we are dependent upon any individual retail store or restaurant location for our business operations. Greater detail about the retail space used by each operating group is included in Part I, Item 1, Business included in this report.

As of February 1, 2020, we used approximately 1.6 million square feet of owned or leased distribution, manufacturing and administrative/sales facilities in the United States, Mexico and Hong Kong. In addition to our owned and leased distribution facilities, we may use certain third party warehouse/distribution providers where we do not own or lease any space. Our distribution, manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities provide space for employees and functions used in support of our direct to consumer and wholesale operations.

Details of the principal administrative, sales distribution and manufacturingdistribution facilities used in our operations, including approximate square footage, are as follows:

    

    

    

Square

    

Lease

    

    

    

Square

    

Lease

Location

Primary Use

Operating Group

Footage

Expiration

Primary Use

Operating Group

Footage

Expiration

Seattle, Washington

 

Sales/administration

 

Tommy Bahama

 

115,000

 

2026 

 

Sales/administration

 

Tommy Bahama

 

125,000

 

2026 

Auburn, Washington

 

Distribution center

 

Tommy Bahama

 

325,000

 

2025 

 

Distribution center

 

Tommy Bahama

 

335,000

 

2025 

King of Prussia, Pennsylvania

 

Sales/administration and distribution center

 

Lilly Pulitzer

 

160,000

 

Owned 

 

Sales/administration and distribution center

 

Lilly Pulitzer

 

160,000

 

Owned 

Toccoa, Georgia

 

Distribution center

 

Lanier Apparel

 

310,000

 

Owned 

Merida, Mexico

 

Manufacturing plant

 

Lanier Apparel

 

80,000

 

Owned 

Greenville, South Carolina

 

Sales/administration

 

Southern Tide

 

14,000

 

2024 

Los Angeles, California

Sales/administration

Johnny Was

30,000

2032

Los Angeles, California

Administration and distribution center

Johnny Was

70,000

2025

Atlanta, Georgia

 

Sales/administration

 

Corporate and Other and Lanier Apparel

 

30,000

 

2024

 

Sales/administration

 

Corporate/Other

 

30,000

 

2024

Lyons, Georgia

 

Distribution center

 

Various

 

420,000

 

Owned 

 

Distribution center

 

Various

 

420,000

 

Owned 

41

Table of Contents

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business. These actions may relate to trademark and other intellectual property, employee relations matters, real estate, licensing arrangements, real estate, importing or exporting regulations, product safety requirements, taxation employee relation matters or other topics. We are not currently a party to any litigation or regulatory action or aware of any proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, our assessment of any litigation or other legal claims could potentially change in light of the discovery of additional factors not presently known or determinations by judges, juries, or others which are not consistent with our evaluation of the possible liability or outcome of such litigation or claims.

Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

42

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market and Dividend Information

Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "OXM." As of March 27, 2020,24, 2023, there were 291262 record holders of our common stock.

On March 24, 2020,21, 2023, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.25$0.65 per share payable on May 1, 2020April 28, 2023 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 17, 2020.14, 2023. Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, including $25 million in total or $1.48 per common share in Fiscal 2019, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, funding of acquisitions, funding of capital expenditures or repurchases of outstanding shares, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facility, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends or repurchase shares in the short term subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facility, other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not be paid out as dividends in all periods.or repurchases of our common stock. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see the discussion of our $325 million Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement”) in Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during Fiscal 2019.2022.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

WeDuring the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022, we repurchased the following shares of our common stock:

42

Table of Contents

Total Number of

Dollar Value

Shares

(000s) of Shares

Average

Purchased as

That May Yet be

Total Number

Price

Part of Publicly

Purchased Under

of Shares

Paid per

Announced Plans

the Plans or

Fiscal Month

    

Purchased

    

Share

    

or Programs

    

Programs

November (10/30/22 - 11/26/22)

40,132

$

103.27

40,132

$ 50,726

December (11/27/22 - 12/31/22)

6,376

$

113.92

6,376

$ 50,000

January (1/1/23 - 1/28/23)

-

$

-

-

$ 50,000

Total

46,508

$

104.73

46,508

$ 50,000

As disclosed in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2021, and in subsequent filings, on December 7, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $150 million to repurchase shares of our stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our stock and has no automatic expiration. Pursuant to the Board of Directors’ authorization, we entered into a $100 million open market stock repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan) to acquire shares of our stock, under which we repurchased shares of our stock totaling: (1) $8 million in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2021, (2) $43 million in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2022, (3) $30 million in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2022, (4) $14 million in the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2022 and (5) $5 million in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022, which completed the purchases pursuant to the open market stock repurchase program. Over the life of the $100 million open market repurchase program we repurchased 1.1 million, or 6%, of our outstanding shares at the commencement of the program, for an average price of $90 per share.

After considering the repurchases during Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022 as of January 28, 2023, there were no amounts remaining under the open market repurchase program and $50 million remaining under the Board of Directors’ authorization.

Also, we have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 8 toof our consolidated financial statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to the vesting of shares of our stock. DuringNo shares were repurchased from employees during the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019, we repurchased the following shares pursuant to these plans:2022.

Total Number of

Maximum

Shares

Number of Shares

Average

Purchased as

That May Yet be

Total Number

Price

Part of Publicly

Purchased Under

of Shares

Paid per

Announced Plans

the Plans or

Fiscal Month

    

Purchased

    

Share

    

or Programs

    

Programs

November (11/3/19 - 11/30/19)

$

December (12/1/19 - 1/4/20)

$

January (1/5/20 - 2/1/20)

3,968

$

69.40

Total

3,968

$

69.40

In March 2017, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $50 million to repurchase shares of our stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our stock and has no automatic expiration. As of February 1, 2020, no shares of our stock had been repurchased pursuant to this authorization. However, subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2019, in February and March 2020, we repurchased 332,000 shares of our common stock for $18 million under an open market stock repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan) pursuant to the Board of Directors’ authorization.

43

Table of Contents

Stock Price Performance Graph

The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years,

43

Table of Contents

beginning January 31, 2015February 3, 2018 and ending February 1, 2020, of:January 28, 2023, of (1) The S&P SmallCap 600 Index and (2) The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.

The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and

Graphic

    

INDEXED RETURNS

Base Period

Years Ended

Company / Index

    

2/3/18

    

2/2/19

    

2/1/20

    

1/30/21

    

1/29/22

    

1/28/23

Oxford Industries, Inc.

 

100

 

99.19

 

90.92

 

87.29

 

110.21

 

163.46

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

 

100

 

100.35

 

107.00

 

131.80

 

142.77

 

142.43

S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods

 

100

 

93.20

 

85.87

 

83.98

 

82.72

 

60.32

The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.

Graphic

    

INDEXED RETURNS

Base Period

Years Ended

Company / Index

    

1/31/15

    

1/30/16

    

1/28/17

    

2/3/18

    

2/2/19

    

2/1/20

Oxford Industries, Inc.

 

100

 

126.63

 

99.76

 

148.64

 

147.43

 

135.14

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

 

100

 

95.31

 

128.67

 

146.79

 

147.31

 

157.07

S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods

 

100

 

83.78

 

71.38

 

91.12

 

84.92

 

78.24

Item 6.  Reserved

44

Table of Contents

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

Our selected financial data included in the table below reflects (1) the acquisition of the Southern Tide operations and assets in April 2016 and (2) the divestiture of the operations and assets of our former Ben Sherman operating group in July 2015, resulting in the classification of Ben Sherman operations as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Cash flow, capital expenditures, equity compensation, depreciation and amortization amounts below include amounts for both continuing and discontinued operations as our consolidated statements of cash flow are presented on a consolidated basis including continuing and discontinued operations.

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

    

Fiscal 2016

    

Fiscal 2015

 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

Net sales

$

1,122.8

$

1,107.5

$

1,086.2

$

1,022.6

$

969.3

Cost of goods sold

 

477.8

 

470.3

 

473.6

 

442.3

 

412.7

Gross profit

 

645.0

 

637.2

 

612.6

 

580.3

 

556.6

SG&A

 

566.1

 

560.5

 

540.5

 

504.6

 

473.5

Royalties and other operating income

 

14.9

 

14.0

 

13.9

 

14.2

 

14.4

Operating income

 

93.7

 

90.6

 

86.0

 

89.9

 

97.5

Interest expense, net

 

1.2

 

2.3

 

3.1

 

3.4

 

2.5

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

 

92.4

 

88.3

 

82.9

 

86.5

 

95.1

Income taxes

 

23.9

 

22.0

 

18.2

 

32.0

 

36.5

Net earnings from continuing operations

 

68.5

 

66.3

 

64.7

 

54.5

 

58.6

Income (loss), including loss on sale, from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

0.4

 

(2.0)

 

(28.0)

Net earnings

$

68.5

$

66.3

$

65.1

$

52.5

$

30.6

Diluted earnings from continuing operations per share

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

3.87

$

3.27

$

3.54

Diluted income (loss), including loss on sale, from discontinued operations per share

$

$

$

0.02

$

(0.12)

$

(1.69)

Diluted net earnings per share

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

3.89

$

3.15

$

1.85

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

16.9

 

16.8

 

16.7

 

16.6

 

16.6

Dividends declared and paid

$

25.2

$

23.1

$

18.2

$

18.1

$

16.6

Dividends declared and paid per share

$

1.48

$

1.36

$

1.08

$

1.08

$

1.00

Total assets, at period-end

$

1,033.4

$

727.3

$

699.9

$

685.2

$

582.7

Long-term debt at period-end

$

$

13.0

$

45.8

$

91.5

$

44.0

Shareholders’ equity, at period-end

$

528.6

$

478.4

$

429.8

$

376.1

$

334.4

Cash provided by operating activities

$

121.9

$

96.4

$

118.6

$

118.6

$

105.4

Capital expenditures

$

37.4

$

37.0

$

38.7

$

49.4

$

73.1

Depreciation and amortization expense

$

40.3

$

42.5

$

42.4

$

42.2

$

36.4

Equity compensation expense

$

7.6

$

7.3

$

6.4

$

6.4

$

5.2

LIFO accounting charge (credit)

$

1.5

$

0.8

$

7.8

$

(5.9)

$

0.3

Book value per share at period-end

$

31

$

28

$

26

$

22

$

20

Stock price per share at period-end

$

69

$

77

$

79

$

54

$

70

45

Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources compares Fiscal 20192022 to Fiscal 20182021 and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

The results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources for Fiscal 20182021 compared to Fiscal 20172020 are not included in this report on Form 10-K. For a discussion of our results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources for Fiscal 20182021 compared to Fiscal 20172020 and certain other financial information related to Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017,2020, refer to the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II. Item 7 of our 20182021 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on April 1, 2019,March 28, 2022, which is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and under the Investor Relations section of our website at www.oxfordinc.com.

OVERVIEW

Business Overview

We are a globalleading branded apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our portfolio of lifestyle brands: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, andJohnny Was, Southern Tide, lifestyle brandsTBBC and other owned and licensed brands as well as private label apparel products of Lanier Apparel. During Fiscal 2019, 93% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own and 97% of our net sales were in the United States.Duck Head.

Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We consider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude. Furthermore, we believe lifestyle brands that create an emotional connection like Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide, can command greater loyalty and higher price points at retail and create licensing opportunities. We believe the attraction of a lifestyle brand depends on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message and distributing products to consumers where and when they want them. We believe the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value, and image of brand names; design;design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing;marketing (including through rapidly shifting digital and social media vehicles); product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. Our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketingthe apparel industry is directly related todependent on our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference and presenting appealing products for consumers. Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated fashion products each season.season as well as certain core products that consumers expect from us.

During Fiscal 2019, 70%2022, 80% of our consolidated net sales were through our direct to consumer channels of distribution, which consistsconsist of our 189 brand-specificbrand specific full-price retail stores, our e-commerce websites and outlets, as well as our Tommy Bahama food and beverage operations and our 35 Tommy Bahama outlets.operations. The remaining 30%20% of our net sales arewas generated fromthrough our wholesale distribution channels. Our wholesale operations include sales of our lifestyle brands,channels, which complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger groupbase of consumers, and also represents substantially all the netconsumers. Our wholesale operations consist of sales of products bearing the Lanier Appareltrademarks of our lifestyle brands to various specialty stores, better department stores, Signature Stores, multi-branded e-commerce retailers and other retailers.

For additional information about our business and each of our operating group.groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business included in this report. Important factors relating to certain risks which could impact our business are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

Industry Overview

Each of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups operatesWe operate in a highly competitive apparel marketsmarket that continuecontinues to evolve rapidly with the expanding application of technology to fashion retail. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry, and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent uponon the overall level and focus of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as consumer preferences and regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Increasingly,Also, in recent years consumers are choosinghave chosen to

45

Table of Contents

spend less of their discretionary spending on certain product categories, including apparel, while spending more on services and other product categories. Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on other industries.

46

Tableindustries due, in part, to apparel purchases often being more of Contentsa discretionary purchase.

TheThis competitive and evolving environment may requirerequires that brands and retailers approach their operations, including marketing and advertising, very differently than historical practicesthey have historically and may result in increased operating costs and capital investments to generate growth or even maintain currentexisting sales levels. While the competition and evolution in the fashion retail industry presentspresent significant risks, especially for traditional retailers who fail or are unable to adapt, we believe it also presents a tremendous opportunity for brands and retailers to capitalize on the changing consumer environment. 

We believe our lifestyle brands have true competitive advantages, in this new retailing paradigm, and we are leveragingcontinue to invest in and leverage technology to serve our consumers when and where they want to be served. We continue to believe that our lifestyle brands, with their strong emotional connections with consumers, are well suited to succeed and thrive in the long term while managing the various challenges facing our industry.

Recent Events and Trends

During Fiscal 2019, there was a significant amount of uncertainty related to tariffs on products imported into the United States from China, whichThe COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in higher tariffs on apparel and related products manufactured in China. Approximately 49% of our apparel and related products were from producers located in China during Fiscal 2019. As a result of our actions to shift production from China, particularly for goods received in the second half of Fiscal 2019 and thereafter, we expect that the proportion of our apparel and related product sourced from China will decrease in Fiscal 2020. In addition to shifting production to mitigate the incremental tariff costs on our operating results, we negotiated price reductions from certain third party manufacturers and increased direct to consumer and wholesale prices on select products.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic. COVID-19 is havinghad a significant effect on overall economic conditions and our operations in recent years and accelerated or exacerbated many of the changes in the industry. Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on other industries due, in part, to apparel purchases often being more of a discretionary purchase. The current macroenvironment, with heightened concerns about inflation, a global economic recession, geopolitical issues, the stability of the U.S. banking system, the availability and cost of credit and continued increases in interest rates, is creating a complex and challenging retail environment, which may impact our businesses and exacerbate some of the inherent challenges to our operations. While our missionThere remains the enhancement of long-term shareholder value, our focus during this crisis is and will continue to be the health and well-being of our employees, customers and communities. Due to the COVID-19 outbreak, we saw reduced consumer traffic starting in early March 2020 and temporarily closed all our retail and restaurant locations in North America on March 17, 2020. Subsequent to those closures, we also temporarily closed all our retail locations in Australia.

We believe we have adequate liquidity and the financial discipline to address the near-term challenges related to the COVID-19 outbreak. While the disruption is currently expected to be temporary, there is significant uncertainty around its duration. As a result, we have taken a number of actions to mitigatein the macroeconomic environment, and the impact of this pandemicthese and other factors could have a major effect on our businessbusinesses.

Johnny Was Acquisition

On September 19, 2022, we acquired the Johnny Was California lifestyle brand and related operations, including:which includes the design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of collections of affordable luxury, artisan-inspired bohemian apparel, accessories and home goods. Johnny Was products are sold through the Johnny Was website and full-price retail stores and outlets as well as select department stores and specialty stores.

The purchase price for the acquisition of Johnny Was totaled $270 million in additioncash, subject to adjustment based on net working capital as of the retail storeclosing date of the acquisition. We used cash and restaurant closures, we are furloughing a significant number of our employees; certain of our salaried employees, including our Chief Executive Officershort-term investments on hand and Chief Financial Officer, are taking reductions in their base salary; we have drawn down $200 million fromborrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to increasefinance the transaction. Refer to Note 12 of our cash positionconsolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about the acquisition of Johnny Was.

In the 12 months ended on January 28, 2023, the Johnny Was business generated approximately $207 million of net sales.  We anticipate that gross margins in the future for Johnny Was will be approximately 65%, as we do not anticipate any subsequent inventory step-up charges related to purchase accounting.  We also anticipate Johnny Was’ earnings before interest and preservetaxes will be in the high single digit percentage of net sales range, which includes $14 million of expected amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2023, or the mid teen percentage of net sales range absent the amortization of intangible assets. We expect that the business will continue to grow as each channel of distribution grows. During the 12 months ended on January 28, 2023, e-commerce, retail and wholesale represented 40%, 35% and 25%, respectively, of the net sales of Johnny Was.

The financial flexibility;information included in the results of operations discussion below for Fiscal 2022, includes the 19 weeks from the September 19, 2022 acquisition date through January 28, 2023 only. Therefore, the amounts included in the results of operations below are not indicative of results for a full fiscal year.

46

Table of Contents

Share Repurchase Program

As disclosed in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2021, and in subsequent filings, on December 7, 2021, our Board of Directors reduced the rateauthorized us to spend up to $150 million to repurchase shares of our dividend payablestock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our stock and has no automatic expiration. Pursuant to the Board of Directors’ authorization, we entered into a $100 million open market stock repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan) to acquire shares of our stock, under which we repurchased shares of our stock totaling: (1) $8 million in the first quarterFourth Quarter of Fiscal 2020;2021, (2) $43 million in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2022, (3) $30 million in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2022, (4) $14 million in the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2022, and (5) $5 million in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022, which completed the purchases pursuant to the open market stock repurchase program. Over the life of the $100 million open market repurchase program we are working with suppliers to cancel, delayrepurchased 1.1 million, or suspend future product deliveries;6%, of our outstanding shares at the commencement of the program for an average price of $90 per share.

After considering the repurchases during Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022 as of January 28, 2023, there were no amounts remaining under the open market repurchase program and $50 million remaining under the Board of Directors’ authorization.

Lanier Apparel Exit

In Fiscal 2021, we are workingexited our Lanier Apparel business, which had been focused on moderately priced tailored clothing and related products. This decision aligns with our wholesale customersstated business strategy of developing and marketing compelling lifestyle brands. It also took into consideration the increased macroeconomic challenges faced by the Lanier Apparel business, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 pandemic. The operating results of the Lanier Apparel business in Fiscal 2021 largely consisted of activities associated with the wind down of operations following our Fiscal 2020 decision to identify suitable changesexit the business. Refer to Note 11 and Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about the Lanier Apparel exit and Fiscal 2021 operating results.

Key Operating Results

The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results (in thousands, except per share amounts) for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021:

    

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2021

Net sales

$

1,411,528

$

1,142,079

Operating income

$

218,774

$

165,503

Net earnings

$

165,735

$

131,321

Net earnings per diluted share

$

10.19

$

7.78

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

16,259

 

16,869

Net earnings per diluted share were $10.19 in Fiscal 2022 compared to $7.78 in Fiscal 2021. The 31% increase in net earnings per diluted share was primarily due to a 26% increase in net earnings as well as a 4% reduction in weighted average shares outstanding due to our business arrangements;share repurchase program which commenced in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2021 and was completed in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022. The increased net earnings was primarily due to higher net sales and gross margin, partially offset by increased SG&A, a decrease in royalties and other income, a higher effective tax rate and increased interest expense. The increased net earnings include higher operating income in both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer partially offset by a reduction in operating income in Lanier Apparel, a larger operating loss in Corporate and Other, the operating loss of Johnny Was and lower operating income in Emerging Brands. Each of these changes are discussed further below.

During Fiscal 2022 we are, in many cases, suspending or deferringgenerated $126 million of cash flows from operations, which exceeded our cash used for capital expenditures.

We have established management committees, reportingexpenditures and dividends. With our long history of strong positive cash flows from operations exceeding cash requirements for capital expenditures and dividends and our strong balance sheet, we believe our anticipated future cash flows from operations will provide sufficient cash over both the short and the long term to the Chief Executive Officer on ansatisfy our ongoing basis,operating cash requirements, ample funds to continue to monitor the COVID-19 outbreakinvest in our lifestyle brands, direct to consumer initiatives and its impact and are taking the necessary precautionary measures to protect the health and safety of our employees. Given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, and the uncertain duration and severity of business disruption and its impact on discretionary consumer spending, the financial impact of the COVID-19 outbreak cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but will significantly impact our operating results, cash flows and financial position in Fiscal 2020.

For additional information about our business and each of our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business included in this report. Important factors relating to certain risks which could impact our business, including those resulting from the COVID-19 outbreak, are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

47

Table of Contents

Key Operating Results

The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results from continuing operations (in thousands, except per share amounts)information technology projects, additional cash flow to repay outstanding debt and sufficient cash for Fiscal 2019 compared to Fiscal 2018:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

Net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

Operating income

$

93,675

$

90,592

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

Net earnings per diluted share

$

4.05

$

3.94

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

16,914

 

16,842

The higher net earnings per diluted share in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer, the improved operating results in Corporate and Other and lower interest expense partially offset by lower operating income in Lanier Apparel and a higher effective tax rate, each as discussed below.other strategic initiatives.

OPERATING GROUPS

Our business is primarily operated through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand’s direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable.

With our acquisition of Johnny Was on September 19, 2022, our business is organized as our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Johnny Was and Southern Tide each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective trademarks and license their trademarksEmerging Brands operating groups. Operating results for other product categories, whileperiods prior to Fiscal 2022 also include the Lanier Apparel designs, sourcesoperating group, which we exited in Fiscal 2021. For a more extensive description of our reportable operating groups and distributes branded and private label men’s tailored clothing, sportswear and other products. Corporate and Other, is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, the elimination of inter-segment sales and any other items that are not allocated to the operating groups including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments. Because our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the operating groups. Corporate and Other also includes the operations of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups, including the operations of TBBC and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.

For additional information about each of our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business and Note 2 toof our consolidated financial statements, both included in this report.

COMPARABLE SALES

We often disclose comparable sales in order to provide additional information regarding changes in our results of operations between periods. Our disclosures of comparable sales include net sales from our full-price retail stores and e-commerce sites, excluding sales associated with e-commerce flash clearance sales. We believe that the inclusion of both full-price retail stores and e-commerce sites in the comparable sales disclosures is a more meaningful way of reporting our comparable sales results, given similar inventory planning, allocation and return policies, as well as our cross-channel marketing and other initiatives for the direct to consumer channel.channels. For our comparable sales disclosures, we exclude (1) outlet store sales, warehouse sales and e-commerce flash clearance sales, as those clearance sales are used primarily to liquidate end of season inventory, which may vary significantly depending on the level of end of season inventory on hand and generally occur at lower gross margins than our non-clearance direct to consumer sales, and (2) restaurantfood and beverage sales, as we do not currently believe that the inclusion of restaurantfood and beverage sales in our comparable sales disclosures is meaningful in assessing our consolidated results of operations.branded apparel businesses. Comparable sales information reflects net sales, including shipping and handling revenues, if any, associated with product sales.

For purposes of our disclosures, comparable sales consists of sales through e-commerce sites and any physical full-price retail store that was owned and open as of the beginning of the prior fiscal year and which did not have during

48

Table of Contents

the relevant periods, and is not within the current fiscal year scheduled to have, (1) a remodel or other event which would result in a closure for an extended period of time (which we define as a period of two weeks or longer), (2) a greater than 15% change in the size of the retail space due to expansion, reduction or relocation to a new retail space or (3) a relocation to a new space that is significantly different from the prior retail space. For those stores which are excluded based on the preceding sentence, the stores continue to be excluded from comparable sales until the criteria for a new store is met subsequent to the remodel, relocation, or other event. A full-price retail store that is remodeled will generally continue to be included in our comparable sales metrics as a store is not typically closed for longer than a two-week period during a remodel; however, a full-price retail store that is relocated generally will not be included in our comparable sales metrics until that store has been open in the relocated space for the entirety of the prior fiscal year because the size or other characteristics of the store typically change significantly from the prior location. Any stores that were closed during the prior fiscal year or current fiscal year, or which we expect to close or vacate in the current fiscal year, as well as any pop-up or temporary store locations, are excluded from our comparable sales metrics.

Definitions and calculations of comparable sales differ among retail companies, and therefore comparable sales metrics disclosed by us may not be comparable to the metrics disclosed by other companiescompanies.

STORE COUNTDIRECT TO CONSUMER LOCATIONS

The table below provides store count information about the number of direct to consumer locations for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tideour brands as of the dates specified. For acquired businesses, locations are only included subsequent to the date of acquisition. The table includesamounts below include our permanent storeslocations and excludesexclude any pop-up or temporary store locations which have an initial lease termsterm of less than 12 months.months or less.

48

Table of Contents

February 1,

February 2,

February 3,

January 28,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Tommy Bahama retail stores

 

111

 

113

 

110

 

111

Tommy Bahama retail-restaurant locations

 

16

 

17

 

18

 

17

Tommy Bahama outlets

 

35

 

37

 

38

 

40

Total Tommy Bahama locations

 

162

 

167

 

166

 

168

Lilly Pulitzer retail stores

 

61

 

62

 

57

 

40

Southern Tide retail stores

1

Total Oxford locations

 

224

 

229

 

223

 

208

January 28,

January 29,

January 30,

February 2,

    

2023

    

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Tommy Bahama full-price retail stores

 

103

 

102

 

105

 

111

Tommy Bahama retail-food & beverage locations

 

21

 

21

 

20

 

16

Tommy Bahama outlets

 

33

 

35

 

35

 

35

Total Tommy Bahama locations

 

157

 

158

 

160

 

162

Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores

 

59

 

58

 

59

 

61

Johnny Was full-price retail stores

65

Johnny Was outlets

2

Total Johnny Was locations

67

Southern Tide full-price retail stores

6

4

3

1

TBBC full-price retail stores

3

1

Total Oxford direct to consumer locations

 

292

 

221

 

222

 

224

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of operations both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to rounding.

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

Fiscal 2020

 

Net sales

    

$

1,411,528

    

100.0

%  

$

1,142,079

    

100.0

%  

$

748,833

    

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

522,673

 

37.0

%  

 

435,861

 

38.2

%  

 

333,626

 

44.6

%

Gross profit

 

888,855

 

63.0

%  

 

706,218

 

61.8

%  

 

415,207

 

55.4

%

SG&A

 

692,004

 

49.0

%  

 

573,636

 

50.2

%  

 

492,628

 

65.8

%

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

%  

%  

60,452

8.1

%

Royalties and other operating income

 

21,923

 

1.6

%  

 

32,921

 

2.9

%  

 

14,024

 

1.9

%

Operating income (loss)

 

218,774

 

15.5

%  

 

165,503

 

14.5

%  

 

(123,849)

 

(16.5)

%

Interest expense, net

 

3,049

 

0.2

%  

 

944

 

0.1

%  

 

2,028

 

0.3

%

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

 

215,725

 

15.3

%  

 

164,559

 

14.4

%  

 

(125,877)

 

(16.8)

%

Income taxes (benefit)

 

49,990

 

3.5

%  

 

33,238

 

2.9

%  

 

(30,185)

 

(4.0)

%

Net earnings (loss)

$

165,735

 

11.7

%

$

131,321

 

11.5

%

$

(95,692)

 

(12.8)

%

Net earnings (loss) per share

$

10.19

$

7.78

$

(5.77)

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

16,259

 

16,869

 

  

 

16,576

 

  

The following table presents the proportion of our consolidated net sales, including any net sales of Johnny Was and Lanier Apparel, by distribution channel for each period presented. We have calculated all percentages below on actual data, and percentages may not add to 100 due to rounding.

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

Fiscal 2020

 

Retail

 

39

%  

39

%  

27

%

E-commerce

 

33

%  

32

%  

43

%

Food & beverage

 

8

%  

8

%  

6

%

Wholesale

 

20

%  

20

%  

23

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%  

100

%

49

Table of Contents

FISCAL 2022 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2021

The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our consolidated statements of operations for Fiscal 2022 to Fiscal 2021, except where indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, and percentage columns in tables may not add due to rounding. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations, including gross profit, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

49

Table of Contents

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

 

Net sales

    

$

1,122,790

    

100.0

%  

$

1,107,466

    

100.0

%  

$

1,086,211

    

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

477,823

 

42.6

%  

 

470,342

 

42.5

%  

 

473,579

 

43.6

%

Gross profit

 

644,967

 

57.4

%  

 

637,124

 

57.5

%  

 

612,632

 

56.4

%

SG&A

 

566,149

 

50.4

%  

 

560,508

 

50.6

%  

 

540,517

 

49.8

%

Royalties and other operating income

 

14,857

 

1.3

%  

 

13,976

 

1.3

%  

 

13,885

 

1.3

%

Operating income

 

93,675

 

8.3

%  

 

90,592

 

8.2

%  

 

86,000

 

7.9

%

Interest expense, net

 

1,245

 

0.1

%  

 

2,283

 

0.2

%  

 

3,109

 

0.3

%

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

 

92,430

 

8.2

%  

 

88,309

 

8.0

%  

 

82,891

 

7.6

%

Income taxes

 

23,937

 

2.1

%  

 

22,018

 

2.0

%  

 

18,190

 

1.7

%

Net earnings from continuing operations

$

68,493

 

6.1

%  

$

66,291

 

6.0

%  

$

64,701

 

6.0

%

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

389

 

NM

Net earnings

$

68,493

 

NM

$

66,291

 

NM

$

65,090

 

NM

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

16,914

 

16,842

 

  

 

16,734

 

  

The following table presents the proportion of our consolidated net sales by distribution channel for each period presented:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

 

Retail

 

39

%  

40

%  

39

%

E-commerce

 

23

%  

21

%  

19

%

Restaurant

 

8

%  

8

%  

8

%

Wholesale

 

30

%  

31

%  

34

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%  

100

%

All references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to discontinued operations, except that any cash flow information includes continuing operations and discontinued operations as cash flows from discontinued operations have not been segregated from cash flow from continuing operations. Refer to Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about discontinued operations.

FISCAL 2019 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2018

The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of operations for Fiscal 2019 to Fiscal 2018. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these fiscal periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts.

Net Sales

Fiscal 2019

Fiscal 2018

$ Change

% Change

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2021

$ Change

% Change

Tommy Bahama

$

676,652

$

675,358

$

1,294

 

0.2

%

$

880,233

$

724,305

$

155,928

 

21.5

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

284,700

 

272,299

 

12,401

 

4.6

%

 

339,266

 

298,995

 

40,271

 

13.5

%

Johnny Was

72,591

 

 

72,591

 

100.0

%

Emerging Brands

 

116,484

 

90,053

 

26,431

 

29.4

%

Lanier Apparel

 

97,251

 

100,471

 

(3,220)

 

(3.2)

%

 

 

24,858

 

(24,858)

 

(100.0)

%

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

45,248

 

1,161

 

2.6

%

Corporate and Other

 

17,778

 

14,090

 

3,688

 

26.2

%

 

2,954

 

3,868

 

(914)

 

(23.6)

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

15,324

 

1.4

%

$

1,411,528

$

1,142,079

$

269,449

 

23.6

%

Consolidated net sales increased $15 million, or 1%,were $1.4 billion in Fiscal 2019. 2022 compared to net sales of $1.1 billion in Fiscal 2021. The 24% increase in net sales included double-digit percentage increases in each of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, and Emerging Brands operating groups as well as $73 million of sales for Johnny Was, which we acquired during the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2022. These increases were partially offset by a $25 million decrease in sales for Lanier Apparel, which we exited in Fiscal 2021. In Fiscal 2021, and particularly in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2021, consumer traffic and our operations had only partially rebounded from the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic as we still had certain store closures and operating restrictions in certain regions, wholesale customer demand was still soft and most of the consumer traffic improvement occurred after the First Quarter of Fiscal 2021. The higher net sales in Fiscal 2022 were due to a combination of increased volume as well as price increases, which were implemented during Fiscal 2022 in order to mitigate increased product and other costs.

The increase in consolidated net sales was primarily driven by (1) a $19 million, or 4%, comparable sales increase to $539 million in Fiscal 2019 from $520 milliondistribution channel consisted of the following:

an increase in full-price retail store sales of $101 million, or 26%, including (1) a 20% aggregate increase in full-price retail store sales in Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Emerging Brands driven primarily by increased consumer traffic and average dollars per transaction partially offset by lower conversion rates, and (2) $26 million of full-price retail store sales in Johnny Was;
an increase in full-price e-commerce sales of $75 million, or 22%, including (1) a 13% aggregate increase in e-commerce sales in Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Emerging Brands and (2) $31 million of full-price e-commerce sales in Johnny Was;
an increase in wholesale sales of $50 million, or 22%, with this increase primarily due to (1) higher order books as wholesale accounts bought more inventory in Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Emerging Brands for Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021 and (2) $16 million of wholesale sales for Johnny Was offset by a reduction of $25 million of wholesale sales for Lanier Apparel, with no Lanier Apparel sales in Fiscal 2022;
an increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales of $22 million, or 68%;
an increase in food and beverage sales of $13 million, or 14%; and
an increase in outlet sales of $9 million, or 16%, including $1 million of outlet sales in Johnny Was.

50

Table of Contents

in Fiscal 2018, with strong comparable sales increases in both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer and a double-digit comparable sales increase in our smaller brands, and (2) an incremental net sales increase of $6 million associated with non-comp retail store operations in Lilly Pulitzer. These increases in net sales were partially offset by (1) a $9 million decrease in wholesale sales due to decreases at Tommy Bahama and Lanier Apparel and (2) a $1 million decrease in restaurant sales in Tommy Bahama. The changes in net sales by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:

Tommy Bahama net sales increased $1$156 million, or 22%, in Fiscal 2019 due to a $102022, with an increase in each channel of distribution. The increase in net sales in Tommy Bahama included increases in (1) full-price retail store sales of $62 million, or 3%22%, increase(2) wholesale sales of $43 million, or 41%, with higher full-price and off-price sales, (3) e-commerce sales of $30 million, or 16%, (4) food and beverage sales of $13 million, or 14%, with low double-digit percentage increases in comparablelocations open the full year in both periods as well as increased sales to $369 millionat the New York and Palm Desert locations, which were not open the full year in Fiscal 2019 compared to $3592021, and (5) outlet sales of $8 million, in Fiscal 2018. This increase was partially offset by (1) a $6 million decrease in wholesale sales primarily reflecting decreased full-price wholesale sales, (2) a $2 million decrease in outlet store sales due to lower sales at existing outlet stores and the net sales impact of outlet store closures, and (3) a $1 million decrease in restaurant sales primarily due to the net impact of certain restaurant closures, remodels and openings since the beginning of Fiscal 2018.or 14%. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

 

Retail

 

48

%  

48

%

 

46

%  

47

%

E-commerce

 

20

%  

18

%

 

24

%  

25

%

Restaurant

 

12

%  

13

%

Food & beverage

 

13

%  

13

%

Wholesale

 

20

%  

21

%

 

17

%  

15

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

 

100

%  

100

%

Lilly Pulitzer:

The Lilly Pulitzer net sales increase of $12increased $40 million, or 5%14%, in Fiscal 2019 was primarily2022, with an increase in the result of (1) an incrementale-commerce flash, retail store and wholesale sales channels. The increase in net sales increase of $6 million associated with non-comp retail store operations, including stores that were opened, closed or remodeled during Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 as well as pop-up store locations, and increased gift card breakage income, (2) a $3 million, or 2%, increase in comparable sales to $148 millionLilly Pulitzer included increases in Fiscal 2019 from $145 million in Fiscal 2018, including positive comparable sales for full-price e-commerce and negative comparable sales for retail stores, (3) a $2 million increase in(1) e-commerce flash clearance sales of $22 million, or 68%, as Lilly Pulitzer had increased levels of inventory available for the e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2022 after having more limited end of season inventory in Fiscal 2021, (2) full-price retail store sales of $11 million, or 11%, and (4) a $1 million increase in(3) wholesale sales reflecting increased off-price wholesaleof $8 million, or 16%, with higher full-price sales and lower full-price wholesaleoff-price sales. Full-price e-commerce sales were generally consistent with the prior year amounts. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

 

Retail

 

41

%  

42

%

 

33

%  

34

%

E-commerce

 

38

%  

36

%

 

51

%  

50

%

Wholesale

 

21

%  

22

%

 

16

%  

16

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

 

100

%  

100

%

Lanier Apparel:Johnny Was:

The Lanier ApparelJohnny Was net sales decrease of $3were $73 million or 3%, in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to (1) decreased sales in various programs, including lower volume in certain programs and the exit of certain other programs and customers, including those who filed for bankruptcy in Fiscal 2018, (2) decreased sales for certain programs that had initial shipments in Fiscal 2018 that did not repeat at the same levels and (3) increased anticipated returns in the future19 weeks from September 19, 2022 through the end of the fiscal year. As the net sales are for certain replenishment programs, which will transition to new replenishment programs witha period of less than a full year, the wholesale account. These decreases were partially offsetnet sales and percentage of net sales by increased volume in other seasonal, in-stock and replenishment programs, including initial shipments for new programs in Fiscal 2019. Whiledistribution channel are not necessarily indicative of the Cole Haan and Duck Head businesses both had significantnet sales growth rates in Fiscal 2019, those business still represent a smallor proportion of Lanier Apparel’s net sales.sales that are typical for a full year. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Johnny Was for the 19 week period ended January 28, 2023:

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2021

Retail

36

%  

%

E-commerce

42

%  

%

Wholesale

22

%  

%

Total

100

%  

%

51

Table of Contents

Southern Tide:

The Southern TideDuring the 12 months ended on January 28, 2023, retail, e-commerce and wholesale represented 35%, 40% and 25%, respectively, of the net sales increase of $1Johnny Was.

Emerging Brands:

Emerging Brands net sales increased $26 million, or 3%29%, in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due2022, with an increase in each of the TBBC, Southern Tide and Duck Head businesses comprising Emerging Brands. By brand, the increase in net sales included increases in (1) TBBC of $15 million, or 49%, to higher sales$45 million, (2) Southern Tide of $9 million, or 16%, to $63 million, and (3) Duck Head of $3 million, or 50%, to $9 million. By distribution channel, the $26 million increase included increases of (1) $14 million, or 39%, in e-commerce, (2) $10 million, or 20%, in wholesale, and (3) $2 million, or 60%, in the e-commerce channel of distribution. Wholesale sales were generally flat as increased full-price wholesale sales driven by higher department store sales were offset by lower off-price wholesale sales. Southern Tide opened its first ownedand TBBC retail store in November 2019 resulting in a minimal amount of ownedbusinesses, as those brands continue to open new full-price retail store sales in Fiscal 2019.locations. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Southern TideEmerging Brands for each period presented:

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

 

Retail

6

%

5

%

E-commerce

 

42

%  

39

%

Wholesale

 

52

%  

56

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

    

Fiscal

 

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

E-commerce

 

21

%  

18

%

Wholesale

 

79

%  

82

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

Lanier Apparel:

There were no Lanier Apparel net sales in Fiscal 2022, compared to $25 million of net sales in Fiscal 2021.

Corporate and Other:

Corporate and Other net sales primarily consist of the net sales of TBBC, which includes e-commerce and wholesale operations, andto third parties for our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations.operations as well as net sales of our Oxford America business, which we exited in Fiscal 2022. The increasedecrease in net sales was primarily due to sales growth in TBBC partially offset by lower sales at the Lyons, Georgia distribution center.in Oxford America.

Gross Profit

The tabletables below presentspresent gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 20192022 and Fiscal 2018,2021, as well as the change between those two periods.periods and gross margin by operating group and in total. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as the statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Tommy Bahama

$

413,200

$

413,455

$

(255)

 

(0.1)

%

$

567,557

$

459,575

$

107,982

 

23.5

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

174,573

 

165,486

 

9,087

 

5.5

%

 

225,028

 

201,145

 

23,883

 

11.9

%

Johnny Was

 

44,765

 

 

44,765

 

100.0

%

Emerging Brands

 

53,012

 

47,667

 

5,345

 

11.2

%

Lanier Apparel

 

26,273

 

28,844

 

(2,571)

 

(8.9)

%

 

 

12,256

 

(12,256)

 

(100.0)

%

Southern Tide

 

22,786

 

22,572

 

214

 

0.9

%

Corporate and Other

 

8,135

 

6,767

 

1,368

 

20.2

%

 

(1,507)

 

(14,425)

 

12,918

 

NM

%

Consolidated gross profit

$

644,967

$

637,124

$

7,843

 

1.2

%

$

888,855

$

706,218

$

182,637

 

25.9

%

Notable items included in amounts above:

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

1,454

$

773

 

  

 

  

$

2,667

$

15,870

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan inventory markdown charges

$

159

$

461

Inventory step-up charges in Corporate and Other

$

$

157

Inventory step-up charge included in Johnny Was

$

4,230

$

Reduction of Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold

$

$

(2,826)

The table below presents gross margin by operating group an in total for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018.

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

Tommy Bahama

 

61.1

%  

61.2

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

61.3

%  

60.8

%

Lanier Apparel

 

27.0

%  

28.7

%

Southern Tide

 

49.1

%  

49.9

%

Corporate and Other

 

NM

 

NM

Consolidated gross margin

 

57.4

%  

57.5

%

The increase in consolidated gross profit in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to increased sales with comparable gross margin. The comparable gross margin includes the impact of lower gross margin in Tommy Bahama, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide offset by higher gross margin in Lilly Pulitzer. Also, the incremental tariffs on products sourced from China had an unfavorable impact on gross profit of $2 million in Fiscal 2019, with the substantial majority

52

Table of Contents

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

 

Tommy Bahama

 

64.5

%  

63.5

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

66.3

%  

67.3

%

Johnny Was

61.7

%  

%  

Emerging Brands

 

45.5

%  

52.9

%

Lanier Apparel

 

%  

49.3

%

Corporate and Other

 

NM

%

NM

%

Consolidated gross margin

 

63.0

%  

61.8

%

The increased gross profit of that amount26% was primarily due to the 24% increase in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.net sales as well as increased consolidated gross margin. The changes inhigher gross margin in Fiscal 2022 included the benefit of (1) a $13 million lower LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021 as discussed below, (2) lower incremental freight costs of $7 million as compared to Fiscal 2021 after incurring approximately 160 basis points of incremental freight in Fiscal 2021, but still 60 basis points of incremental freight in Fiscal 2022 as compared to pre-pandemic levels, (3) a change in sales mix with the exit of the lower gross margin Lanier Apparel business and addition of the higher gross margin Johnny Was business, and (4) improved initial product margins, as certain sales prices were increased more than the increased product costs. These items were partially offset by operating group(1) the impact of the Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce flash sale, which represented a larger proportion of net sales and had lower gross margins in Fiscal 2022, (2) increased inventory markdowns in the Emerging Brands businesses, (3) the $4 million inventory step up charge related to the Johnny Was acquisition in Fiscal 2022, and (4) the absence of a favorable adjustment of Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold after recognizing a $3 million favorable adjustment of Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2021.

During Fiscal 2022, LIFO accounting had a $3 million unfavorable impact on gross profit, primarily due to an $8 million increase in the LIFO reserve in Fiscal 2022, which was partially offset by a $5 million increase in inventory markdowns, which are discussed below.generally reversed in Corporate and Other as part of LIFO accounting. The inventory markdowns in Fiscal 2022 primarily related to the Emerging Brands business. During Fiscal 2021, LIFO accounting had a $16 million unfavorable impact on gross profit, primarily due to (1) a $9 million charge resulting from a reduction in inventory markdown reserves related to the sale of inventory marked down in prior years as well as a reduction of the Lanier Apparel inventory markdown reserves and (2) a $7 million increase in the LIFO reserve in Fiscal 2021.

In the Third Quarter and Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2021, freight costs increased significantly from prior periods, including rate increases for both ocean and air shipments as well as the increased utilization of air freight on inbound products as we navigated our need for inventory and the supply chain challenges. The increased inbound freight rates and utilization of air freight moderated in Fiscal 2022 and returned closer to pre-pandemic levels in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022 due to the easing of pricing pressures and a more accelerated timeline we implemented for inventory purchases to reduce the risk of late delivery of our products.

Tommy Bahama:

The modest decrease inhigher gross margin for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2018 including the favorable outcome of a duty assessment assertion, (2) the unfavorable gross margin impact of the incremental tariffs on products sourced from Chinareduced freight costs in Fiscal 2019 and (3) the impact of an increasing proportion of Tommy Bahama direct to consumer sales occurring during periodic loyalty award card, Flip Side and Friends and Family marketing events. These unfavorable items were partially offset by (1) a change in sales mix as full-price and off-price wholesale sales and outlet stores were a lower proportion of net sales for Tommy Bahama in Fiscal 2019 and (2) improved initial margins reflecting progress in our initiatives to selectively increase prices and reduce product costs.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The increase in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer reflects (1) improved gross margin on the e-commerce flash clearance sales resulting from lower markdowns on the product sold and lower2022, after significantly higher freight costs (2) a change in sales mix as full-price e-commerce sales represented a greater proportion of net sales and (3) the impact of higher gift card breakage income. These favorable items were partially offset by (1) lower gross marginincurred in the Lilly Pulitzer wholesale business primarily due to off-price wholesale sales representing a greater proportionThird and Fourth Quarters of wholesale sales and lower gross margin on wholesale sales and (2) the unfavorable gross margin impact of the incremental tariffs on products sourced from China in Fiscal 2019.

Lanier Apparel:

The decrease in gross margin for Lanier Apparel was primarily due to increased inventory markdowns in Fiscal 2019 in the Lanier Apparel tailored clothing business2021, as well as in the Lanier Apparel sportswear business, which was primarily due to our decision to exit certain unprofitable customers and channels of wholesale distribution in Fiscal 2020.improved initial product margins. These markdownsitems were partially offset by a change in sales mix aswith wholesale sales representing a higher proportion of licensed branded products,net sales.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The lower gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to (1) a change in sales mix with e-commerce flash clearance sales, which typically have gross margins in the low 40% range, representing a higher gross margin represented a greaterlarger proportion of net sales and (2) lower gross margins on the e-commerce flash clearance sales, as the gross margin achieved in Fiscal 2019.2021 was higher than typical e-commerce flash clearance sales gross margins due to less end of season inventory available in Fiscal 2021. The impact of the e-commerce flash clearance sales was partially offset by (1) reduced freight costs, (2) improved initial product margins and (3) better gross margin on wholesale off-price sales.

Southern Tide:53

Table of Contents

Johnny Was:

The decrease inJohnny Was gross profit and gross margin for Southern Tidethe 19 weeks from September 19, 2022 through the end of the fiscal year was unfavorably impacted by $4 million of incremental cost of goods sold resulting from the charge related to the step up of inventory to fair value at acquisition. Thus, we do not believe the gross profit or gross margin in the 19 week period is indicative of the gross profit or gross margin for the full year of Fiscal 2022 or any other fiscal period for Johnny Was. On a going forward basis, Johnny Was gross margins are expected to be approximately 65%.

Emerging Brands:

The lower gross margin for Emerging Brands was primarily due to the prior year including an insurance recovery on certain inventory. This wasmore inventory markdowns and increased freight costs partially offset by a favorable change in sales mix aswith direct to consumer sales representedrepresenting a greater proportion of net sales.

Lanier Apparel:

There was no gross profit for Lanier Apparel in Fiscal 2022. Fiscal 2021 for Lanier Apparel included the gross profit impact of net sales as we were exiting the business, as well as the favorable impact of a reduction in inventory markdowns associated with the Lanier Apparel exit.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other primarily reflects (1) the gross profit of TBBC, (2) the gross profit of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center and (3)includes the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments.adjustments, the sales of the Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations to third parties and the sales of the Oxford America business. The increasedprimary driver for the improved gross profit primarily reflectswas the impact of higher net sales in TBBC partially offset by the unfavorable impact of$13 million lower LIFO accounting which was a charge of $1 million in Fiscal 2019 compared to a charge of $1 million in Fiscal 2018.charge. The LIFO accounting impact in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflectsincludes the net impact of (1) a charge in Corporate and Other when inventory that had been marked down to the estimated net realizable value in an operating group in a prior period iswas ultimately sold, or (2) a credit in Corporate and Other when inventory that hashad been marked down to the estimated net realizable value in an operating group in the current period, but hashad not been sold as of period end.end and (3) the change in the LIFO reserve.

53

Table of Contents

SG&A

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

SG&A

$

566,149

$

560,508

$

5,641

 

1.0

%

$

692,004

$

573,636

$

118,368

 

20.6

%

SG&A (as a % of net sales)

 

50.4

%  

 

50.6

%  

 

  

 

  

 

49.0

%  

 

50.2

%  

 

  

 

  

Amortization of Tommy Bahama Canada intangible assets

$

$

1,387

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

320

$

378

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

292

$

288

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

2,795

$

3,206

Notable items included in amounts above:

Tommy Bahama lease termination charge

$

$

4,850

Amortization of Johnny Was intangible assets

$

5,194

$

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

431

$

970

 

  

 

  

$

$

1,188

Lanier Apparel exit charges in SG&A

$

$

3,788

Transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the Johnny Was acquisition included in Corporate and Other

$

2,783

$

SG&A was $692 million in Fiscal 2022 compared to SG&A of $574 million in Fiscal 2021. The increase includes the net impact of approximately $46 million of SG&A associated with Johnny Was, including $5 million of amortization of intangible assets, in Fiscal 2022, and $10 million of SG&A associated with Lanier Apparel, including $4 million of Lanier Apparel exit charges, in Fiscal 2021. These amounts for Johnny Was and Lanier Apparel are included in the changes in each category noted in the following paragraph, as applicable.

The 21% increase in SG&A in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to2022 included (1) increased employment costs of $54 million, including increases in SG&A to support the businesses, including increased salaries, wages,retail store, food and beverage and distribution center operations and other functions, as well as higher stock compensation, employee benefits variable costs and other operating expenses in our ongoing operations, and (2) $1 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores and restaurants. These increases were partially offset by (1) a $6 million reduction in incentive compensation expense,bonus amounts, (2) a $4$22 million decreaseincrease in advertising expense, and (3) a $1an $18 million decrease in amortization of Tommy Bahama Canada intangible assets.

Royalties and other operating income

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Royalties and other operating income

$

14,857

$

13,976

$

881

 

6.3

%

Royalties and other operating income primarily reflects income received from third parties from the licensing of our brands. The increase in royalties and other income in Fiscal 2019 primarily resulted from increased royalty income in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income (loss)

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Tommy Bahama

$

53,207

$

53,139

$

68

 

0.1

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

51,795

 

47,239

 

4,556

 

9.6

%

Lanier Apparel

 

1,465

 

5,057

 

(3,592)

 

(71.0)

%

Southern Tide

 

5,554

 

5,663

 

(109)

 

(1.9)

%

Corporate and Other

 

(18,346)

 

(20,506)

 

2,160

 

10.5

%

Consolidated Operating Income

$

93,675

$

90,592

$

3,083

 

3.4

%

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

1,454

$

773

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan inventory markdown charges

$

159

$

461

Inventory step-up charges in Corporate and Other

$

$

157

Amortization of Tommy Bahama Canada intangible assets

$

$

1,387

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

320

$

378

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

292

$

288

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

2,795

$

3,206

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

431

$

970

 

  

 

  

The increase in operating income primarily resulted fromvariable expenses related to higher sales, with comparable gross margin and higher royalty and other operating income partially offset by higher SG&A. On an operating group basis, the increase in operating income in Fiscal 2019 reflects higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer and the improved operating results inincluding credit card transaction fees, supplies,

54

Table of Contents

Corporatecommissions, royalties and Otherother expenses, (4) a $12 million increase in occupancy expenses, including increases in percentage rent, occupancy related operating costs and base rent, (5) a $5 million increase in amortization of intangible assets expense, due to the amortization associated with Johnny Was, (6) $3 million of higher travel expenses, (7) $3 million of charges related to transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the Johnny Was acquisition, (8) a $3 million increase in administrative expenses including professional fees and other items, and (9) a $2 million increase in depreciation expense. These items were partially offset by the absence of $5 million of Tommy Bahama lease termination charges and $1 million of TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration incurred in Fiscal 2021.

Royalties and other operating income

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Royalties and other operating income

$

21,923

$

32,921

$

(10,998)

 

(33.4)

%

Notable items included in amounts above:

Gain on sale of Lanier Apparel distribution center

$

$

(2,669)

Gain on sale of investment in unconsolidated entity

$

$

(11,586)

Royalties and other operating income typically consist of royalty income received from third parties from the licensing of our brands, but Fiscal 2021 also included a $12 million gain on sale of investment in unconsolidated entity and a $3 million gain on the sale of the Lanier Apparel distribution center in Toccoa, Georgia. Royalty income in Fiscal 2022 increased by $4 million primarily due to increased royalty income in both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Tommy Bahama

$

172,761

$

111,733

$

61,028

 

54.6

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

67,098

 

63,601

 

3,497

 

5.5

%

Johnny Was

(1,544)

(1,544)

 

100.0

%

Emerging Brands

 

15,602

 

16,649

 

(1,047)

 

(6.3)

%

Lanier Apparel

 

 

4,888

 

(4,888)

 

(100.0)

%

Corporate and Other

 

(35,143)

 

(31,368)

 

(3,775)

 

NM

%

Consolidated operating income

$

218,774

$

165,503

$

53,271

 

32.2

%

Notable items included in amounts above:

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

2,667

$

15,870

 

  

 

  

Inventory step-up charge included in Johnny Was

$

4,230

$

Reduction of Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold

$

$

(2,826)

Tommy Bahama lease termination charge

$

$

4,850

Amortization of Johnny Was intangible assets

$

5,194

$

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

$

1,188

Lanier Apparel exit charges in SG&A

$

$

3,788

Gain on sale of Lanier Apparel distribution center

$

$

(2,669)

Transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the Johnny Was acquisition included in Corporate and Other

$

2,783

$

Gain on sale of investment in unconsolidated entity

$

$

(11,586)

 

  

 

  

Operating income was $219 million in Fiscal 2022 compared to $166 million in Fiscal 2021. The increased operating income was primarily due to higher net sales and gross margin offset by increased SG&A and lower royalties and other operating income. By operating group, the increased operating income was due to higher operating income in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer partially offset by lower operating income (loss) in Lanier Apparel.our other operating groups as well as Corporate and Other. Changes in operating income (loss) by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

676,652

$

675,358

$

1,294

 

0.2

%

Gross profit

$

413,200

$

413,455

$

(255)

(0.1)

%

Gross margin

 

61.1

%  

 

61.2

%  

 

  

 

  

Operating income

$

53,207

$

53,139

$

68

 

0.1

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

7.9

%  

 

7.9

%  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan inventory markdown charges

$

159

$

461

Amortization of Tommy Bahama Canada intangible assets

$

$

1,387

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

2,795

$

3,206

 

  

 

  

The increase in operating income in Tommy Bahama was primarily due to higher net sales and increased royalty income partially offset by higher SG&A and lower gross margin. The higher SG&A for Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to increased salaries, wages and employee benefits, variable costs and other operating expenses in our ongoing operations. These items were partially offset by (1) a $6 million decrease in incentive compensation, (2) a $5 million reduction in advertising expense and (3) a $1 million reduction in Tommy Bahama Canada amortization charges. Both periods included certain charges related to restructuring charges associated with the Tommy Bahama Japan operations, as included in the table above and as discussed in Note 13.

Lilly Pulitzer:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

284,700

$

272,299

$

12,401

 

4.6

%

Gross profit

$

174,573

$

165,486

$

9,087

5.5

%

Gross margin

 

61.3

%  

 

60.8

%  

 

  

 

Operating income

$

51,795

$

47,239

$

4,556

 

9.6

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

18.2

%  

 

17.3

%  

 

  

 

  

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

320

$

378

The increase in operating income in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to increased net sales, gross margin and royalty income partially offset by higher SG&A. The higher SG&A in Fiscal 2019 included (1) $3 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating non-comp retail stores, (2) a $1 million increase in incentive compensation amounts, (3) a $1 million increase in advertising expense and (4) SG&A increases, including additional employment cost, to support ongoing and future business operations.

Lanier Apparel:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

97,251

$

100,471

$

(3,220)

 

(3.2)

%

Gross profit

$

26,273

$

28,844

$

(2,571)

(8.9)

%

Gross margin

 

27.0

%  

 

28.7

%  

 

  

 

  

Operating income

$

1,465

$

5,057

$

(3,592)

 

(71.0)

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

1.5

%  

 

5.0

%  

 

  

 

  

The decrease in operating income in Lanier Apparel was primarily due to the lower gross margin, lower sales and higher SG&A. The SG&A increase in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to higher sales-related variable expenses for

55

Table of Contents

the increased licensed brand sales, including increased royalties, shipping and advertising expenses. These increases in SG&A were partially offset by lower incentive compensation amounts.

Southern Tide:Tommy Bahama:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

46,409

$

45,248

$

1,161

 

2.6

%

$

880,233

$

724,305

$

155,928

 

21.5

%

Gross profit

$

22,786

$

22,572

$

214

0.9

%

$

567,557

$

459,575

$

107,982

23.5

%

Gross margin

 

49.1

%  

 

49.9

%  

 

  

 

 

64.5

%  

 

63.5

%  

 

  

 

  

Operating income

$

5,554

$

5,663

$

(109)

 

(1.9)

%

$

172,761

$

111,733

$

61,028

 

54.6

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

12.0

%  

 

12.5

%  

 

  

 

  

 

19.6

%  

 

15.4

%  

 

  

 

  

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

292

$

288

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

Tommy Bahama lease termination charge

$

$

4,850

The decrease inincreased operating income in Southern Tidefor Tommy Bahama was primarily due to higher SG&Asales, gross margin and lower gross marginroyalty income partially offset by an increase in net sales.increased SG&A. The increased SG&A increase in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to (1) SG&A related to the start-up$32 million of Southern Tide’s ownedincreased employment costs, including increases in retail store and food and beverage operations including the SG&A associated with opening and operating the first Southern Tide retail locationother functions, as well as retail management leadership hiredhigher incentive compensation amounts, (2) $9 million of increased variable expenses related to establishhigher sales, including credit card transaction fees, supplies, commissions, royalties and other expenses, (3) a $5 million increase in advertising expense, (4) a $4 million increase in occupancy expenses including increases in percentage rent, occupancy related operating costs and base rent, (5) a $4 million increase in administrative expenses including professional fees, foreign currency expense and other items, and (6) $1 million higher travel expenses. These SG&A increases were partially offset by (1) the Southern Tide retail operations,absence of $5 million of Tommy Bahama lease termination charges in Fiscal 2022 and (2) variable selling and shipping costs associated witha $2 million reduction in depreciation expense.

Lilly Pulitzer:

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

339,266

$

298,995

$

40,271

 

13.5

%

Gross profit

$

225,028

$

201,145

$

23,883

11.9

%

Gross margin

 

66.3

%  

 

67.3

%  

 

  

 

Operating income

$

67,098

$

63,601

$

3,497

 

5.5

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

19.8

%  

 

21.3

%  

 

  

 

  

The increased operating income for Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to higher sales and (3)royalty income partially offset by increased SG&A and lower gross margin. The increased SG&A was primarily due to (1) $7 million of increased advertising expenses. These increases wereexpense, (2) $6 million of increased employment costs, with increased headcount, salaries and wages partially offset by lower incentive compensation amounts, in Fiscal 2019.(3) $4 million of increased variable expenses related to higher net sales including credit card transaction fees, supplies and other expenses, (4) $1 million of higher depreciation expense, (5) $1 million of increased occupancy expenses and (6) $1 million of higher travel expenses.

Corporate and Other:Johnny Was:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

17,778

$

14,090

$

3,688

 

26.2

%

$

72,591

$

$

72,591

 

100.0

%

Gross profit

$

8,135

$

6,767

$

1,368

20.2

%

$

44,765

$

$

44,765

100.0

%

Gross margin

 

61.7

%  

 

%  

 

  

 

Operating loss

$

(18,346)

$

(20,506)

$

2,160

 

10.5

%

$

(1,544)

$

$

(1,544)

 

100.0

%

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

1,454

$

773

 

  

 

Inventory step-up charges in Corporate and Other

157

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

431

$

970

Operating loss as % of net sales

 

(2.1)

%  

 

%  

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

Inventory step-up charge included in Johnny Was

$

4,230

$

Amortization of Johnny Was intangible assets

$

5,194

$

The improvedJohnny Was operating results in Corporate and Other was primarily due to (1) higher sales, partially offset by higher SG&A, resulting in increased operating income of TBBC, (2) lower SG&A in our Corporate operations, including lower incentive compensation and other amounts, (3) a smaller charge for the changeloss in the fair value19 weeks from September 19, 2022 through the end of the TBBC contingent consideration and (4) Fiscal 2019 not including any amounts forfiscal year included $4 million of inventory step-up charges. These items were partially offset by a larger net LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2019.

Interest expense, net

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Interest expense, net

$

1,245

$

2,283

$

(1,038)

 

(45.5)

%

Interest expense decreased in Fiscal 2019 primarily due to lower average debt outstandingcharges as well as higher interest income. In Fiscal 2019, interest expense consisted$5 million of interest charged on borrowings during the first halfamortization of the year, unused line fees and amortization expense, partially offset by interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents during the second half of Fiscal 2019.

Income taxes

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Income taxes

$

23,937

$

22,018

$

1,919

 

8.7

%

Effective tax rate

 

25.9

%  

 

24.9

%  

 

  

 

  

intangible assets, which

56

Table of Contents

The higher effective tax ratenegatively impacted the operating results of Johnny Was. As the operating results for Johnny Was are for only 19 weeks and include the non-recurring impact of the inventory step-up charges in Fiscal 20192022, the operating results for this period are not indicative of the Johnny Was operating results for the full year of Fiscal 2022 or future periods.

Emerging Brands:

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

116,484

$

90,053

$

26,431

 

29.4

%

Gross profit

$

53,012

$

47,667

$

5,345

11.2

%

Gross margin

 

45.5

%  

 

52.9

%  

 

  

 

Operating income

$

15,602

$

16,649

$

(1,047)

 

(6.3)

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

13.4

%  

 

18.5

%  

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

$

1,188

The lower operating income for Emerging Brands was primarily due to lower gross margin and higher SG&A partially offset by higher net sales. The increased SG&A included (1) higher SG&A associated with the Southern Tide and TBBC full-price retail store operations expansion, including related employment, occupancy and other retail operating costs, (2) increased variable expenses resulting from increased sales, (3) higher advertising expense and (4) increased administrative expenses associated with the growing Emerging Brands businesses. These increases in SG&A were partially offset by the absence of a TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2018 benefitting2022 after incurring a $1 million charge for TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2021 and lower incentive compensation amounts in Fiscal 2022.

Lanier Apparel:

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

$

24,858

$

(24,858)

 

(100.0)

%

Gross profit

$

$

12,256

$

(12,256)

(100.0)

%

Gross margin

 

%  

 

49.3

%  

 

  

 

  

Operating income

$

$

4,888

$

(4,888)

 

(100.0)

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

%  

 

19.7

%  

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

Reduction of Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold

$

$

(2,826)

Lanier Apparel exit charges in SG&A

$

$

3,788

Gain on sale of Lanier Apparel distribution center

$

$

(2,669)

There was no operating income for Lanier Apparel in Fiscal 2022. Fiscal 2021 for Lanier Apparel included the operating income resulting from the net sales, cost of goods sold and SG&A as we were exiting the Lanier Apparel business, as well as a $3 million gain on sale of the Lanier Apparel distribution center and the net charge related to Lanier Apparel exit charges of $1 million. The Lanier Apparel exit charges are discussed in Note 11 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

57

Table of Contents

Corporate and Other:

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

2,954

$

3,868

$

(914)

 

(23.6)

%

Gross profit

$

(1,507)

$

(14,425)

$

12,918

NM

%

Operating loss

$

(35,143)

$

(31,368)

$

(3,775)

 

NM

%

Notable items included in amounts above:

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

2,667

$

15,870

 

  

 

Transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the Johnny Was acquisition

$

2,783

$

Gain on sale of investment in unconsolidated entity

$

$

(11,586)

The lower operating results in Corporate and Other were primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2021 including a $12 million gain on sale of an investment in an unconsolidated entity, with no such gain in Fiscal 2022, (2) $3 million of transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the Johnny Was acquisition and (3) increased SG&A of $3 million, including increased employment costs, insurance costs and other operating expenses. The impact of these items was partially offset by a $13 million favorable impact of LIFO accounting as well as a $2 million reduction in estimated provisions for preference payment exposure.

Interest expense, net

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Interest expense, net

$

3,049

$

944

$

2,105

 

223.0

%

The higher interest expense in Fiscal 2022 was primarily due to borrowings pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to fund a portion of the vestingSeptember 2022 acquisition of Johnny Was. There was no debt outstanding in Fiscal 2021, with interest expense primarily consisting of unused line fees and amortization of deferred financing fees. During Fiscal 2023, we expect interest expense to be between $5 million and $6 million, with about half of that interest expense in the first quarter. We expect to significantly reduce debt levels after the first quarter of Fiscal 2023.

Income taxes

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Income tax expense

$

49,990

$

33,238

$

16,752

 

50.4

%

Effective tax rate

 

23.2

%  

 

20.2

%  

 

  

 

  

Both Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 benefitted from the net favorable impact of certain stock awards duringitems that resulted in a lower tax rate than the yearmore typical annual effective tax rate of between 25% and other discrete items.26%. Thus, the effective tax rates for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 are not indicative of the effective tax rate expected in future periods. Refer to Note 910 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additionalour income tax rate reconciliation and other information about our income tax expense for Fiscal 20192022 and Fiscal 2018.2021.

The income tax expense in Fiscal 2022 included the benefit of the reversal of $2 million of valuation allowances associated with net operating loss carry-forward amounts, the utilization of net operating loss carry-forward amounts to offset current year income in certain jurisdictions, a favorable provision to return adjustment and the impact of the vesting of employee stock awards. These favorable items were partially offset by various unfavorable items related to non-deductible amounts associated with executive compensation, changes in the fair value of life insurance policies associated with our deferred compensation plans and other items, which were more significant in Fiscal 2022 than Fiscal 2021.

The income tax expense in Fiscal 2021 included the utilization of benefits associated with certain capital losses to substantially offset the gain recognized on the sale of an investment in an unconsolidated entity, the benefit of a $2 million net reduction in uncertain tax positions resulting from the settlement of those uncertain tax position amounts, the

58

Table of Contents

utilization of net operating loss carry-forward amounts to offset current year income in certain jurisdictions, a favorable provision to return adjustment and the impact of the vesting of employee stock awards. These favorable items were partially offset by various unfavorable items related to non-deductible amounts associated with executive compensation and other items.

We expect our annual effective tax rate for Fiscal 2023 to be between 25% and 26% before any discrete income tax items that may be recognized in Fiscal 2023 as a result of restricted share units vesting in July 2023, or otherwise.

Net earnings

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

Net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,411,528

$

1,142,079

Operating income

$

93,675

$

90,592

$

218,774

$

165,503

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

165,735

$

131,321

Net earnings per diluted share

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

10.19

$

7.78

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

16,914

 

16,842

 

16,259

 

16,869

Net earnings per diluted share were $10.19 in Fiscal 2022 compared to $7.78 in Fiscal 2021. The higher31% increase in net earnings per diluted share was primarily due to a 26% increase in net earnings as well as a 4% reduction in weighted average shares outstanding due to our share repurchase program which commenced in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 20192021 and was completed in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022. The increased net earnings was primarily due to higher net sales and gross margin, partially offset by increased SG&A, a decrease in royalties and other income, a higher effective tax rate and increased interest expense. The increased net earnings include higher operating income in both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer the improved operating results in Corporate and Other and lower interest expense partially offset by lowera reduction in operating income in Lanier Apparel, a larger operating loss in Corporate and a higher effective tax rate, each as discussed above.Other, the operating loss of Johnny Was and lower operating income in Emerging Brands.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary source of revenue and cash flow is through our design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of branded apparel products bearing the trademarks of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, andJohnny Was, Southern Tide, TBBC and Duck Head lifestyle brands, other owned and licensed brands, and private label apparel products.brands. We primarily distribute our products to our customers via direct to consumer andchannels of distribution, but we also distribute our products via wholesale channels of distribution.

Our primary uses of cash flow include the purchase of products in the operation of our businessbranded apparel products from third party contract manufacturerssuppliers located outside of the United States, as well as operating expenses, including employee compensation and benefits, operating lease commitments and other occupancy-related costs, marketing and advertising costs, information technology costs, variable expenses, distribution costs, other general and administrative expenses and the periodic payment of periodic interest and other payments related to our financing arrangements.

interest. Additionally, we use our cash for the funding ofto fund capital expenditures and other investing activities, dividends, share repurchases and repayment of indebtedness.indebtedness, if any. In the ordinary course of business, we maintain certain levels of inventory, extend credit to our wholesale customers and pay our operating expenses. Thus, we require a certain amount of ongoing working capital to operate our business. IfOur need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest working capital requirements to support our larger spring, summer and holiday direct to consumer seasons. Our capital needs depend on many factors including the results of our operations and cash flows, future growth rates, the need to finance inventory levels and the success of our various products.

We have a long history of generating sufficient cash flows from operations to satisfy our cash requirements for our ongoing capital expenditure needs as well as payment of dividends and repayment of our debt. Thus, we believe our anticipated future cash flows from operating activities will provide (1) sufficient cash over both the short and long term to satisfy our ongoing operating cash requirements, (2) ample funds to continue to invest in our lifestyle brands, direct to consumer initiatives and information technology projects, (3) additional cash flow to repay outstanding debt and (4) sufficient cash for other strategic initiatives. Also, if cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to its terms, which is described below. We may seek to finance our future cash requirements through various methods, including cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current or additional credit facilities, sales of debt or equity securities, and cash on hand.

As of February 1, 2020, we had $52 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, no borrowings outstanding and $322 million of availability, which includes the majority of our cash and cash equivalents as eligible assets, under our $325 million Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement”). We believe our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement will provide ample liquidity, subject to fund operating cash flow needs and other ongoing cash requirements.its terms, which is described below.

59

Table of Contents

Key Liquidity MeasuresWorking Capital

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

    

 

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

    

    

 

($ in thousands)

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

 

2023

2022

$ Change

% Change

 

Total current assets

$

288,826

$

269,788

$

19,038

 

7.1

%

$

330,463

$

400,335

$

(69,872)

 

(17.5)

%

Total current liabilities

$

177,779

$

142,209

 

35,570

 

25.0

%

$

269,639

$

226,166

 

43,473

 

19.2

%

Working capital

$

111,047

$

127,579

$

(16,532)

 

(13.0)

%

$

60,824

$

174,169

$

(113,345)

 

(65.1)

%

Working capital ratio

 

1.62

 

1.90

 

  

 

  

 

1.23

 

1.77

 

  

 

  

Debt to total capital ratio

 

%  

 

3

%

 

  

 

  

Our working capital ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities. Current assets as of February 1, 2020, increasedJanuary 28, 2023 decreased from January 29, 2022 primarily due to increasedthe decrease in cash balancesand cash equivalents and short-term investments, which was used to fund a portion of the Johnny Was acquisition purchase price, partially offset by lower amounts in all our

57

Table of Contents

increased inventories, receivables and prepaid expenses and other current asset line items.assets, including the assets related to Johnny Was. Current liabilities as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 increased from January 29, 2022 primarily due to the impact of the revised lease accounting guidance which required the recognition of $50 million of current operating lease liabilities associated with Johnny Was as of February 1, 2020,well as discussed in Note 6 toincreased current liabilities associated with our consolidated financial statements included in this report, and an increase in other accrued expenses and liabilities, partially offset by reductions in accounts payable and accrued compensation.

For the ratio of debt to total capital, debt is defined as short-term and long-term debt, and total capital is defined as debt plus shareholders’ equity. Debt was $0 million at February 1, 2020 and $13 million at February 2, 2019, while shareholders’ equity was $529 million at February 1, 2020 and $478 million at February 2, 2019. The decrease in debt since February 2, 2019 was primarily due to $122 million of cash flow from operations which was partially offset by cash payments of $37 million for capital expenditures and $25 million for dividends, resulting in $52 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand as of February 1, 2020. Shareholders’ equity increased from February 2, 2019, primarily as a result of net earnings and increased additional paid in capital related to our employee stock plans less dividends paid during the year. Our debt levels and ratio of debt to total capital in future periods may not be comparable to historical amounts as we continue to assess, and possibly make changes to, our capital structure.businesses. Changes in our capital structure in the future, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions, the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on our operating resultscurrent assets and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.current liabilities are discussed below.

Balance Sheet

The following tables set forth certain information included in our consolidated balance sheets (in thousands). Below each table are explanations for any significant changes in the balances from February 2, 2019as of January 28, 2023 as compared to February 1, 2020.January 29, 2022.

Current Assets:

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

    

 

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

    

    

 

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

 

2023

2022

$ Change

% Change

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

52,460

$

8,327

$

44,133

 

530.0

%

$

8,826

$

44,859

$

(36,033)

 

(80.3)

%

Short-term investments

164,890

(164,890)

100.0

%

Receivables, net

 

58,724

 

69,037

 

(10,313)

 

(14.9)

%

 

43,986

 

31,588

 

12,398

 

39.2

%

Inventories, net

 

152,229

 

160,656

 

(8,427)

 

(5.2)

%

 

220,138

 

117,709

 

102,429

 

87.0

%

Income tax receivable

19,440

19,728

(288)

(1.5)

%

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

25,413

 

31,768

 

(6,355)

 

(20.0)

%

 

38,073

 

21,561

 

16,512

 

76.6

%

Total current assets

$

288,826

$

269,788

$

19,038

 

7.1

%

$

330,463

$

400,335

$

(69,872)

 

(17.5)

%

Cash and cash equivalents were $52$9 million as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023, compared to $8$45 million as of February 2, 2019. TypicalJanuary 29, 2022. There were no short-term investments as of January 28, 2023, compared to $165 million as of January 29, 2022. The decrease in both cash amounts maintained on an ongoing basis in our operations generally rangeand cash equivalents and short-term investments from $5 millionJanuary 29, 2022 was primarily due to $10 million at any given time if we have debt outstanding. If cash flow from operations exceeds amounts required to pay any outstanding debt amounts, capital expenditures and dividends, cash outstanding may exceed the typical cash amounts. As of February 1, 2020, cash flow from operations has exceeded our cash needs resulting in $52 millionuse of cash on hand. Substantially alland short-term investments to fund a portion of the cash onJohnny Was acquisition purchase price, with the remainder funded via borrowings pursuant to our balance sheet is invested in short-term money market funds.U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

The decrease inincreased receivables, net as of February 1, 2020 wasJanuary 28, 2023 included $7 million of receivables associated with Johnny Was. Additionally, receivables in our other businesses increased primarily due to lower trade receivables resulting from lowerhigher wholesale sales in the last two monthsFourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019 and an increase in receivable allowance amounts. 2022.

Inventories, net, which is net of a $63$76 million and $62$69 million LIFO reserve as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019,January 29, 2022, respectively, decreasedincreased as of February 1, 2020.January 28, 2023, with increased inventory in each brand, and included inventories of $20 million associated with Johnny Was. The decrease from February 2, 2019increase in inventories of our existing brands was primarily due to (1) inventory in Fiscal 2021 generally at lower than optimal levels, when a stronger than anticipated rebound in consumer demand outpaced inventory levels at Lanier Apparelpurchases, (2) increases resulting from the earlier receipt of inventory in Fiscal 2022 to mitigate supply chain risks, (3) anticipated sales growth in each of our brands for Fiscal 2023 and Tommy Bahama(4) increased product costs. The inventory increases in our brands were partially offset by increased inventoriesthe impact of LIFO accounting of $3 million, including the net impact of an $8 million increase in Lilly Pulitzer, Southern Tidethe LIFO reserve and Corporate and Other. The decreasea $5 million increase in Lanier Apparel was primarily due to lower inventories in certain replenishment programs and lower anticipated sales in Fiscal 2020. The lower inventories in Tommy Bahama was primarily due to clearance of certain end of season inventory in Tommy Bahama during Fiscal 2019. Prepaid expenses and other current assets decreasedmarkdowns as of February 1, 2020 primarily as a result of lower prepaid rent expense due to the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance, which resulted in the classification of prepaid rent in operating lease assets in our consolidated balance sheet, as well as lower prepaid income taxes, which was partially offset by higher prepaid expenses for advertising and other operating expense amounts.January 28, 2023.

5860

Table of Contents

Income tax receivable primarily relates to the income tax receivable associated with tax returns for Fiscal 2020, which included the carry back of operating losses to offset taxable income from previous years. The increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of January 28, 2023 included (1) an increase in prepaid income taxes of $6 million, (2) an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets in our existing businesses, including prepaid expenses related to software and license arrangements, advertising, supplies and other items, and (3) the prepaid expenses and other current assets associated with Johnny Was.

Non-current Assets:

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

    

 

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

    

    

 

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

 

2023

2022

$ Change

% Change

 

Property and equipment, net

$

191,517

$

192,576

$

(1,059)

 

(0.5)

%

$

177,584

$

152,447

$

25,137

 

16.5

%

Intangible assets, net

 

175,005

 

176,176

 

(1,171)

 

(0.7)

%

 

283,845

 

155,307

 

128,538

 

82.8

%

Goodwill

 

66,578

 

66,621

 

(43)

 

(0.1)

%

 

120,498

 

23,869

 

96,629

 

404.8

%

Operating lease assets

287,181

287,181

N/A

240,690

195,100

45,590

23.4

%

Other non-current assets, net

 

24,262

 

22,093

 

2,169

 

9.8

%

Other assets, net

 

35,585

 

30,584

 

5,001

 

16.4

%

Total non-current assets

$

744,543

$

457,466

$

287,077

 

62.8

%

$

858,202

$

557,307

$

300,895

 

54.0

%

Property and equipment, net as of February 1, 2020 decreasedJanuary 28, 2023 increased primarily due to the addition of $21 million of property and equipment associated with Johnny Was as a result ofwell as capital expenditures exceeding depreciation expense exceeding capital expendituresduring Fiscal 2022. Intangible assets, net and goodwill as of January 28, 2023, increased primarily due to $129 million of intangible assets and $97 million of goodwill associated with Johnny Was. Operating lease assets as of January 28, 2023 increased primarily due to the operating lease assets associated with Johnny Was of $54 million. This increase in Fiscal 2019.operating lease assets was partially offset by the net impact of the recognition of amortization related to existing operating leases and a reduced lease term of certain operating leases which exceeded the operating lease assets associated with new or extended operating leases in our existing businesses. The decreaseincrease in intangibleother assets, net as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023, was primarily due to amortization of intangible assetsan increase in Fiscal 2019. The operating lease assets amount as of February 1, 2020 wasinvestments in unconsolidated entities partially offset by a result of the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance during Fiscal 2019. Other non-current assets, net as of February 1, 2020 increased primarily due to increasesreduction in assets set aside for potential deferred compensation obligations and unamortized deferred financing costs partially offset by reductions in real estate security deposits.obligations.

Liabilities:

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

    

 

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

    

    

 

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

 

2023

2022

$ Change

% Change

 

Total current liabilities

$

177,779

$

142,209

$

35,570

 

25.0

%

$

269,639

$

226,166

$

43,473

 

19.2

%

Long-term debt

 

 

12,993

 

(12,993)

 

(100.0)

%

 

119,011

 

 

119,011

 

%

Non-current operating lease liabilities

 

291,886

 

 

291,886

 

N/A

Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

220,709

 

199,488

 

21,221

 

10.6

%

Other non-current liabilities

 

18,566

 

75,286

 

(56,720)

 

(75.3)

%

 

20,055

 

21,413

 

(1,358)

 

(6.3)

%

Deferred taxes

16,540

18,411

(1,871)

(10.2)

%

Deferred income taxes

2,981

2,911

70

2.4

%

Total liabilities

$

504,771

$

248,899

$

255,872

 

102.8

%

$

632,395

$

449,978

$

182,417

 

40.5

%

Current liabilities increased as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 primarily due to the $50 million of current lease liabilities recognized as of February 1, 2020, as a result of the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance during Fiscal 2019 and an increase in other accrued expenses and current liabilities partially offset by reductionsof $30 million associated with Johnny Was as well as increases in accounts payable, andcurrent portion of operating lease liabilities, accrued compensation. The increase in othercompensation and accrued expenses and other liabilities of our existing businesses.

The long-term debt of $119 million as of January 28, 2023, was primarily due to borrowing certain amounts to fund a $5 million increase in income taxes payable. The lower accounts payable wasportion of the acquisition of Johnny Was. Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities as of January 28, 2023, increased primarily due to a reduction of inventory in transit amounts while the lower accrued compensation was primarily due to a reduction in incentive compensation amounts. The decrease in long-term debt since February 1, 2020 was primarily due to $122$45 million of cash flow from operations which was partially offset by cash payments of $37 million for capital expenditures and $25 million for dividends.

The non-current operating lease liabilities amount asliability amounts associated with Johnny Was. This increase in non-current portion of February 1, 2020 was a result of the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance during Fiscal 2019. Other non-current liabilities decreased as of February 1, 2020 primarily due to other non-current liabilities as of February 2, 2019 including $59 million of deferred rent and deferred rent tenant improvement allowance liabilities that were reclassified as operating lease assets as a result of the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance during Fiscal 2019. This reduction in other non-current liabilities was partially offset by increasesthe net impact of the payment of operating lease liabilities and reductions in amounts forliabilities related to the termination or reduced term of certain operating leases which exceeded the operating lease liabilities associated with new or extended operating leases. Other non-current liabilities as of January 28, 2023 decreased primarily due to decreases in deferred compensation liabilities. Deferred taxes decreased as of February 1, 2020 primarily due to timing differences associated with depreciation partially offset by timing differences associated with amortization of intangible assets.

5961

Table of Contents

Statement of Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the net cash flows including continuing and discontinued operations, resulting in the change in our cash and cash equivalents (in thousands):

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

Fiscal 2020

Cash provided by operating activities

$

121,926

$

96,377

$

118,593

$

125,610

$

198,006

$

83,850

Cash used in investing activities

 

(37,421)

 

(37,397)

 

(54,277)

 

(151,747)

 

(181,572)

 

(34,651)

Cash used in financing activities

 

(41,298)

 

(56,765)

 

(64,712)

 

(11,527)

 

(38,175)

 

(35,848)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

$

43,207

$

2,215

$

(396)

$

(37,664)

$

(21,741)

$

13,351

Cash and cash equivalents on hand were $52$9 million as of January 28, 2023, compared to $45 million as of January 29, 2022. There were no short-term investments as of January 28, 2023, compared to $165 million as of January 29, 2022. The decrease in cash and $8 million at February 1, 2020cash equivalents and February 2, 2019, respectively.short-term investments from January 29, 2022 was due to the use of cash and short-term investments to fund the acquisition of Johnny Was, with the remainder of the purchase price funded via borrowings pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. Changes in cash flows in Fiscal 20192022 and Fiscal 20182021 related to operating activities, investing activities and financing activities are discussed below.

Operating Activities:

In Fiscal 20192022 and Fiscal 2018,2021, operating activities provided $122$126 million and $96$198 million respectively, of cash.cash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities for each period was primarily the resultconsisted of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities including depreciation, amortization, and equity-based compensation, gains on sale of assets and other non-cash items as well as the net impact of changes in deferred income taxes and our working capital accounts.operating assets and liabilities. In Fiscal 2019 working capital account2022, changes in operating assets and liabilities had a favorablesignificant net unfavorable impact on cash flow from operations, while in Fiscal 2018 working capital account2021 the changes in operating assets and liabilities had an unfavorablea significant net favorable impact on cash flow from operations.

In Fiscal 2019,2022, the more significant changesnet change in working capital, after considering the non-cash impact of certain reclassifications that resulted from the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance, wereoperating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an increase in inventories, a decrease in receivablesother non-current liabilities, including operating lease liabilities, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, all of which decreased cash flow from operations, partially offset by a decrease in non-current assets, including operating lease assets, and an increase in current liabilities, which both increased cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2021, changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to an increase in current liabilities, a decrease in non-current assets including operating lease assets, and a decrease in inventories, all of which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by decreasesa decrease in currentnon-current liabilities, which reduced cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2018, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories,including operating lease liabilities, which decreased cash flow from operations, partially offset by an increase in current liabilities and a decrease in prepaid and other current assets, each of which increased cash flow from operations.

Investing Activities:

In each of Fiscal 20192022 and Fiscal 2018,2021, investing activities used $37$152 million and $182 million of cash.cash, respectively. On an ongoing basis, our cash flow used in investing activities primarily consists of our capital expenditure investments in our existing brands and acquisitions of new businesses. Our capital expendituresis expected to primarily consist of costs associated with investments in information technology initiatives, including e-commerce capabilities; direct to consumer operations, including opening, relocating and remodeling retail stores and restaurants;locations; and facilities enhancements for distribution centers and offices.

Financing Activities:

In Capital expenditures were $47 million and $32 million in Fiscal 20192022 and Fiscal 2018, financing activities used $41 million and $57 million, respectively, of cash. 2021, respectively.

During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we decreased debt and increased cash as our cash flow from operations was greater than our capital expenditures and payment of dividends. During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 20182022, we paid $25 million and $23 million of dividends, respectively. During Fiscal 2019 we also paid $1$264 million for the paymentacquisition of certain amounts relatedJohnny Was. We also converted $165 million of short-term investments into cash to previous acquisitions includingfund a portion of the paymentJohnny Was acquisition. In Fiscal 2022, other investing activities included the net impact of certain holdbackan $8 million investment in an unconsolidated entity which has an ownership interest in the property that is being converted into the Tommy Bahama Miramonte Resort & Spa in Fiscal 2023, the collection of a $2 million loan from a small apparel brand and contingent consideration amounts andthe receipt of $1 million related toof proceeds from the refinancingsale of our revolving credit agreement. Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 included certain amounts related to the issuance of equity pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan and the repurchase of equity awards for employee tax withholding liabilities due to the vesting of equity awards during the period.

If we arean office building in a debt position, we may borrow or pay down debt depending on whether our cash flow from operating activities exceeds our capital expenditures, dividend payments, acquisitions and any other investing or financing activities. Generally, we anticipate that excess cash, if any, will be used to repay any debt on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. However, due to our March 2020 draw down on our U.S. Revolving Credit AgreementLyons, Georgia.

6062

Table of Contents

dueDuring Fiscal 2021, we converted $165 million of cash on hand into short-term investments and received $15 million of proceeds from the sale of our investment in an unconsolidated entity. We also received $3 million of proceeds from the sale of Lanier Apparel’s Toccoa, Georgia distribution center, and made a loan of $2 million to a small apparel brand, both of which are included in other investing activities.

Financing Activities:

In Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, financing activities used $12 million and $38 million of cash, respectively. During Fiscal 2022, we used cash to repurchase $95 million of shares, consisting of repurchased shares of our stock pursuant to an open market stock repurchase program and equity awards in respect of employee tax withholding liabilities, to pay $35 million of dividends and to pay $2 million of contingent consideration for the uncertaintyfinal contingent consideration payment related to the COVID-19 outbreak,TBBC acquisition, which is included in other financing activities. In Fiscal 20202022, we anticipateborrowed $119 million under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to fund our investing and financing activities that exceeded cash flow from operations.

In Fiscal 2021, we used cash flow from operations to pay $28 million of dividends, repurchase $11 million of shares, consisting of repurchased shares of our stock pursuant to an open market stock repurchase program and equity awards in respect of employee tax withholding liabilities, and pay $1 million of contingent consideration, which is included in other financing activities.

To the extent our net cash requirements exceed our net cash flows, we may concurrently haveborrow amounts from our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, like we did during Fiscal 2022. Alternatively, if net cash on hand as well as a significant amount of debtrequirements are less than our net cash flows, we may repay amounts outstanding on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If we have cash and cash equivalents in excess of cash used in our ongoing operations, we will generally invest the excess cash in short term money market investments.Agreement, if any.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In July 2019,We have a long history of generating sufficient cash flows from operations to satisfy our cash requirements for our ongoing capital expenditure needs as well as payment of dividends and repayment of our debt. Thus, we believe our anticipated future cash flows from operating activities will provide (1) sufficient cash over both the short and long term to satisfy our ongoing operating cash requirements, (2) ample funds to continue to invest in our lifestyle brands, direct to consumer initiatives and information technology projects, (3) additional cash flow to repay outstanding debt and (4) sufficient cash for other strategic initiatives.

Our capital needs depend on many factors including the results of our operations and cash flows, future growth rates, the need to finance inventory and the success of our various products. To the extent cash flow needs in the future exceed cash flow provided by our operations, we will have access, subject to its terms, to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any, and any other investing or financing activities. Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement may also be used to establish collateral for certain insurance programs and leases and to finance trade letters of credit for certain product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our line of credit when issued and totaled $7 million as of January 28, 2023. As of January 28, 2023, after considering our borrowings, letters of credit and available assets, we had $199 million of unused availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Our cash and debt, as well as availability, levels in future periods will not be comparable to historical amounts, particularly after the completion of the acquisition of Johnny Was in September 2022. Further, we continue to assess, and may possibly make changes to, our capital structure, which we may achieve by borrowing from additional credit facilities, selling debt or equity securities or repurchasing additional shares of our stock in the future. Changes in our capital structure, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

We anticipate that at the maturity of the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, or as otherwise deemed appropriate we will be able to refinance the facility or obtain other financing on terms available in the market at that time. The terms of any future financing arrangements may not be as favorable as the terms of the current agreement or current market terms.

63

Table of Contents

$325 Million U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement

As of January 28, 2023, we had $119 million of borrowings and $199 million of availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. On March 6, 2023, we amended ourthe U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement by entering into the FirstSecond Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to, among other things, (1) extend the maturity of the facility tofrom July 2024 to March 2028 and (2) modify certain provisions including a reduction of the agreement. Pursuant to the amended agreement, the interest rates on certainrate applicable to our borrowings and a reduction in unused line fees. We had no amounts outstanding as of February 1, 2020 under ourthe U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement but we did borrow $200 million under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement in March 2020 duewill be based on either the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate plus an applicable margin of 135 to the uncertainty related185 basis points or prime plus an applicable margin of 35 to the COVID-19 outbreak. 85 basis points.

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (1) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, (2) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average interest rate of 6% as of January 28, 2023), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon average utilization or unused availability, or utilization,as applicable, (3) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (July 2024) and (4) is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including accounts receivable, books and records, chattel paper, deposit accounts, equipment, certain general intangibles, inventory, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), negotiable collateral, life insurance policies, supporting obligations, commercial tort claims, cash and cash equivalents, eligible trademarks, proceeds and other personal property.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to its terms, to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is also used to establish collateral for certain insurance programs and leases and to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our line of credit when issued. As of February 1, 2020, $3 million of letters of credit were outstanding against our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of February 1, 2020, we had $322 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to certain limitations on borrowings.

Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business. Also, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (1) incur debt, (2) guaranty certain obligations, (3) incur liens, (4) pay dividends to shareholders, (5) repurchase shares of our common stock, (6) make investments, (7) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (8) acquire assets or businesses, (9) merge or consolidate with other companies or (10) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.

Additionally, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies only if excess availability under the agreement for three consecutive business days is less than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10% of availability. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained excess availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10% of availability for 30 consecutive days.

We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we amended the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 20192022 and as of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, we were compliant with all applicable covenants related to the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Operating Lease Commitments:

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into long-term real estate lease agreements for our direct to consumer locations, which include both retail store and food and beverage locations, and office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain equipment. Our real estate leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement at our discretion, among other provisions. Our real estate lease terms are typically for a period of 10 years or less and typically require monthly rent payments with specified rent escalations during the lease term. Our real estate leases usually provide for payments of our pro rata share of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property, and certain of our leases require payment of sales taxes on rental payments. Also, our direct to consumer location leases often provide for contingent rent payments based on sales if certain sales thresholds are achieved. Base rent amounts specified in the

6164

Table of Contents

Other Liquidity Items:

We anticipate that we will be able to satisfyleases are included in determining the operating lease liabilities included in our ongoing cash requirements, which generally consist of working capital andconsolidated balance sheet, while amounts for real estate taxes, sales tax, insurance, other operating activity needs, capital expenditures, interestexpenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective leases are not included in determining the operating lease liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets.

These leases require us to make a substantial amount of cash payments on our debt and dividends, if any, primarily from borrowingsan annual basis. Base rent amounts required to be paid in the future over the remaining lease terms under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreementexisting leases as of January 28, 2023, totaled $336 million, including $83 million, $66 million, $50 million, $43 million and positive cash flow from operations,$30 million of required payments in each of the next five years. Additionally, amounts for real estate taxes, sales tax, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases are required to be paid in the long term. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal withfuture, but the greatest requirements generallyamounts payable in future periods are, in most cases, not quantified in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will dependlease agreement or are dependent on many factors including our growth rate, the need to finance inventory levels and the success of our various products. We anticipate that at the maturity of the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement or as otherwise deemed appropriate, we will be able to refinance the facility or obtain other financing on terms available in the market at that time. The terms of any future financing arrangementswhich may not be known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 2022 totaled $43 million.

Refer to Note 1 and Note 6 of our consolidated financial statements for additional disclosures about our operating lease agreements and related commitments.

Capital Expenditures:

Our anticipated capital expenditures for Fiscal 2023 are expected to be approximately $90 million, as favorable ascompared to $47 million in Fiscal 2022. The planned increase is primarily due to increased investment in our various technology systems initiatives, the termscommencement of a significant multi-year project at our Lyons, Georgia distribution center to modernize the current agreementoperations into a more efficient e-commerce distribution center for our brands, increased Marlin Bar openings, the addition of Johnny Was, which is increasing its store count by 10 or current market terms.more stores this year and increases in store openings in our other brands. Our capital expenditure amounts in future years will fluctuate from the amounts incurred in prior years depending on the investments we believe appropriate for that year to support future expansion of our businesses.

Dividends:

On March 24, 2020,21, 2023, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.25$0.65 per share payable on May 1, 2020April 28, 2023 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 17, 2020. 14, 2023. This dividend amount is an 18% increase over the dividend paid in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022.

Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, including $25$35 million in total, or $1.48$2.20 per common share, in Fiscal 2019,2022, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, funding of acquisitions, funding of capital expenditures or repurchases of outstanding shares, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facility, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends or repurchase shares in the short term subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facility, other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not be paid out as dividends in all periods.dividends. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see the discussion of theour U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement above.above and in Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

Contractual ObligationsShare Repurchases:

The following table summarizesAs disclosed in our contractual cash obligations, asQuarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Third Quarter of February 1, 2020, by future period (in thousands):Fiscal 2021, and in subsequent filings, on December 7, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $150 million to repurchase shares of our stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our stock and has no automatic expiration. Pursuant to the Board of Directors’ authorization, we entered into a $100 million open market stock repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan) to acquire shares of our stock, under which we repurchased shares of our stock totaling: (1) $8 million in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2021, (2) $43 million in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2022, (3) $30 million in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2022, (4) $14 million in the Third Quarter of Fiscal 2022, and (5) $5 million in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022, which completed the purchases pursuant to the open market stock repurchase

    

Payments Due by Period

    

Less Than

    

    

    

More Than

    

1 year

13 Years

35 Years

5 Years

Total

Contractual Obligations:

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement (1)

$

$

$

$

$

Operating leases (2)

 

64,141

 

130,461

 

105,416

 

96,914

 

396,932

Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements

 

5,621

 

3,590

 

 

 

9,211

Letters of credit

 

3,132

 

 

 

 

3,132

Other (3)(4)(5)

 

450

 

 

 

 

450

Total

$

73,344

$

134,051

$

105,416

$

96,914

$

409,725

(1)Principal, interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees and amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the principal amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. During Fiscal 2019, we paid $1 million of interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees.
(2)Amounts included reflect the rent amounts included in determining the operating lease liabilities. Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, sales tax, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the amounts payable in future periods are, in most cases, not quantified in the lease agreements or are dependent on factors which may not be known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 2019 totaled $34 million. Refer to Note 6 for disclosures about our operating lease agreements.
(3)Amounts totaling $15 million of deferred compensation obligations, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020, have been excluded from the table above, due to

6265

Table of Contents

the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the individual.
(4)Non-current deferred taxes, which is the net amount of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, of $17 million included in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020 and discussed in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the amounts are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax amounts by period could be misleading.
(5)Includes an estimated amount for the Fiscal 2019 contingent consideration payment to be paid in Fiscal 2020 associated with the TBBC contingent consideration arrangement. Additional amounts totaling $1 million of contingent consideration amounts, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the amount or timing of these potential obligations, which are dependent upon future earnings of TBBC over the next two years.

Our anticipated capital expendituresprogram. Over the life of the $100 million open market repurchase program we repurchased 1.1 million, or 6% of our outstanding shares at the commencement of the program for an average price of $90 per share.

After considering the repurchases during Fiscal 2020, which are excluded from the table above as we are generally not contractually obligated to pay these amounts2021 and Fiscal 2022, as of February 1, 2020, are expected to be less thanJanuary 28, 2023, there were no amounts remaining under the Fiscal 2019 capital expenditure amounts. Due toopen market repurchase program and $50 million remaining under the uncertainty created by the COVID-19 outbreak we are reassessing and deferring many capital expenditures that were originally planned for Fiscal 2020, including direct to consumer location openings and remodels as well as information technology projects.Board of Directors’ authorization.

Off Balance Sheet ArrangementsOther Liquidity Items:

We have not entered into agreements which meet the SEC’s definition of an off balance sheet financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP in a consistent manner. The preparation of these financial statements requires the selection and application of accounting policies. Further, the application of GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those discussed below. We base our estimates on historical experience, current trends and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe it is possible that other professionals, applying reasonable judgment to the same set of facts and circumstances, could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the critical accounting policies, below, our consolidated statements of operations could be materially misstated.

A detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 toof our consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant estimates, assumptions and judgments we use or the amounts most sensitive to change from outside factors.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, including our retail store, e-commerce and restaurantfood and beverage operations, and wholesale sales, as well as royalty income, which is included in royalties and other income in our consolidated statements of operations. We recognize revenue when performance obligations under the terms of the

63

Table of Contents

contracts with our customers are satisfied. Our performance obligationssatisfied, which generally consist of deliveringoccurs when we deliver our products to our direct to consumer and wholesale customers. Control of the product is generally transferred upon providing the product to consumers in our bricks and mortar retail stores and restaurants, upon physical delivery of the products to consumers in our e-commerce operations and upon shipment from the distribution center to customers in our wholesale operations. Once control is transferred to the customer, we have completed our performance obligations related to the contract and have an unconditional right to consideration for the products sold as outlined in the contract. Our receivables resulting from contracts with customers in our direct to consumer operations are generally collected within a few days, upon settlement of the credit card transaction. Our receivables resulting from contracts with our customers in our wholesale operations are generally due within one quarter, in accordance with established credit terms.

In the ordinary course of our wholesale operations, we offer discounts, allowances and cooperative advertising support to some of our wholesale customers for certain products. Wholesale sales are recorded net of such discounts, allowances, cooperative advertising support, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated wholesale returns. As certain allowances, other deductions and returns are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts, allowances and returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to ultimately receive. We only recognize revenue to the extent that it is probable that we will not have a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal or program results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 1, 2020, our total reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were $9 million and, therefore, if the allowances changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2019. The substantial majority of these reserves as of February 1, 2020 relate to our Lanier Apparel business.

We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial capacity and condition, usually without requiring collateral. We recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. Actual charges for bad debts have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 1, 2020, our allowance for bad debts was $1 million, and therefore, if the allowance for bad debts changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of less than $1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2019. While the amounts deemed uncollectible have not been significant in recent years if, in the future, amounts due from significant customer(s) were deemed to be uncollectible as a result of events that occur subsequent to February 1, 2020, including the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak, this could result in a material charge to our consolidated statements of operations in future periods.

In our direct to consumer operations, which represented 80% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2022, consumers have certain rights to return product within a specified period and are eligible for certain point of sale discounts, thus retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as applicable.discounts. We make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. Our historical estimates of direct to consumer return reserves have not differed materially from actual results. As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, our direct to consumer return reserve liability was $3 million.$12 million compared to $11 million as of January 29, 2022. A 10% change in the direct to consumer sales return reserve as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 would have had aan impact of less than $1 million impact on gross profit and pre-taxnet earnings in Fiscal 2019.2022.

In the ordinary course of our wholesale operations, we offer discounts, allowances and cooperative advertising support to some of our wholesale accounts for certain products. As certain allowances, other deductions and returns are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts, allowances and returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to

66

Table of Contents

ultimately receive. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for these amounts for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal or program results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. As of January 28, 2023, our total reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were $4 million compared to $3 million as of January 29, 2022. If these allowances changed by 10% it would have had an impact of less than $1 million on net earnings in Fiscal 2022.

We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial capacity and condition, usually without requiring collateral. We recognize estimated provisions for credit losses based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions, anticipated trends, and the risk characteristics of the receivables, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. As of both January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, our provision for credit losses for our wholesale receivables was $1 million. If the provision for credit losses changed by 10% it would have had an impact of less than $1 million on net earnings in Fiscal 2022.

Inventories, net

For operating group reporting, our inventory is carried at the lower of the first-in, first-out (FIFO)(“FIFO”) cost or market. We evaluate the composition of our inventories substantially all of which is finished goods inventory, for identification of distressed inventory at least quarterly. In performing this evaluation, we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior seasons’ fashion products, broken assortments, discontinued products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to expected sales. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as

64

Table of Contents

necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must use certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, general economic conditions and our anticipated plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last physical inventory count and each balance sheet date. Historically, our estimates of inventory markdowns and inventory shrinkage have not varied significantly from actual results.

For consolidated financial reporting, $145$204 million, or 95%93%, of our inventories were valued at the lower of the last-in, first-out (LIFO)(“LIFO”) cost or market after deducting the $63$76 million LIFO reserve as of February 1, 2020.January 28, 2023. The remaining $7$16 million of our inventories arewere valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 1, 2020.January 28, 2023. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index (PPI)(“PPI”) as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes.

As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, we had recorded a reserve of $2$4 million related to inventory on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and for inventory on the lower of LIFO cost or market method with markdowns in excess of our LIFO reserve. A 10% change in the amount of such markdowns would have a pre-taxhad an impact of less than $1 million on net earnings in Fiscal 2019.2022. A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method that is not marked down in excess of our LIFO reserve typically would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. A change in inventory levels, the mix of inventory by category or the mix by inventory category,PPI at the end of future fiscal years compared to inventory balancesamounts as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as such a change may erode portions of our earlier base year layers for purposes of making our annual LIFO computation. Additionally, a change in the PPI as published by the United States Department of Labor as compared to the indexes as of February 1, 2020 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as inflation or deflation would change the amount of our LIFO reserve.future.

Given the significant amount of uncertainty surrounding the year-end LIFO calculation, including the estimate of year-end inventory balances, the proportion of inventory in each inventory category and the year-end PPI, we have not typically do not adjustadjusted our LIFO reserve in the first three quarters of a fiscal year. ThisHowever, due to the significant levels of inflation throughout Fiscal 2022, we did recognize an adjustment to the LIFO reserve in each quarter of Fiscal 2022. Our policy of typically not adjusting the LIFO reserve at interim periods may result in significant LIFO accounting adjustments in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year resulting from the year over year changes in inventory levels, the PPI and markdown reserves. On a quarterly basis during each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year, weyear. We do recognize changes in markdown reserves during each quarter of the fiscal year as those amounts can be estimated on a quarterlyan interim basis.

Accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of producing the acquired inventories. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, amounts are recognized as additional cost of goods sold in the periods subsequent to the acquisition as the acquired inventory is sold in the ordinary course of business. In determining the fair value of the acquired inventory, as well as the appropriate period to recognize the charge in our consolidated statements of operations as the acquired inventory is sold, we must make certain assumptions regarding costs incurred prior to acquisition for the acquired inventory, an appropriate profit allowance, estimates of the costs to sell the inventory and the timing of the sale of the acquired inventory. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and the use of different assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net

The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of an acquisition based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the useabout a number of theuncertain factors. Our intangible assets primarily consist of trademarks, as well as customer relationships and reacquired

6567

Table of Contents

acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. As a result of our prior acquisitions, significant intangible assets and goodwill were acquired resulting in $175 million of intangible assets and $67 million of goodwill in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020.

Our intangibles assets primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships.rights. Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assetsbusiness exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. See Note 4 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for further details about our various intangible assets and goodwill amounts.

The fair values and useful lives of theseour acquired intangible assets and goodwill are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals, in some cases. Such valuations, whichAt acquisition, as well as any subsequent impairment tests, assumptions and estimates about various items with significant uncertainty are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting fromrequired to determine the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate. The valuationfair value of intangible assets and goodwill requiresgoodwill. When determining the fair value, significant judgment due to the variety of uncertain factors, includingassumptions may include our planned use of the intangible assetsasset as well as estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks, a risk-adjusted market based cost of capital as the discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. Our fair value assessment may also consider any comparable market transactions. The use of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition or a later date could result in a material change to the amounts of intangible assets and goodwill initially recorded at acquisition, which could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Trademarks with indefinite lives, which totaled $225 million as of January 28, 2023, and goodwill, which totaled $120 million as of January 28, 2023, are not amortized but instead evaluated, either qualitatively or quantitatively, for impairment annually as of the first day of theour fourth quarter, of our fiscal year or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset or goodwill might be impaired. The evaluationassessment of the recoverabilityfair value of trademarks with indefinite lives and goodwill often includes valuationsassessments based on a discounted cash flow analysis. This analysis which is typically similar to the analysis performed at acquisition. This approach isacquisition and dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, including those used in the initial valuation of the intangible assets and goodwillat acquisition as listed above. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life or goodwill, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using the straight line method of amortization or another method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumedasset or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 20 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on the remaining contractual period, as applicable, our plans for the intangible asset as well as factors outside of our control, including expected customer attrition. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Amortization related to intangible assets with finite lives totaled $1 million during Fiscal 2019 and is anticipated to be $1 million in Fiscal 2020.

Goodwill is quantitatively evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the goodwill to its carrying value. The quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables, which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate, income tax rates and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements as the amount that the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds the estimated fair value ofvalue. While we have the goodwill.

66

Table of Contents

Intangible assetsoption for a qualitative test, we performed a quantitative test for each test date in Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and goodwill acquired in recent transactions are naturally more susceptible to impairment, primarily since they are recorded at fair value based on recent operating plans and macroeconomic conditions present at the time of acquisition. Consequently, ifFiscal 2020.

If our operating results, plans for the acquired business and/or macroeconomic conditions, anticipated results or other assumptions change after an acquisition, it could result in the impairment of the acquired intangible assets or goodwill. AAlso, a change in macroeconomic conditions may not only impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models but may also impact other assumptions used in our analysis, including but not limited to, the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital and/or discount rates. Additionally,

During Fiscal 2020, we are requiredrecognized impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets of Southern Tide of $60 million, resulting in the impairment of all goodwill for Southern Tide and the majority of the indefinite-lived intangible assets for Southern Tide. As noted above, the use of different assumptions related to ensure that assumptions used to determinethe estimated fair value in our analyses are consistent withof the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use. Therefore, the cost of capital discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends regardless of whether our actual cost of capital changed. As we acquired Southern Tide amounts could have resulted in Fiscal 2016a different fair value and TBBCa different impairment charge or charges in Fiscal 2017 and recorded a significant amount of intangible assets and goodwill related to these reporting units, those assets recognized are more sensitive to changes in assumptions than our other intangible assets and goodwill amounts.

different periods. In Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 20182022 and Fiscal 2017,2021, no impairment charges related to intangible assets or goodwill were recognized.recognized based on our impairment tests in those periods.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill that have been recently acquired or impaired are typically much more sensitive to changes in assumptions than other intangible asset and goodwill amounts as those amounts have recently been recorded at or adjusted to fair value. Accordingly, the $78 million of indefinite-lived trademarks and $97 million of goodwill associated with Johnny Was, which was acquired in Fiscal 2023, have the least excess of fair value over book value as of January 28, 2023. Thus, if the Johnny Was business does not achieve the anticipated growth and operating income in future years or if interest rates or tax rates increase, the Johnny Was intangible assets and/or goodwill could be determined to be impaired in the future.

Intangible assets with finite lives totaled $58 million as of January 28, 2023 and primarily consist of customer relationships, certain trademarks and reacquired rights. These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the assets are determined to not be recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis and the expected future discounted cash flows of the asset group are less than the carrying amount, an asset group is impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value.

68

Table of Contents

Other Fair Value Measurements

For many assets and liabilities, the determination of fair value may not require the use of many assumptions or other estimates. However, in some cases the assumptions or inputs associated with the determination of fair value as of a measurement date may require the use of many assumptions andwhich may be internally derived or otherwise unobservable. These assumptions may include the planned use of the assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. We use certain market-based and internally derived information and make assumptions about the information in (1) determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, including the acquisition of Johnny Was in Fiscal 2022, (2) adjusting recognized assets and liabilities to fair value and (3) assessing recognized assets for impairment, including intangible assets, goodwill and other non-current assets.

From time to time, we may recognize asset impairment or other charges related to certain lease assets, property and equipment.

As noted above,equipment or other amounts associated with us exiting direct to consumer locations, office space or otherwise. In these cases, we must determine the cost of each acquired business is allocatedimpairment charge related to the individual tangibleasset group if the assets are determined to not be recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a resultthe expected future discounted cash flows of the acquisition based on itsasset group are less than the carrying amount. While estimated fair value. The assessmentcash outflows can be determined, in certain cases, if there is an underlying lease, the timing and amount of estimated cash inflows for any sublease rental income and other costs are often uncertain, particularly if there is not a sub-lease agreement in place. Also, we could subsequently negotiate a lease termination agreement that would differ from the estimated fair valuesamount. Thus, our estimate of assets and liabilities acquired requires usan impairment charge related to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. To the extentan asset group could change significantly as we obtain better information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that adjustments to the allocation are appropriate, those adjustments will be included in operating results.

For the determination of fair value for assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, adjusting recognized assets and liabilities to fair value and assessing, and possibly adjusting, recognized assets for impairment, the assumptions, or the timing of changes in these assumptions, that we make regarding the valuation of these assets could differ significantly from the assumptions made by other parties. The use of different assumptions could result in materially different valuations for the respective assets and liabilities, which would impact our consolidated financial statements.future periods.

In connection with certain acquisitions, including the acquisition of TBBC in 2017, we have entered into contingent consideration arrangements, which are recognized at fair value at acquisition and each subsequent balance sheet date, to compensate the sellers if certain targets are achieved. For aThe valuation of these contingent consideration arrangement as of the date of acquisition we must determine the fair value of the contingent consideration which would estimate the discounted fair value of any expected payments. Such valuationamounts requires assumptions regarding the anticipated cash flows,amounts and probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors, each requiring a significant amount of judgment. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we are required to periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing any valuation assumptions as of the balance sheet date.

From time to time, we may recognize charges related to certain leased space associated with exiting retail or office space. In these cases, we must determine the net loss related to the space if the anticipated cash outflows for the space exceed the estimated cash inflows related to the space. While estimated cash outflows are generally known since there is an underlying lease, the estimated cash inflows for sublease rental income, if any, and other costs are often very

67

Table of Contents

subjective if there is not a sub-lease agreement in place at that time since those amounts are dependent upon many factors including, but not limited to, whether a sub-tenant will be obtained and the time required to obtain the sub-tenant as well as the rent payments and any tenant allowances agreed with the sub-tenant as part of the future lease negotiations. Also, it is possible that we could negotiate a lease termination in the future that would differ from the amount of the required payments pursuant to the lease agreement. Thus, our estimate of a charge related to a lease obligation could change significantly as we obtain better information in the future or if our current assumptions do not materialize. The assumptions made by another party related to such leases could be different than the assumptions made by us.

Income Taxes

Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, in which income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxestax payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting purposes and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognizedSignificant judgment is required in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, taxable income in carryback years, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Valuation allowances, which total $5 million as of February 1, 2020, are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. Valuation allowance amounts could have a material impact ondetermining our consolidated statements of operations in the future if assumptions related to realizability of the deferred tax assets changed significantly. Additionally, the timing of recognition of a valuation allowance or any reversal of a valuation allowance requires a significant amount of judgment to assess all the positive and negative evidence, particularly when operating results in the respective jurisdiction have changed or are expected to change from losses to income or from income to losses. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities.

As a global company, we are subject to income taxes in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Our income tax provision involvesas there are many uncertainties due to not onlytransactions and calculations where the timing differences of income for financial statement reportingultimate tax outcome is uncertain and tax return reporting, but also the application of complex tax laws and regulations which are often complex and subject to interpretation and judgment. These uncertainties relate to the recognition or changes to the realizability of deferred tax assets, loss carry-forwards, valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions and other matters. Our assessment of these income tax matters requires our consideration of taxable income and other items for historical periods, projected future taxable income, projected future reversals of existing timing differences, tax planning strategies and other information.

The use of different assumptions or a change in our assumptions related to book tothe income tax timing differences, our determination of whether foreign investments or earnings are permanently reinvested, the ability to realize uncertain tax positions, the appropriateness of valuation allowances, transfer pricing practices, the impact of our tax planning strategies ormatters above, as well as a shift in earnings among jurisdictions, each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. Additionally, factors impacting income taxes, including changes in tax laws, enacted rates or interpretations, court case decisions, statute of limitation expirations or audit settlements, each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. The ultimate resolution of our income tax matter uncertainties may differ significantly from the anticipated resolution included in our current assumptions and estimates, which could have a significant impact on our financial statements. An increase in our consolidated income tax expense rate from 25.9%23.2% to 26.9%24.2% during Fiscal 20192022 would have reduced net earnings by $1$2 million.

Income tax expense recorded during interim periods is generally based on the expected tax rate for the year, considering projections of earnings and book to tax differences as of the balance sheet date, subject to certain limitations associated with separate foreign jurisdiction losses in interim periods. The tax rate ultimately realized for the year may increase or decrease due to actual operating results or book to tax differences varying from the amounts on which our

68

Table of Contents

interim calculations were based. Any changes in assumptions related to the need for a valuation allowance, the ability to realize an uncertain tax position, changes in enacted tax rates, the expected operating results in total or by jurisdiction for the year, or other assumptions are accounted for in the period in which the change occurs. As certain of our foreign operations are in a loss position and realization of a future benefit for the losses is uncertain, a significant variance in losses in such jurisdictions from our expectations can have a significant impact on our expected annual tax rate. The recognition of the benefit of losses expected to be realized may be limited in an interim period and may require adjustments to tax expense in the interim period that yield an effective tax rate for the interim period that is not representative of the expected tax rate for the full year.

See Note 1 and Note 9 in10 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report for further discussion of income taxes.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Refer to Note 1 inof our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB that we have not yet adopted that may have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.flows in the future.

69

Table of Contents

SEASONALITY

Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For information regarding the impact of seasonality on individual operating groups and for our total company,business operations, see Part I, Item 1, Business, included in this report.

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of business from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. In recent years, we have not used financial instruments to mitigate our exposure to these risks, and we do not use financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes. However, we could use financial instruments to mitigate our exposure to these risks in the future.

Interest Rate Risk

As of February 1, 2020, we had no debt outstanding and $45 million of money market investments. However, as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak in March 2020 we drew down $200 million from our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to increase our cash position and help preserve our financial flexibility. As of March 30, 2020, the interest rate on the borrowings range from 2.2% to 3.5% depending on whether the borrowings are pursuant to LIBOR rate or prime rate borrowings.

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement ifwhen we have any borrowings outstanding, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement accrues interest based on variable interest rates while providing the necessary borrowing flexibility we require due to the seasonality of our business and our need to fund certain product purchases with trade letters of credit. Additionally, for the amounts of unused credit under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement we pay unused line fees, which are based on a specified percentage of the unused line amounts.

We may attemptAs of January 28, 2023, we had $119 million of borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, after borrowing amounts to limitfund the impact of interest rate changes on borrowings, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times all of our debt may be either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Further, at times we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debtJohnny Was acquisition in order to fix the interest rate if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and our expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives.September 2022. We do not enter intoconsider that amount to necessarily be indicative of the average borrowings outstanding expected for Fiscal 2023 due to our expectation that we will reduce debt agreements orlevels during Fiscal 2023, particularly after the first quarter. Our expected cash flows from operations is expected to be sufficient to fund our planned capital expenditures and dividends as well as allow for the repayment of some of our outstanding debt in Fiscal 2023. As of March 24, 2023, the weighted average interest rate hedging transactions on a speculative basis.

69

Table of Contents

Further, when we have cash and cash equivalents on hand, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our cash and cash equivalents, including those invested in money market investments. A reduction in interest rates could reduce interest income on our cash and cash equivalents.

During Fiscal 2019, our interest expense, net of interest income and including any unused line fees,borrowings was $1 million. Based6%, which includes borrowings pursuant to arrangements based on the average amountTerm Secured Overnight Financing Rate or the lender’s prime rate plus an applicable margin. Using the $119 million of variable-rate debt outstanding in Fiscal 2019,as of January 28, 2023 as an example, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not have increased ourincrease interest expense net materially. Due to the COVID-19 outbreak, we anticipate that our average borrowings outstanding will be higher in Fiscal 2020by less than Fiscal 2019 resulting in us having increased interest expense and an increased exposure to interest rate changes.$1 million.

Foreign Currency Risk

To the extent that weWe have assets, liabilities, revenues or expenses denominated in foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subjectexposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes including the impact of the re-measurement of transaction amounts into the respective functional currency and the translation gains and losses. As of February 1, 2020, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from transactions of our businesses operating outside of the United States, which is primarily related to (1) our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, Australia and Japan purchasing goods insubsidiary financial statements into U.S. dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business, which is less than 5% of our net sales, and (2) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions.

Substantiallydollars. Also, although we purchase substantially all of our net sales and our inventoryproduct purchases from our contract manufacturers in Fiscal 2019 werepursuant to a U.S. dollar denominated in U.S. dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted byarrangement, future product costs could increase as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, which may have the effectour suppliers.

With 97% of increasing our cost of goods soldconsolidated net sales in the future even though our inventory is purchased on a U.S. dollar denominated arrangement. Additionally, to the extent that the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the currency that the inventory will be sold in (e.g. the Canadian dollar, Australian dollar or Japanese Yen) changes, the gross margins of those businesses could be impacted, particularly if we are not able to increase sales prices to our customers.

While we may enter into short-term forward foreign currency exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business from time to time in order to mitigate a portion of the risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of inventory or selling goods in currencies other than the functional currencies by certain of our foreign operations as of February 1, 2020 and during Fiscal 2019, we were not a party to any foreign currency forward exchange contracts. However, if our international operations expand, it may be appropriate in the future to enter into hedging arrangements for certain operations. At this time,United States, we do not anticipate that the impact of foreign currency changes on our internationalforeign operations would have a material impact on our consolidated net sales, operating income or our net earnings in the near term given the proportionterm. Our foreign currency exchange rate risk is discussed in Foreign Currency in Note 1 of our operations in international markets.

In addition to foreign currency risks related to specific transactions listed above, we also have foreign currency exposure risk associated with translating theconsolidated financial statements of our foreign operations with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. A strengthening U.S. dollar could resultincluded in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations in future periods although the sales and earnings in the foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as reported in the prior year. Alternatively, if foreign operations have operating losses, then a strengthening U.S. dollar could result in lower losses although the losses in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. As of February 1, 2020, accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheets related to our Canada and Australia investments and operations were $3 million and $1 million, respectively, after the amounts related to Japan were recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in Fiscal 2019.this report.

We view our foreign investments as long term and we generally do not hedge such foreign investments. Also, we do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.

70

Table of Contents

Commodity and Inflation Risk

We are affected by inflation and changing prices through the purchase of full-package finished goods from contract manufacturers,suppliers, who manufacture products consisting of various raw material components.components, including fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group, when possible, through negotiating product prices in advance, selective price increases and cost containment initiatives. We have not historically entered into significant long-term sales or purchase contracts or engaged in hedging activities with respect to our commodity risk.

risks.

7170

Table of Contents

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in thousands, except par amounts)

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

2020

2019

2023

2022

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$

52,460

$

8,327

$

8,826

$

44,859

Short-term investments

164,890

Receivables, net

 

58,724

 

69,037

 

43,986

 

31,588

Inventories, net

 

152,229

 

160,656

 

220,138

 

117,709

Income tax receivable

19,440

19,728

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

25,413

 

31,768

 

38,073

 

21,561

Total Current Assets

$

288,826

$

269,788

$

330,463

$

400,335

Property and equipment, net

 

191,517

 

192,576

 

177,584

 

152,447

Intangible assets, net

 

175,005

 

176,176

 

283,845

 

155,307

Goodwill

 

66,578

 

66,621

 

120,498

 

23,869

Operating lease assets

287,181

240,690

195,100

Other non-current assets, net

 

24,262

 

22,093

Other assets, net

 

35,585

 

30,584

Total Assets

$

1,033,369

$

727,254

$

1,188,665

$

957,642

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current Liabilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Accounts payable

$

65,491

$

81,612

$

94,611

$

80,753

Accrued compensation

 

19,363

 

24,226

 

35,022

 

30,345

Current operating lease liabilities

 

50,198

 

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

 

42,727

 

36,371

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

73,865

 

61,272

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

66,141

 

53,796

Total Current Liabilities

$

177,779

$

142,209

$

269,639

$

226,166

Long-term debt

 

 

12,993

 

119,011

 

Non-current operating lease liabilities

 

291,886

 

Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

220,709

 

199,488

Other non-current liabilities

 

18,566

 

75,286

 

20,055

 

21,413

Deferred taxes

 

16,540

 

18,411

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

2,981

 

2,911

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

  

 

 

Common stock, $1.00 par value per share

 

17,040

 

16,959

 

15,774

 

16,805

Additional paid-in capital

 

149,426

 

142,976

 

172,175

 

163,156

Retained earnings

 

366,793

 

323,515

 

370,145

 

331,175

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(4,661)

 

(5,095)

 

(1,824)

 

(3,472)

Total Shareholders’ Equity

$

528,598

$

478,355

$

556,270

$

507,664

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

$

1,033,369

$

727,254

$

1,188,665

$

957,642

See accompanying notes.

7271

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

($ and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

2018

2017

2022

2021

2020

Net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,086,211

$

1,411,528

$

1,142,079

$

748,833

Cost of goods sold

 

477,823

 

470,342

 

473,579

 

522,673

 

435,861

 

333,626

Gross profit

$

644,967

$

637,124

$

612,632

$

888,855

$

706,218

$

415,207

SG&A

 

566,149

 

560,508

 

540,517

 

692,004

 

573,636

 

492,628

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

60,452

Royalties and other operating income

 

14,857

 

13,976

 

13,885

 

21,923

 

32,921

 

14,024

Operating income

$

93,675

$

90,592

$

86,000

Operating income (loss)

$

218,774

$

165,503

$

(123,849)

Interest expense, net

 

1,245

 

2,283

 

3,109

 

3,049

 

944

 

2,028

Earnings before income taxes

$

92,430

$

88,309

$

82,891

Income taxes

 

23,937

 

22,018

 

18,190

Net earnings from continuing operations

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

64,701

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

389

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

65,090

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

$

215,725

$

164,559

$

(125,877)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

49,990

 

33,238

 

(30,185)

Net earnings (loss)

$

165,735

$

131,321

$

(95,692)

Net earnings from continuing operations per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

4.09

$

3.97

$

3.90

Diluted

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

3.87

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

$

$

0.02

Diluted

$

$

$

0.02

Net earnings per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net earnings (loss) per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

4.09

$

3.97

$

3.92

$

10.42

$

7.90

$

(5.77)

Diluted

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

3.89

$

10.19

$

7.78

$

(5.77)

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

16,756

 

16,678

 

16,600

 

15,902

 

16,631

 

16,576

Diluted

 

16,914

 

16,842

 

16,734

 

16,259

 

16,869

 

16,576

Dividends declared per share

$

1.48

$

1.36

$

1.08

$

2.20

$

1.63

$

1.00

See accompanying notes.

7372

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

($ in thousands)

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

2018

2017

2022

2021

2020

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

65,090

Net earnings (loss)

$

165,735

$

131,321

$

(95,692)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net foreign currency translation adjustment

 

434

 

(1,021)

 

1,202

 

1,648

 

192

 

997

Comprehensive income

$

68,927

$

65,270

$

66,292

Comprehensive income (loss)

$

167,383

$

131,513

$

(94,695)

See accompanying notes.

7473

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

($ in thousands)

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

    

Additional

Other

Common

Paid-In

Retained

Comprehensive

Stock

Capital

Earnings

(Loss) Income

Total

January 28, 2017

$

16,769

$

131,144

$

233,493

$

(5,276)

$

376,130

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

 

 

 

65,090

 

1,202

 

66,292

Shares issued under equity plans

 

110

 

1,273

 

 

 

1,383

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

6,413

 

 

 

6,413

Repurchase of shares

 

(40)

 

(2,166)

 

 

 

(2,206)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(18,188)

 

 

(18,188)

February 3, 2018

$

16,839

$

136,664

$

280,395

$

(4,074)

$

429,824

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

 

 

 

66,291

 

(1,021)

 

65,270

Shares issued under equity plans

 

150

 

1,306

 

 

 

1,456

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

7,327

 

 

 

7,327

Repurchase of shares

 

(30)

 

(2,321)

 

 

 

(2,351)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(23,054)

 

 

(23,054)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

(117)

 

 

(117)

February 2, 2019

$

16,959

$

142,976

$

323,515

$

(5,095)

$

478,355

Net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

68,493

 

434

 

68,927

Shares issued under equity plans

 

116

 

1,523

 

 

 

1,639

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

7,620

 

 

 

7,620

Repurchase of shares

 

(35)

 

(2,693)

 

 

 

(2,728)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(25,215)

 

 

(25,215)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

February 1, 2020

$

17,040

$

149,426

$

366,793

$

(4,661)

$

528,598

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

    

Additional

Other

Common

Paid-In

Retained

Comprehensive

Stock

Capital

Earnings

(Loss) Income

Total

February 1, 2020

$

17,040

$

149,426

$

366,793

$

(4,661)

$

528,598

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

 

 

 

(95,692)

 

997

 

(94,695)

Shares issued under equity plans

 

227

 

1,151

 

 

 

1,378

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

7,755

 

 

 

7,755

Repurchase of shares

 

(378)

 

(1,824)

 

(17,721)

 

 

(19,923)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

(16,886)

 

(16,886)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

(499)

 

 

(499)

January 30, 2021

$

16,889

$

156,508

$

235,995

$

(3,664)

$

405,728

Net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

131,321

 

192

 

131,513

Shares issued under equity plans

 

41

 

1,411

 

 

 

1,452

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

8,186

 

 

 

8,186

Repurchase of shares

 

(125)

 

(2,949)

 

(8,268)

 

 

(11,342)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(27,873)

 

 

(27,873)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

January 29, 2022

$

16,805

$

163,156

$

331,175

$

(3,472)

$

507,664

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

 

 

 

165,735

 

1,648

 

167,383

Shares issued under equity plans

 

26

 

1,573

 

 

 

1,599

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

10,577

 

 

 

10,577

Repurchase of shares

 

(1,057)

 

(3,131)

 

(90,651)

 

 

(94,839)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(36,114)

 

 

(36,114)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

January 28, 2023

$

15,774

$

172,175

$

370,145

$

(1,824)

$

556,270

See accompanying notes.

7574

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in thousands)

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

65,090

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Depreciation

 

39,116

 

39,880

 

39,998

Amortization of intangible assets

 

1,171

 

2,610

 

2,404

Equity compensation expense

 

7,620

 

7,327

 

6,413

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

384

 

424

 

431

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

431

 

970

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(1,973)

 

2,927

 

1,817

Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Receivables, net

 

10,271

 

(1,560)

 

(8,270)

Inventories, net

 

8,187

 

(36,518)

 

19,504

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

606

 

5,848

 

(10,479)

Current liabilities

 

(14,282)

 

5,081

 

1,287

Other non-current assets, net

(283,335)

2,286

(642)

Other non-current liabilities

285,237

811

1,040

Cash provided by operating activities

$

121,926

$

96,377

$

118,593

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

(354)

 

(15,529)

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(37,421)

 

(37,043)

 

(38,748)

Cash used in investing activities

$

(37,421)

$

(37,397)

$

(54,277)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Repayment of revolving credit arrangements

 

(122,241)

 

(290,526)

 

(295,326)

Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements

 

109,248

 

257,710

 

249,625

Deferred financing costs paid

(952)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

1,639

 

1,456

 

1,383

Repurchase of equity awards for employee tax withholding liabilities

 

(2,728)

 

(2,351)

 

(2,206)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

(25,215)

 

(23,054)

 

(18,188)

Other financing activities

 

(1,049)

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

$

(41,298)

$

(56,765)

$

(64,712)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

$

43,207

$

2,215

$

(396)

Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents

 

926

 

(231)

 

407

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 

8,327

 

6,343

 

6,332

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

$

52,460

$

8,327

$

6,343

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net earnings (loss)

$

165,735

$

131,321

$

(95,692)

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash flows from operating activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Depreciation

 

41,503

 

39,062

 

38,975

Amortization of intangible assets

 

6,102

 

880

 

1,111

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

60,452

Impairment of property and equipment

1,430

1,656

19,828

Equity compensation expense

 

10,577

 

8,186

 

7,755

Gain on sale of investment in unconsolidated entity

(11,586)

Gain on sale of property and equipment

(600)

(2,669)

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

344

 

344

 

344

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

1,188

 

593

Deferred income taxes

 

(1,867)

 

4,054

 

(18,332)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and dispositions:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Receivables, net

 

(1,966)

 

(15)

 

28,406

Inventories, net

 

(78,966)

 

5,378

 

29,355

Income tax receivable

288

(1,753)

(17,113)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(12,793)

 

(889)

 

5,087

Current liabilities

 

8,635

 

27,585

 

17,611

Other non-current assets, net

14,233

37,534

53,819

Other non-current liabilities

(27,045)

(42,270)

(48,349)

Cash provided by operating activities

$

125,610

$

198,006

$

83,850

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

(263,648)

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(46,668)

 

(31,894)

 

(28,924)

Purchases of short-term investments

(70,000)

(165,000)

Proceeds from short-term investments

234,852

Proceeds from sale of investment in unconsolidated entity

14,586

Other investing activities

 

(6,283)

 

736

 

(5,727)

Cash used in investing activities

$

(151,747)

$

(181,572)

$

(34,651)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Repayment of revolving credit arrangements

 

(145,894)

 

 

(280,963)

Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements

 

264,905

 

 

280,963

Repurchase of common stock

(91,674)

(8,359)

(18,053)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

1,599

 

1,452

 

1,378

Repurchase of equity awards for employee tax withholding liabilities

 

(3,166)

 

(2,983)

 

(1,870)

Cash dividends paid

 

(35,287)

 

(27,536)

 

(16,844)

Other financing activities

 

(2,010)

 

(749)

 

(459)

Cash used in financing activities

$

(11,527)

$

(38,175)

$

(35,848)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

$

(37,664)

$

(21,741)

$

13,351

Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents

 

1,631

 

587

 

202

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 

44,859

 

66,013

 

52,460

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

$

8,826

$

44,859

$

66,013

See accompanying notes.

7675

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

February 1, 2020January 28, 2023

Note 1. Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

PrincipalDescription of Business Activity

We are a globalleading branded apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer®, Johnny Was®, Southern Tide®, The Beaufort Bonnet Company® and Southern Tide®Duck Head® lifestyle brands and other owned and licensed brands as well as private label apparel products.brands. We distribute our owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel,channels, consisting of our brand specific full-price retail stores, e-commerce websites and e-commerce sites,outlet stores, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes sales to various specialty stores, Signature Stores, better department stores, specialty stores, multi-branded e-commerce retailerswebsites and other retailers. Additionally, we operate Tommy Bahama restaurants,food and beverage locations, including Marlin Bars and full-service restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location. Our brandedstore.

On September 19, 2022, we acquired the Johnny Was lifestyle apparel brand and private label apparel products ofits related assets and operations, which is discussed in further detail in Note 12. Also, in Fiscal 2021, we exited our Lanier Apparel are distributed through department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, specialty stores, specialty catalogs, multi-branded e-commerce retailersbusiness, as discussed in Note 11. Additionally, refer to Note 2 for certain financial information about the Johnny Was and Lanier Apparel operating groups.

Recent Macroeconomic Conditions

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant effect on overall economic conditions and our operations in recent years and accelerated or exacerbated many of the changes in the industry. In Fiscal 2021, the economic environment improved significantly with a rebound in retail traffic starting in March 2021 and other retailers.improvements as the year progressed, although certain stores were closed for portions of Fiscal 2021, particularly in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2021. This exceptionally strong consumer demand, along with the strength of our brands, resulted in record earnings for us during both Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022. The strong earnings in recent periods are despite certain challenges in the retail apparel market, including labor shortages, supply chain disruptions and product and operating cost increases in Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022. We, as well as others in our industry, have increased prices to attempt to offset inflationary pressures.

Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on other industries due, in part, to apparel purchases often being more of a discretionary purchase. The current macroenvironment, with heightened concerns about inflation, a global economic recession, geopolitical issues, the stability of the U.S. banking system, the availability and cost of credit and continued increases in interest rates, is creating a complex and challenging retail environment, which may impact our businesses and exacerbate some of the inherent challenges to our operations. There remains significant uncertainty in the macroeconomic environment, and the impact of these and other factors could have a major effect on our businesses.

Fiscal Year

We operate and report on a 52/53 week53-week fiscal year. Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31.31 and is designated by the calendar year in which the fiscal year commences. As used in our consolidated financial statements, the terms Fiscal 2017,2020, Fiscal 2018,2021, Fiscal 20192022 and Fiscal 20202023 reflect the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2018; 52 weeks ended February 2, 2019;January 30, 2021; 52 weeks ended February 1, 2020 andJanuary 29, 2022; 52 weeks ended January 28, 2023; and 53 weeks ending January 30, 2021,February 3, 2024, respectively.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or variable interest entities for which we are the primary beneficiary.beneficiary, if any. Generally, we consolidate businesses that in which

76

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

we controlhave a controlling financial interest which may be evidenced through ownership of a majority voting interest. Additionally, there are situations in which consolidation is required even though the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a majority voting interest) does not apply. In determining whether a controlling financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well asor other rights of the investors which might indicate which investor isthat we are the primary beneficiary.beneficiary of the entity. The primary beneficiary has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity.

We account for investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control via voting rights and were determined to not be the primary beneficiary, using the equity method of accounting. Generally, we determine that we exercise significant influence over a corporation or a limited liability company when we own 20% or more or 3% or more, respectively, of the voting interests unless the facts and circumstances of that investment do not indicate that we have the ability to exhibit significant influence. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions to, distributions from and share of income or losses of the entity. Investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets, while the income or loss related to investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations.

All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Business Combinations

The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of an acquisition based on their estimated fair values.values pursuant to the acquisition method of accounting. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the

77

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors.factors, many of which involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Additionally, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired as part of a business combination generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of the acquired inventories, resulting in an inventory step-up to fair value at acquisition, which would be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations as the acquired inventory is sold. The

Our estimates of the purchase price allocation of a business combination may be revised during an allocationa measurement period as necessary when, and if, information becomes available to revise the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Actual fair values ultimately assigned to the acquired assets and liabilities when final information is available may materially differ from our preliminary estimates during the measurement period. The allocation period willmay not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that an adjustment to the purchase price allocation is appropriate, that adjustment will be included in our consolidated statements of operations. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated statements of operations from the respective dates of the acquisitions. Transaction costs related to business combinations are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations as incurred.

Refer to Note 12 for information related to the Fiscal 2022 acquisition of Johnny Was, including disclosures about the allocation of the preliminary purchase price to the estimated fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities.

Revenue Recognition and Receivables

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance,Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, including our retail store, e-commerce and food and beverage operations, and wholesale sales, as revised through supplemental guidance,well as royalty income, which provided a single, comprehensive accounting model for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under the new guidance, which we adopted asis included in royalties and other income in our consolidated statements of the first day of Fiscal 2018, revenueoperations. Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received for those goods and services pursuant to a five-step approach: (1) identify the contracts with the customer; (2) identify the separate performance obligations in the contracts; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to separate performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, each performance obligation is satisfied. This new revenue recognition guidance superseded most of the prior revenue recognition guidance, which generally specified that revenue should be recognized when risks and rewards transfer to a customer.

At adoption in Fiscal 2018, we used the modified retrospective method, applying the guidance only to contracts that were not completed prior to Fiscal 2018. There was no adjustment to retained earnings for the cumulative effect of applying the guidance upon adoption as there was no change in the timing or amount of revenue recognition for any of our revenue streams. Our accounting policies and practices for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019, pursuant to the new guidance, are discussed below, followed by a brief description of our historical accounting policies and practices for Fiscal 2017, pursuant to the prior revenue recognition guidance.

Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, including our retail store, e-commerce and restaurant operations, and wholesale sales, as well as royalty income, which is included in royalties and other income in our consolidated statements of operations. The table below quantifies the amount of net sales by distribution channel (in thousands) for each period presented.

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

    

2018

    

2017

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Retail

$

440,803

$

439,556

$

427,439

$

552,696

$

443,015

$

202,071

E-commerce

 

262,283

 

239,034

 

205,475

 

465,446

 

369,300

 

323,900

Restaurant

 

83,836

 

84,530

 

83,900

Food & beverage

 

109,225

 

96,244

 

48,428

Wholesale

 

333,986

 

341,615

 

366,123

 

281,938

 

231,536

 

173,209

Other

 

1,882

 

2,731

 

3,274

 

2,223

 

1,984

 

1,225

Net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,086,211

$

1,411,528

$

1,142,079

$

748,833

Pursuant to the new revenue recognition guidance, we77

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

We recognize revenue when performance obligations under the terms of the contracts with our customers are satisfied. Our performance obligationssatisfied, which generally consist of deliveringoccurs when we deliver our products to our direct to consumer and wholesale customers. Control of the product is generally transferred upon providing the product to consumers in our bricks and mortar retail stores and restaurants,food and beverage locations, upon physical delivery of the products to consumers in our e-commerce operations and upon shipment from theour distribution center to customers in our wholesale operations. Once control is transferred to the customer, we have completed our performance obligations related to the contract and have an unconditional right to consideration for the products sold as outlined in the contract.

78

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Our receivables resulting from contracts with customers in our direct to consumer operations are generally collected within a few days, upon settlement of the credit card transaction. Ourtransaction, while our receivables resulting from contracts with our customers in our wholesale operations are generally due within one quarter, in accordance with established credit terms. All of our performance obligations under the terms of our contracts with customers in our direct to consumer and wholesale operations have an expected original duration of one year or less. We only recognize revenue to the extent that it is probable that we will not have a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. Our revenue, including any freight income, is recognized net of applicable taxes in our consolidated statements of operations.

In our direct to consumer operations, consumers have certain rights to return product within a specified period and are eligible for certain point of sale discounts,discounts; thus retail store, e-commerce and restaurantfood and beverage revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as applicable. The sales return allowance is based on historical direct to consumer return rates and current trends and is recognized on a gross basis as a return liability for the amount of sales estimated to be returned and a return asset for the right to recover the product estimated to be returned by the customer. The value of inventory associated with a right to recover the goods returned in our direct to consumer operations areis included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. The changes in the return liability are recognized in net sales and the changes in the return asset are recognized in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statements of operations. An estimated sales return liability of $12 million and $11 million for expected direct to consumer returns is classified in accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, respectively.

In the ordinary course of our wholesale operations, we offer discounts, allowances and cooperative advertising support to some of our wholesale customers for certain products. Some of these arrangements are written agreements, while others may be implied by customary practices or expectations in the industry. As certain allowances, other deductions and returns are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts, allowances and returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to ultimately receive. We only recognize revenue to the extent that it is probable that we will not have a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal or program results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns, allowances and operational chargebacks as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of operations and as a reduction to receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets, with the estimated value of inventory expected to be returned in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. As of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019,January 29, 2022, reserve balances recorded as a reduction to wholesale receivables related to these items were $9$4 million and $7$3 million, respectively.

We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial capacity and condition, usually without requiring collateral. In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserveprovision for bad debtcredit losses is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are ultimately written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all otherour wholesale customer receivable amounts not specifically provided for, we recognize estimated reservesprovisions for bad debtscredit losses, using the current expected loss model based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions, and anticipated trends eachand the risk characteristics of the receivables. Provisions for credit loss expense, which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. We include such charges and write-offsincluded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations, for Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and asFiscal 2020 were a reduction to receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets. Ascredit of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, our bad debt reserve balance wasless than $1 million.

In addition to trade and other receivables, income tax receivablesmillion, a credit of $1 million and $1a charge of $4 million, and tenant allowances due from landlord of $1 million and $0 million are included in receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheet, as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively. Substantially all other amounts recognized in receivables, net represent receivables related to contracts with customers. As of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, prepaid expenses and other current assets included $3 million and $2 million, respectively, representing the estimated value of inventory for wholesale and direct to consumer sales returns. An estimated sales return liability of $3 million for expected direct to consumer returns is classified in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019. We did not have any significant contract assets related to contracts

7978

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

while write-offs of credit losses for Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 were less than $1 million, less than $1 million and $2 million, respectively. As of both January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheet included a provision for credit losses related to trade receivables of $1 million.

In addition to trade receivables, tenant allowances due from landlord of $2 million and $1 million are included in receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheet, as of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, respectively. Substantially all other amounts recognized in receivables, net represent trade receivables related to contracts with customers, including receivables from wholesale customers, credit card receivables related to our direct to consumer operations, and receivables from licensing partners. As of both January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, prepaid expenses and other current assets included $4 million representing the estimated value of inventory for expected direct to consumer and wholesale sales returns in the aggregate. We did not have any significant contract assets related to contracts with customers, other than trade receivables and the value of inventory associated with reserves for expected sales returns, as of February 1, 2020 or February 2, 2019.January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022.

In addition to our estimated expected return amounts, our contract liabilities related to contracts with our customers include gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us which do not have an expiration date, butas well as unredeemed loyalty program award points. Gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us are redeemable on demand by the holder, of the card.do not have an expiration date and do not incur administrative fees. Historically, substantially all gift cards and merchandise credits are redeemed within one year of issuance. Gift cards and merchandise credits are recorded as a liability until our performance obligation is satisfied, which occurs when redeemed by the consumer, at which point revenue is recognized. However, we recognize estimated breakage income for certain gift cards and merchandise credits using the redemption recognition method, subject to applicable laws in certain states. Contract liabilities for gift cards purchased by consumers and merchandise credits received by customers but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized to date, is included in other accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $12$19 million and $16 million as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019.January 29, 2022, respectively. Gift card breakage income, which is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of operations, was $2 million, $0 million and $1 million in each of Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017, respectively.2020.

In Fiscal 2021, each of our brands in our Emerging Brands operating group initiated brand specific loyalty award programs. These programs allow consumers to earn loyalty points associated with the brand. These programs are primarily spend-based loyalty programs, with varying terms and conditions for each respective brand’s program. The consumer earns points which, depending on the program, allows the consumer to (1) achieve a specified status with the brand, which provides the consumer with benefits, such as early access to events, free shipping or other benefits, for a specified period, and/or (2) earn a monetary reward by accumulating loyalty points that can be redeemed in association with future purchases from the brand. As loyalty points are earned, we defer revenue, based on the estimated fair value of the loyalty points, with a corresponding liability in accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The loyalty points liability is generally recognized as revenue when the loyalty points are redeemed or expire. Deferred revenue associated with the loyalty programs totaled $1 million as of both January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022.

Royalties from the license of our owned brands which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensee’s actual net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recognized over the periodtime that licensees are provided access to utilize our trademarks (i.e. symbolic intellectual property) and benefit from such access through their sales.sales of licensed products. Payments are generally due quarterly, and depending on time of receipt, may be recorded as a liability until recognized as revenue. Royalty income is based upon the contractually guaranteed minimum royalty obligations and adjusted as sales data, or estimates thereof, is received from licensees.licensees, when the related royalties based on a percentage of the licensee’s sales exceed the contractually determined minimum royalty amount. Royalty income, which is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations, were $15$22 million, $14$18 million and $14 million during Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017,2020, respectively.

During Fiscal 2017, pursuant to the previous revenue recognition guidance, we considered revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria were met: (1) persuasive evidence79

Table of an agreement existed, (2) delivery had occurred, (3) our price to the buyer was fixed or determinable and (4) collectability was reasonably assured. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues were recognized at the time of sale to consumers, which was at the time of purchase for retail and restaurant transactions and the time of delivery to consumers for e-commerce sales. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues were recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as applicable. In Fiscal 2017, for substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products were considered sold and delivered at the time of shipment from our distribution center and recorded net of related discounts, cooperative advertising support, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions were not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have had occurred yet, we estimated such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis.Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Cost of Goods Sold

We include in cost of goods sold all(1) the cost paid to the suppliers for the acquired product, (2) sourcing, procurement and other costs incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, as well asand (3) freight from our warehousedistribution facilities to our own retail stores, e-commerce consumers and wholesale customers and e-commerce consumers.customers. The costs prior to receipt at our distribution facilities include product cost, inbound freight charges, duties and other import costs, purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, insurance, duties, brokers’ fees, consolidators’ fees, insurance, direct labor, and depreciation and amortization expense associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement operations. We generally classify amounts billed to customers for freight in net sales and classify freight costs for shipments to customers in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statements of operations.

Our gross profit and gross marginsmargin may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.

80

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

SG&A

We include in SG&A costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and all costs associated with the operations of our e-commerce sites, retail stores, e-commerce sites, restaurantsfood and beverage locations and concessions, such as labor, lease commitments and other occupancy costs, store and restaurantdirect to consumer location pre-opening costs (including rent, marketing, store set-up costs and training expenses), depreciation and other fees.amounts. SG&A also includes product design costs, selling costs, royalty expense, provision for credit losses, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, supplies, travel, other general and administrative expenses, our corporate overhead costs and amortization of intangible assets.

Distribution network costs, including costs associated with preparing goods to ship to customers and our costs to operate our distribution facilities, are included as a component of SG&A. We consider distribution network costs to be the costs associated with operating our distribution centers, as well as the costs paid to third parties who perform those services for us. In Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017,2020, distribution network costs included in SG&A totaled $30$36 million, $28$28 million and $25$26 million, respectively.

All costs associated with advertising, promotion and marketing of our products are expensed in SG&A during the period when the advertisement is first shown. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to our wholesale customers’ advertising and promotional funds are generally recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized.sales. Advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, recognized in SG&A, includingexcluding employment costs for our advertising and marketing employees, for Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 20172020 were $82 million, $60 million $64 million and $55$50 million, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotion and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019January 29, 2022 were $5 million.$6 million and $4 million, respectively.

Royalty expense related to our license of third party brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of our actual net sales for the brandlicensed product or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon theany guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted based on our net sales of the licensed products, as appropriate. In some cases, we may be required to make certain up-front payments for the license rights, which are deferred and recognized as royalty expense over the term of the license agreement. Royalty expenses recognized as SG&A in Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 20172020 were $7$4 million, $6 million and $6 million, respectively. As of January 28, 2023, we do not have any royalty agreements with material guaranteed minimum royalty amounts for future periods as future royalty amounts are generally dependent on our future sales of the specified licensed products.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows. As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, our cash and cash equivalents included $45$1 million and $37 million, respectively, of amounts invested in money market funds.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

During Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, cash paid for income taxes was $17 million, $14 million and $21 million, respectively. During Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, cash paid for interest, net of interest income was $1 million, $2 million and $3 million, respectively. Non-cash investing activities included capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid, which were included in accounts payable in our consolidated balances sheets, of $3 million, $2 million and $1 million as of Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, respectively. Additionally, during Fiscal 2019, we recorded a non-cash net change in operating lease assets and corresponding operating lease liability amounts of $40 million related to new, modified and terminated operating lease amounts.fund investments.

8180

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, cash paid for income taxes was $56 million, $34 million and $6 million, respectively. During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, cash paid for interest, net of interest income was $3 million, $1 million and $2 million, respectively. Non-cash investing activities included capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid at period end, which were included in accounts payable in our consolidated balances sheets, of $3 million, $3 million and $1 million as of Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, respectively. Additionally, during Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we recorded a non-cash net increase in operating lease assets and corresponding operating lease liability amounts of $47 million, $18 million and $2 million, respectively, related to the net impact of new, modified and terminated operating lease amounts, excluding any operating lease amounts recognized in the opening balance sheet of an acquired business.

Short-Term Investments

As of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, we had $0 million and $165 million, respectively, of short-term investments on our consolidated balance sheet, generally consisting of highly liquid corporate and U.S. Treasury securities, which were expected to be liquidated within one year. We classify these short-term investments as trading securities, and accordingly, the investments are recorded at fair value, based on Level 1 measurements, with the gains or losses recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in royalties and other income.

Inventories, net

Substantially all of our inventories are finished goods inventories of apparel, accessories footwear and other related products. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.

For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory at least quarterly. In performing this evaluation, we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior-seasons’ fashion products, broken assortments, discontinued products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to expected sales. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. Asnecessary based on various assumptions about the amountamounts we ultimately expect to be ultimately realizedrealize for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must use certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, general economic conditions and our anticipated plans and costs to sell the inventory.inventories. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last physical inventory count and each balance sheet date.

For consolidated financial reporting, as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019, $145 million, or 95%, and $150January 29, 2022, $204 million, or 93%, and $103 million, or 88%, respectively, of our inventories were valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting our LIFO accounting reserve. The remaining $7$16 million and $11$14 million of our inventories were valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019,January 29, 2022, respectively. Generally, for consolidated financial reporting, inventories of our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market, and our inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. Our LIFO reserves are based on the estimated Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also includes changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting.reserves. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respectiveour operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 2.

There were no LIFO inventory layer liquidations that had a material impact on our net earnings in Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 or Fiscal 2017.2020. As of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019,January 29, 2022, the LIFO reserve included in our consolidated balance sheets were $63sheet was $76 million and $62$69 million, respectively.

81

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance and assets under capital leases, if any, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are charged to our consolidated statements of operations as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Leasehold improvements

    

Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology

 

2 – 15 years

Buildings and improvements

 

7 – 40 years

Property and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. Events that would typically resultrecoverable, as discussed in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful lifeImpairment of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased retail store or restaurant location, the discontinued use of an assetLong-Lived Assets, other than Goodwill and other factors. This review includes the

82

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

evaluation of any under-performing stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the store. If the estimated fair value of the property and equipment, utilizing the age-life method, is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value.Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives below.

Substantially all of our depreciation expense is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations, withoperations. Cost of goods sold includes the only depreciation included elsewhere within our consolidated statements of operations is depreciation associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement processes, which is included in cost of goods sold. During Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, $1 million of property and equipment impairment charges were recognized in each period in SG&A primarily related to retail store assets and information technology assets.operations. Depreciation expense as disclosed in our consolidated statements of cash flows and Note 2 includes theany property and equipment impairment charges.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, as well as customer relationships and reacquired rights and customer relationships.rights. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations,Additionally, at acquisition we must determine whether the intangible asset has an indefinite or finite life and account for it accordingly. Refer to Note 4 for additional details about intangible assets.

Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a business exceeds the fair value of identified tangible and intangible assets acquired, net of assumed liabilities. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination depends on the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. As of January 28, 2023, substantially all of our goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet, including the goodwill of Johnny Was, is deductible for income tax purposes. Refer to Note 4 for additional information about our goodwill amounts.

At acquisition, as well as any subsequent impairment tests, assumptions and estimates about various items with significant uncertainty are dependent upon a numberrequired to determine the fair value of uncertain factors,intangible assets and goodwill. When determining the fair value of intangible assets, including trademarks, customer relationships and other items, significant assumptions may include a discounted cash flow analysisour planned use of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimateas well as estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks, a risk-adjusted, market-basedmarket based cost of capital asfor the discount rate. Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognized intangible assets are generally expensed as incurred.rates and income tax rates, among other factors. Our fair value assessment may also consider any comparable market transactions.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which consistprimarily consists of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzertrademarks, and Southern Tide trademarks,goodwill are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset or goodwill might be impaired. The evaluation ofThis analysis is typically similar to the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. Like the initial valuation, the evaluation of recoverability isperformed at acquisition and dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, which require certain assumptions to be made by us, including estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors.

those used in the initial valuation at acquisition as listed above. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset or goodwill is impaired as a basis for determiningto determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment entirely for any indefinite-lived intangible asset or

82

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

goodwill in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. Bypassing the qualitative assessment in any period does not prohibit us from performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.

We test, either quantitatively or qualitatively, intangible assets with an indefinite liveslife and goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist at that interim date. For each impairment test of intangible assets with an indefinite life and goodwill in Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we bypassed the qualitative test option and instead performed a quantitative test.

If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of a trademarkan intangible asset with an indefinite useful life or goodwill, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset. NaNasset for an intangible asset with an indefinite life or the reporting unit for goodwill. An impairment of charge related to our Southern Tide intangible assets with an indefinite liveslife totaling $18 million and goodwill of $43 million, which are included in the Emerging Brands operating group, was recognized in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020.There were no other impairment charges during any period presented.Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 or Fiscal 2020.

We recognize amortization of intangibleIntangible assets with finite lives which primarily consist of certain owned trademarks of The Beaufort Bonnet Company, which we refer to as TBBC, and Lanier Apparel, reacquired rights and customer relationships, certain trademarks and reacquired rights. These assets are amortized over the estimated useful life of the related intangible asset using the straight line method or a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise realized.realized or the straight line method. Certain of our intangible assets with finite lives may be amortized over periods of up to 20 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization considers our plans for the intangible assets, the remaining contractual period of the reacquired right, and factors that may be outside of our control, including expected customer attrition.

83

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Amortization of intangible assets is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed periodically for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows resulting from therecoverable, as discussed below under Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, other than Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives.

Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognized intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. NaN impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during any period presented.

Goodwill, net

Goodwill is recognizedgenerally expensed as the amount by which the cost to acquire a business exceeds the fair value of identified tangible and intangible assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.

We test, either qualitatively or quantitatively, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or when impairment indicators exist. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to determine if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying reporting unit using fair value techniques, which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal, as well as consideration of any market comparable transactions. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, an estimate of the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate, income tax rates and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.

If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements. NaN impairment of goodwill was recognized during any period presented.

All goodwill for the Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and TBBC reporting units is deductible for income tax purposes, while the majority of the goodwill included in the balance sheet for Southern Tide reporting unit is deductible for income tax purposes.incurred.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net

Amounts included in prepaid expenses and other current assets primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses, including advertising, taxes,subscriptions, maintenance and other services contracts, royalties,advertising, insurance, samples and retaildirect to consumer supplies as well as the estimated value of inventory for anticipated wholesale and direct to consumer and wholesale sales returns. Other non-current assets primarily consist of assets set aside for potential liabilities related to our deferred compensation plan, as discussed below,equity investments in unconsolidated entities, assets related to certain investments in officers’ life insurance policies, security deposits and amounts placed into escrow accounts, deferred financing costs related to our revolving credit agreement,and non-current deferred tax assets and investments in unconsolidated entities.assets.

Officers’ life insurance policies that are owned by us, substantially all of which are included in other non-current assets, net, are recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. As of February 1,

84

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2020both January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019,January 29, 2022, officers’ life insurance policies, net, recorded in our consolidated balance sheets totaled $4 million.

Deferred financing costs for our revolving credit agreementsagreement are included in other non-current assets, net in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred financing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method over the term of the related debt. Amortization of deferred financing costs is included in interest expensesexpense in our consolidated statements of operations. Unamortized deferred financing costs included in other non-current assets, net totaled $2 million and $1 million at February 1, 2020as of both January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019, respectively.January 29, 2022.

83

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Deferred Compensation

We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of highly compensated employees and our non-employee directors. The plan provides participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched by us in accordance with the terms of the plan. We make contributions to rabbi trusts or other investments to provide a source of funds for satisfying these deferred compensation liabilities. Investments held for our deferred compensation plan consist of insurance contracts and are recorded based on valuations which generally incorporate unobservable factors. A changeRealized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in the value of the underlying assets would substantially be offset by a changeSG&A in the liability to the participant resulting in an immaterial net impact on our consolidated financial statements.statements of operations and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. These securities approximate the participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.

The total value of the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities substantiallyas of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022 was $16 million and $17 million, respectively. Substantially all of whichthese amounts are held in a rabbi trust and included in other non-current assets, net as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019 was $15 million and $13 million, respectively, substantially all of which are held in a rabbi trust.our consolidated balance sheet. Substantially all the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities are life insurance policies recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $15 million and $13$17 million at February 1,January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, respectively.

Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Entities

We account for equity investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control via voting rights and were determined to not be the primary beneficiary of, using the equity method of accounting. Generally, we determine that we exercise significant influence over a corporation or a limited liability company when we own 20% or more or 3% or more, respectively, of the voting interests, unless the facts and circumstances of that investment indicate that we do not have the ability to exhibit significant influence. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions to, distributions from and share of income or losses of the entity. We account for equity investments in which we do not control or exercise significant influence using the fair value method of accounting unless there is not a readily determinable fair value for the equity investment. If there is no readily determinable fair value for such equity investment, we account for the equity investment using the alternative measurement method of cost adjusted for impairment and any identified observable price changes of the investment.

Equity investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, fair value method of accounting, or alternative measurement method are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets, while the income or loss related to such investments is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations. During Fiscal 2022, we paid $8 million for equity investments in entities accounted for using the equity method of accounting. During Fiscal 2020, we paid $6 million, in the aggregate, for equity investments in entities accounted for using either the equity method of accounting or the alternative measurement method. These payments in Fiscal 2022 and February 2, 2019,Fiscal 2020 are included in other investing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

As of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, our consolidated balance sheet included equity investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, fair value and alternative measurement method totaling, in the aggregate, $11 million and $3 million, respectively. The equity investments in unconsolidated entities included in our consolidated balance sheet represents substantially all of our exposure or loss related to these investments, as there are no meaningful obligations to fund additional amounts or losses related to these investments. These investments include (1) our minority ownership interest in a property in Indian Wells, California that will be converted into the Tommy

84

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Bahama Miramonte Resort and Spa during Fiscal 2023, and (2) our minority ownership interests in smaller apparel lifestyle brands, in which we generally have an ownership interest of approximately 10% as of January 28, 2023. During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 we recognized amounts related to these investments in royalties and other income of a loss of $1 million, income of $12 million and a loss of less than $1 million, respectively. In Fiscal 2021, our minority ownership interests in an unconsolidated entity was redeemed upon that entity consummating a change in control transaction, resulting in proceeds to us of $15 million and a gain on sale of $12 million.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, other than Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives

We assess our long-lived assets other than goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be fully recoverable. This recoverability and impairment assessment is performed for a specific asset or asset group and includes any property and equipment, operating lease assets, intangible assets with finite lives and other non-current assets included in the asset group. Events that would typically result in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful life of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased direct to consumer location, the decision to vacate a leased space before lease expiration, the abandonment of an asset or other factors. These events may also result in a change in the determination of the assets included in an asset group for impairment testing. To analyze recoverability, we consider undiscounted net future cash flows over the remaining life of the asset or asset group. If the amounts are determined to not be recoverable an impairment is recognized resulting in the write-down of the asset or asset group and a corresponding charge to our consolidated statements of operations. Impairment losses are measured based on the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the assets. For any assets impaired during Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, there was no significant fair value at the date of impairment testing.

During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we recognized $1 million, $2 million and $20 million, respectively, of property and equipment impairment charges, which were primarily included in SG&A. During Fiscal 2020, these charges primarily related to a $15 million write-off of previously capitalized costs associated with a Tommy Bahama information technology project that was abandoned in Fiscal 2020, $2 million of charges related to retail store assets due to retail store closures in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, $1 million of charges related to office leasehold improvements resulting from the Lanier Apparel exit and $1 million of charges related to office leasehold improvements associated with the 2020 restructuring of Tommy Bahama’s international sourcing operations.

During Fiscal 2022, we did not recognize any operating lease asset impairment charges. During Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we recognized $5 million and $4 million, respectively, of operating lease asset impairment charges, which were primarily included in SG&A. During Fiscal 2021, these charges primarily related to our Tommy Bahama New York office and showroom lease, which was vacated in Fiscal 2021 and provides the landlord the ongoing right to terminate the lease. During Fiscal 2020, these charges primarily related to $3 million of charges related to certain office leases resulting from the Lanier Apparel exit and $1 million of charges related to an office lease associated with the 2020 restructuring of Tommy Bahama’s international sourcing operations.

As disclosed in Note 4, we recognized an impairment charge of less than $1 million of an intangible asset with a finite life in Lanier Apparel in Fiscal 2020. No impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021.

Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Liabilities for accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses and other liabilities are carried at cost, which reflectsapproximates the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for goods and services received, whether or not billed to us as of the balance sheet date. Accruals for employeemedical insurance and workers’ compensation, which are included in other accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical trends.

85

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Legal and Other Contingencies

We are subject to certain litigation, claims and assessments in the ordinary course of business. The claims and assessments may relate, among other things, to disputes about trademarks and other intellectual property, employee relations matters, real estate, and contracts, as well as labor, employment, environmental, customs and tax matters.licensing arrangements, importing or exporting regulations, product safety requirements, taxation or other topics. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in other accrued expenses and other liabilities or other non-current liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the estimated loss and related expenses, such as legal fees. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome or amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes available or as circumstances change, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly. Additionally, for any potential gain contingencies, we do not recognize the gain until the period that all contingencies have been resolved and the amounts are realizable. We believe the outcome of

85

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

outstanding or pending matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on information currently available.

In connection with acquisitions, we may enter into contingent consideration arrangements, which provide for the payment of additional purchase price consideration to the sellers if certain performance criteria are achieved during a specified period. We recognize the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. Each of these assumptions may involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. A change in assumptions related to contingent consideration amounts could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value of the contingent consideration is recognized in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.

A change in the fair value of contingent consideration of less than $1 million and $1 million associated with the 2017 acquisition of TBBC was recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in Fiscal 20192021 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, with 0 such amounts recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in Fiscal 2017.2020, respectively. As of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019 $1January 29, 2022, $0 million and $2 million, respectively, of contingent consideration related to the TBBC acquisition was recognized as a liability in our consolidated balance sheet,sheet. In the aggregate, $4 million was earned by the sellers pursuant to the four year contingent consideration arrangement, which ended on January 29, 2022, with the majorityfinal payment of those amounts included$2 million paid in other non-current liabilities.Fiscal 2022. One of the sellers of TBBC is an employee and continues to manage the operations of TBBC.

Other Non-current Liabilities

As of February 1, 2020, amountsAmounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation amounts. As of February 2, 2019, other non-current liabilities include $59 million of deferred rentamounts and tenant improvement allowance amounts related to our operating lease agreements, which were reclassified as operating lease assets in Fiscal 2019 upon the adoption of the new lease accounting guidance.uncertain tax positions.

Leases

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into real estate lease agreements for our direct to consumer locations, which include both retail and food and beverage locations, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain equipment. Our real estate leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement at our discretion, among other terms and conditions.provisions. Our real estate lease terms are typically for a period of ten years or less and typically require monthly rent payments with specified rent escalations periodically during the lease term. Our real estate leases usually provide for payments of our pro rata share of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property, and certain of our leases require payment of sales taxes on rental payments. Our retail and restaurantAlso, our direct to consumer location leases often provide for contingent rent payments based on sales if certain sales thresholds are achieved. For many of our real estate lease agreements, we obtain lease incentives from the landlord for tenant improvement or other allowances. Our lease agreements do not include any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive financial covenants.

Substantially all of our leases are classified as long-term operating leases, which prior to Fiscal 2019 were not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. When a non-cancelable long-term operating lease includes fixed escalation clauses or lease incentives for rent holidays, rent expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the space and assumes that any termination options or renewal options included in the lease will not be exercised. Contingent rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels and rental payment increases based on a contingent future event as well as lease-related payments for real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance and other operating expenses are recognized as the expense is incurred. Prior to Fiscal 2019, the difference between the rent payable under the lease and the amount recognized on a straight-line basis was recorded in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, with the exception of certain amounts recognized in other accrued expenses and liabilities. Also, any tenant improvement allowance amounts received from the landlord are deferred and, prior to Fiscal 2019, were recognized in other non-

86

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

value guarantees or material restrictive financial covenants. Substantially all of our leases are classified as long-term operating leases.

For our leases, we recognize operating lease liabilities equal to our obligation to make lease payments arising from the leases on a discounted basis and operating lease assets which represent our right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for a lease term. Operating lease liabilities, which are included in current portion of operating lease liabilities and non-current portion of operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The tenant improvement allowances are then recognized in our consolidated statements of operations as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease agreement on a straight-line basis. Deferred rent in our consolidated balance sheets, including tenant improvement allowances and all amounts in non-current and current liabilities, as of February 2, 2019 was $61 million.

Pursuant to the revised lease accounting guidance adopted at the beginning of Fiscal 2019, we determine if an arrangement is a lease at contract inception. Operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The significant judgments in calculating the present value of lease obligations include determining the lease term and lease payment amounts, which are dependent upon our assessment of the likelihood of exercising any renewal or termination options that are at our discretion, as well as the discount rate applied to the unpaidfuture lease payments. Pursuant to the newThe operating lease accounting guidance, operating leasesassets, which are included in operating lease assets current operating lease liabilities and non-current operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. The operating lease assetsheets, at commencement reflectsrepresent the amount of the operating lease liability reduced for any lease incentives, including tenant improvement allowances. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis overTypically, we do not include any renewal or termination options at our discretion in the underlying lease term whichat the time of lease commencement as the probability of exercise generally is consistent with the previous guidance.not reasonably certain. Variable rental payments for real estate taxes, sales taxes,tax, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent based on a percentage of net sales or adjusted periodically for inflation are not included in lease expense used to calculate the present value of lease obligations recognized in our consolidated balance sheet, but instead are recognized as incurred.

Lease expense for operating leases is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, even if there are fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives for rent holidays, or other similar items from the date that we take possession of the space. Substantially all of our lease expense is recognized in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.

We account for the underlying operating lease asset at the individual lease level. Typically, we do not include any renewal or termination options at our discretion in the underlying lease term as the probability of exercise is not reasonably certain at the time of lease commencement. The revised lease guidance requires us to discount unpaidfuture lease payments using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, our estimated incremental borrowing rate. As our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use an estimated incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the applicable commencement date, or as of February 3, 2019 for any leases in place at adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance.date. Our estimated incremental borrowing rate for a lease is the rate of interest we estimate we would have to pay on a collateralized basis over the lease term to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments. Finance leases

During the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, the FASB provided for an optional practical expedient that simplifies how a lessee accounts for rent concessions that are a direct consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic. The practical expedient only applies if a lease is modified to allow for a rental concession and (1) the revised consideration is substantially the same as, or less than, the original consideration in the lease agreement, (2) the reduction in lease payments relates to payments due on or before June 30, 2021, and (3) no other substantive changes have been made to the terms of the leases. The practical expedient provides that, if the above conditions are met for the lease agreement, the lessee is not materialrequired to assess whether the eligible rent concessions are lease modifications. We have elected to apply the practical expedient for all eligible lease modifications resulting in the rent concession being recorded as an adjustment to variable lease payments and recognized in our consolidated financial statements.statement of operations in that period. The amounts of concessions recognized immediately in our consolidated statement of operations pursuant to this practical expedient in Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 was $1 million and $4 million, respectively. For lease modifications that do not meet the criteria for the practical expedient, we account for the amendment and concession as a lease modification requiring lease remeasurement with the concession recognized as a reduction to the operating lease asset and recognized in our consolidated statements of operations over the remaining term of the respective lease agreement. The amount of concessions agreed to in Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 that were recognized as reductions of the operating lease asset and will be recognized in future periods over the remaining lease term as a reduction to rent expense was $3 million and $4 million, respectively. There were no concession amounts recognized immediately or initially recognized as reductions of the operating lease asset during Fiscal 2022 pursuant to this practical expedient.

87

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Foreign Currency

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk when we generate net sales or incur expenses in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective operations. The resulting assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the respective functional currency are re-measured into the respective functional currency at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are re-measured at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period. The impact of any such re-measurement is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in that period. Net losses (gains) included in our consolidated statements of operations related to foreign currency transactions recognized in Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 20172020 were $1$2 million, $0$1 million and $0 million, respectively.

Additionally, the financial statements of our operations for which the functional currency is a currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period for the statements of operations. The impact of such translation is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets and included in other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income resulting in no impact on net earnings for the relevant period. We view our foreign investments as long term, and we generally do not hedge such foreign investments.

As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from our businesses operating outside of the United States, which are primarily related to (1) our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada Australia and JapanAustralia purchasing goods in U.S. dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business and (2) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions. During Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and

87

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fiscal 20172020, we did not enter into and were not a party to any foreign currency exchange contracts intended to mitigate the risk associated with the foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to our business operations or for trading or speculative purposes.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments, if any, are measured at their fair values in our consolidated balance sheets. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. For any derivative financial instrument that is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting treatment and has not been settled as of period-end, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is recognized, to the extent the hedge relationship has been effective, as a component of comprehensive income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. For any financial instrument that is not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, or for any ineffective portion of a hedge, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is included in net earnings. Cash flows related to hedging transactions, if any, are classified in our consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of operations in the same category as the items hedged. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are recognized as prepaid expenses or accrued expenses, respectively. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.contracts.

Interest Rate Risk

WeAs all of our indebtedness is variable-rate debt, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on any variable-rate indebtedness under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.rates. If we have significant borrowings,determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than we believe is appropriate, we may attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt although at times all of our debt may be either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. At times we may enterby entering into interest rate swap arrangements related to certainarrangements. Our assessment of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate if we determine that ourappropriate levels of exposure to changes in interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessmentrates also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the significant seasonality of our business and cash flows, anticipated future cash flows and our expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. As of February 1,During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we aredid not enter into and were not a party to any interest rate swap agreements.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value, in accordance with GAAP, is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost). These valuation techniques may be based upon either observable andor unobservable inputs.

The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value pursuant to the guidance are as follows: (1) Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; (2) Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data; and (3) Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

Our financial instruments consist primarily of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, other liabilities and debt, if any. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash

88

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which include certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

As of January 28, 2023, our financial instruments consist primarily of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, other current liabilities and debt. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities generally approximate their fair values. The fair valuevalues of any cash and cash equivalents invested on an overnight basis in money market funds, isas well as short-term investments, are based upon the quoted prices in active markets provided by the holding financial institutions, which are considered Level 1 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Additionally, we believe the carrying amounts of our variable-rate borrowings, if any, approximate fair value.

We have determined that our operating lease assets, property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and operating leasecertain other non-current assets included in our consolidated balance sheets are non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. We have determined that our approaches for determining fair values of our property and equipment, intangibleeach of these non-current assets goodwill and operating lease assetsare generally are based on Level 3 inputs. Additionally, for any contingent consideration fair value amounts, we have determined that our approaches for determining fair value during the performance period are generally based on Level 3 inputs during the contingent consideration period.

In the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, in determining the $9 million fair value, and resulting carrying value, of the Southern Tide trade name in our interim impairment test, which utilized the relief from royalty valuation method, we used certain Level 3 inputs. The significant unobservable inputs used in determining the fair value of the Southern Tide trade name as of the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020 included: (a) a double-digit percentage decrease in sales for the remainder of Fiscal 2020 as compared to the comparable prior year sales amounts, reflecting the anticipated impact of the COVID-19 pandemic during the remainder of Fiscal 2020; a double-digit percentage increase for sales in Fiscal 2021, reflecting an anticipated partial recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic; and high single-digit percentage growth rates for sales subsequent to Fiscal 2021, with the growth rate in future periods ultimately decreasing to a low single-digit percentage in the long term, and (b) a required rate of return for the intangible asset of 13%.

Equity Compensation

We have certain equity compensation plans as described in Note 8, which provide for the ability to grant restricted shares, restricted share units, options and other equity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We recognize compensation expense related to equity awards to employees and non-employee directors in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations based on theirthe fair valuesvalue of the awards on the grant date. The fair valuesvalue of restricted sharesshare awards that are service and restricted share unitsperformance-based are determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, regardless of whether the awards are performance or service based.

We use thedate. The fair value methodof restricted share awards that are market-based (e.g. relative total shareholder return (“TSR”)) are determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation model, which models multiple TSR paths for our common stock as well as the comparator group, as applicable, to recognize compensation expense related to equity awards, with a corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital. evaluate and determine the estimated fair value of the restricted share award.

For awards with specified service requirements, the fair value of the equity awards granted to employees is recognized over the respectiverequisite service period. For performance-based awards (e.g. awards based on our earnings per share), during the performance period we assess expected performance versus the predetermined performance goals and adjust the cumulative equity compensation expense to reflect the relative expected performance achievement. The equity compensation expensefair value of the performance-based awards, if earned, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the aggregate performance period and any additional required service period. For market-based awards (e.g. TSR-based awards) with specified service requirements that are equal to or longer than the market-based specification period, the fair value of the awards granted to employees is recognized over the requisite service period, regardless of whether, and to the extent to which, the market condition is ultimately satisfied. The impact of stock award forfeitures on compensation expense is recognized at the time of forfeitforfeiture as no estimate of future stock award forfeitures is considered in our calculation of compensation expense.expense for our service-based, performance-based or market-based awards.

89

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive income consists of net earnings and specified components of other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes changes in assets and liabilities that are not included in net earnings pursuant to GAAP, such as foreign currency translation adjustments between the functional and reporting currencies and certain unrealized gains (losses), if any. For us, other comprehensive income for each period presented includesprimarily consists of the impact of the foreign currency translation impact of our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, Australia and Japan.international operations. These other comprehensive income (loss) amounts are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is included in shareholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheets. As of February 1, 2020, allJanuary 28, 2023, the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheet reflectprimarily consist of the net foreign currency translation adjustment related to our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada and Australia, while prior periods also included amounts related to our Tommy Bahama Japan operations as well.

During Fiscal 2019, we recognized a $1 million charge in our consolidated statement of operations that was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheet. This charge relates to foreign currency amounts associated with our investment and operations in Tommy Bahama Japan, which in Fiscal 2019 we decided to exit entirely after exiting a significant portion of the business in Fiscal 2018.Australia. No material amounts of accumulated other comprehensive loss were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into our consolidated statements of operations during Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 or Fiscal 2017.2020.

89

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Dividends

Dividends are accrued at the time declared by our Board of Directors and typically paid within the same fiscal quarter. Certain restricted share units, as described in Note 8, earn dividend equivalents which are accrued at the time of dividend declaration by the Board of Directors in accrued expenses and other liabilities, but only paid if the restricted share units are ultimately earned. Dividends accrued related to these restricted share units, which are included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet, were $1 million and less than $1 million, as of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, respectively.

Share Repurchases

From time to time, we may repurchase shares of our stock under an open market repurchase program or otherwise. We account for share repurchases for open market transactions by charging the excess of repurchase price over the par value entirely to retained earnings based on the trade settlement date.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk as a result of our receivables balances, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise to wholesale customers operating in a number of distribution channels in the United States and other countries. We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s credit history and financial condition, usually without requiring collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each customer’s financial condition. As of February 1, 2020, 2 customersJanuary 28, 2023, one customer represented 16% and eachanother customer represented more than 10% individually, and totaled 35% in the aggregate,11% of our receivables, net included in our consolidated balance sheet.

While noNo individual customer represented greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 or Fiscal 2017,2020. However, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

Additionally, as of February 1, 2020, we had $52 million of cash and cash equivalents, including $45 million invested in money market funds. Substantially all of these amounts are with major financial institutions in the United States. Further, we maintain cash deposits with major financial institutions that exceed the insurance coverage limits provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States.

Income Taxes

Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial

90

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. Prepaid income taxes and income taxes payable are recognized in prepaid expenses and other accrued expenses and liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets.

As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carry-backs and carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws andat rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, taxable income in carrybackany carry-back years, tax-planning strategies, and recent results of recent operations.

Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we are more likely than not to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we will reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce income tax expense. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of

90

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

taxable income among jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities.

WeAlso, we use a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The second step, measurement, is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more likely than not threshold or are resolved through negotiationsettlement or litigation with the relevant taxing authority, or upon expiration of the statute of limitations.limitations or otherwise. Alternatively, de-recognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more likely than not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations. As of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, unrecognized tax benefit amounts, including any related penalty and interest expense, included in our consolidated balance sheet was $1 million and $1 million, respectively, and during each of Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, we recognized less than $1 million in changes in unrecognized tax benefit amounts in our consolidated statements of operations.

In the case of foreign subsidiaries, there are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial statement and tax bases of assets. WhenIf we consider the investment to be essentially permanent in duration and the financial statement basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred tax liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration.recognized. Further, deferred tax liabilities are not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considerswe consider those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("U.S. Tax Reform") as enacted on December 22, 2017 changed the way federal tax is applied to distributions of earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Generally, the aggregate of all post-1986 accumulated undistributed earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries as of the specified measurement dates was, if positive, subject to a U.S. "transition tax.” We calculated the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as of the measurement dates and determined that no transition tax was due and accordingly did not record a transition tax amount in our consolidated statements of operations.States. While future distributions of foreign subsidiary earnings are generally not subject to federal tax, there are other possible tax impacts, including state taxes and foreign withholding tax, that must be considered if the earnings are not considered to be permanently reinvested. Further, U.S. Tax Reform did not exempt from federal tax thea gain realized upon the sale of a foreign subsidiary, if any, is not exempt from federal tax and consideration must therefore be given to the impact of differences in the book and tax basis of foreign subsidiaries not arising from earnings when determining whether a liability must be recorded if the investment is not considered permanently reinvested.

U.S. Tax Reform made significant changes in the taxation of our domestic and foreign earnings,Additionally, United States tax regulations currently include certain tax provisions including a reduction in the domestic corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, the move to a territorial taxation system under which the earnings of foreign subsidiaries will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon distribution, the increase in bonus depreciation available for certain assets acquired, limitations on the deduction for certain expenses, including executive compensation and interest incurred, a tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), disallowance of deductions for certain payments (the base erosion anti-abuse tax, or “BEAT”) and certain deductions enacted for certain foreign-derived intangible income (“FDII”). While the calculations for GILTI, BEAT and FDII are complex calculations, the newthese provisions did not have a material impact on our effective tax rate in Fiscal 20192022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2018.2020. We recognize the impact of GILTI as a period cost.

In Fiscal 2018 we adopted certain guidance that requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset (other than inventory) when the transfer occurs. The impact of the adoption of this guidance resulted in a $0.1 million reduction to retained earnings as of February 4, 2018.

91

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law, with applicable provisions reflected in our financial statements upon enactment. This law included several taxpayer favorable provisions which impacted us, including allowing the carry-back of our Fiscal 2020 net operating losses to years prior to the enactment of the United States Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in 2017 (“U.S. Tax Reform”), resulting in an increased benefit for those losses, accelerated depreciation of certain leasehold improvement costs, relaxed interest expense limitations and certain non-income tax benefits including deferral of employer FICA payments and an employee retention credit. Substantially all of the income tax receivable in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022 relates to the carry-back of our Fiscal 2020 net operating losses to prior years.

We file income tax returns in the United States and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for years prior to Fiscal 2016,2019, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic net earnings from continuing operations, net earnings from discontinued operations and net earnings per share amounts are each calculated by dividing the respectivenet earnings amount by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Shares repurchased, if any, are removed from the weighted average number of shares outstanding upon repurchase and delivery.based on the trade settlement date.

Diluted net earnings from continuing operations, net earnings from discontinued operations and net earnings per share amounts are each calculated similarly to the amounts above, except that the weighted average shares outstanding in the diluted calculationsnet earnings per share calculation also includesinclude the potential dilution using the treasury stock method that could occur if dilutive securities, including restricted share awards or other dilutive awards, were converted to shares. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for any restricted share awards, options or other dilutive awards that are "in the money," and that we use the proceeds received to repurchase shares at the average market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of cash to be paid and future compensation expense to be recognized.recognized and any cash to be paid. Performance-based and market-based restricted share units are included in the computation of diluted shares only to the extent that the underlying performance or market conditions (1) have been satisfied as of the end of the reporting period or (2) if the measurement criteria has been satisfied and the result would be dilutive, even if the contingency period has not ended as of the end of the reporting period.

In periods that we incur a loss, we exclude restricted shares or restricted share unit awards as including the awards would be anti-dilutive. During Fiscal 2020, there were 0.4 million restricted shares and restricted share units outstanding that were excluded from the diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation. No restricted shares or restricted share units were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation for Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Discontinued Operations

Amounts included in discontinued operations in Changes to our estimates and assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations in Fiscal 2017 primarily consist of revisions to our net loss anticipated in connection with certain retained lease obligations related to our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in 2015. During Fiscal 2017, we negotiated settlements in respect of these outstanding lease obligations by agreeing to make one-time cash payments lower than the aggregate total outstanding liabilities related to discontinued operations at that time resulting in income from discontinued operations during the period. The final satisfaction of those lease obligations was completed in February 2018.

All references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group, except that any cash flow information includes continuing operations and discontinued operations as cash flows from discontinued operations have not been segregated from cash flow from continuing operations.financial statements.

Accounting Standards Adopted in Fiscal 20192022

In February 2016, the FASBNo recently issued revised lease accounting guidance. The guidance requires companies to record substantially all leases, including operating leases, as assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. For these leases, we are required to recognize (1) an operating lease asset which represents our right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for a lease term and (2) a lease liability equal to our obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis. We adopted the guidance on the first day ofin Fiscal 2019 using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach allows us to apply the new lease accounting guidance to the financial statements for the period of adoption and apply the previous lease accounting guidance in the prior year comparative periods. The adoption of the new lease accounting guidance2022 had a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet asfinancial statements upon adoption or is expected to have a result of the non-cash recognition of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities, but did notmaterial impact in future periods.

92

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations or cash flows. We elected the transition relief package practical expedients by applying previous lease accounting conclusions to all leases that existed prior to the adoption date. Therefore, we have not reassessed (1) whether existing or expired contracts contain a lease, (2) lease classification for existing or expired leases, or (3) the accounting for initial direct costs that were previously capitalized. We did not elect the practical expedient to use hindsight for leases existing at the adoption date. Refer to “Leases” above and Note 6 for additional disclosures and information about accounting for leases.

Other recently issued guidance that was adopted in Fiscal 2019 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Applicable to Future Years

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance, as amended, on the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. This guidance amends the impairment model by requiring that companies use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain financial instruments, including trade receivables. This guidance will be effective in Fiscal 2020, which commenced on February 2, 2020. We are currently assessing the impact that adopting this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB amended guidance on accounting for income taxes. This guidance amends and simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions in existing guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas. This guidance will be effective for all years beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that adopting this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Recent accounting pronouncements pending adoption not discussed above are either not applicable or not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Operating Groups

We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand’s direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable. OurWith our acquisition of Johnny Was on September 19, 2022, our business is primarily operated throughorganized as our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Johnny Was and Emerging Brands operating groups. Results for periods prior to Fiscal 2022 also include the Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups.group, which we exited in Fiscal 2021.

Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern TideJohnny Was each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective trademarks and may license their trademarks for other product categories,categories. The Emerging Brands operating group, which was organized in Fiscal 2022, consists of the operations of our smaller, earlier stage Southern Tide, TBBC and Duck Head brands. In prior years, Southern Tide was reported as a separate operating group, while Lanier Apparelboth TBBC and Duck Head were included in Corporate and Other. All prior year amounts have been restated to conform to the current year presentation.

Each of the brands included in Emerging Brands designs, sources, markets and distributes brandedapparel and private label men’s tailored clothing, sportswearrelated products bearing its respective trademarks and is supported by Oxford’s emerging brands team that provides certain support functions to the smaller brands, including marketing and advertising execution, analysis and other products. functions. The shared resources provide for operating efficiencies and enhanced knowledge sharing across the brands.

Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, the elimination of inter-segment sales, and any other items that are not allocated to the operating groups, including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments. Becauseadjustments as our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the operating groups. Corporate and Other also includes the operations of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups, including the operations of TBBC and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.center and our Oxford America business, which we exited in Fiscal 2022.

93

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The tables below present certain financial information (in thousands) about our reportable operating groups, as well as Corporate and Other.

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Net sales

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

676,652

$

675,358

$

686,021

Lilly Pulitzer

 

284,700

 

272,299

 

248,931

Lanier Apparel

 

97,251

 

100,471

 

106,852

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

45,248

 

40,940

Corporate and Other

 

17,778

 

14,090

 

3,467

Consolidated net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,086,211

Depreciation and amortization

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

27,852

$

29,549

$

30,998

Lilly Pulitzer

 

10,106

 

10,605

 

9,021

Lanier Apparel

 

574

 

567

 

583

Southern Tide

 

549

 

528

 

441

Corporate and Other

 

1,206

 

1,241

 

1,359

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

$

40,287

$

42,490

$

42,402

Operating income (loss)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

53,207

$

53,139

$

55,002

Lilly Pulitzer

 

51,795

 

47,239

 

46,608

Lanier Apparel

 

1,465

 

5,057

 

6,546

Southern Tide

 

5,554

 

5,663

 

4,504

Corporate and Other

 

(18,346)

 

(20,506)

 

(26,660)

Consolidated operating income

 

93,675

 

90,592

 

86,000

Interest expense, net

 

1,245

 

2,283

 

3,109

Earnings before income taxes

$

92,430

$

88,309

$

82,891

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2022

    

2021

    

2020

Net sales

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

880,233

$

724,305

$

419,817

Lilly Pulitzer

 

339,266

 

298,995

 

231,078

Johnny Was (1)

72,591

Emerging Brands

 

116,484

 

90,053

 

58,200

Lanier Apparel (2)

 

 

24,858

 

38,796

Corporate and Other

 

2,954

 

3,868

 

942

Consolidated net sales

$

1,411,528

$

1,142,079

$

748,833

Depreciation and amortization

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

26,807

$

27,830

$

46,698

Lilly Pulitzer

 

12,784

 

11,678

 

9,965

Johnny Was (1)

7,199

Emerging Brands

 

1,582

 

1,298

 

1,175

Lanier Apparel (2)

 

 

107

 

1,239

Corporate and Other

 

663

 

685

 

837

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

$

49,035

$

41,598

$

59,914

Operating income (loss)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

172,761

$

111,733

$

(53,310)

Lilly Pulitzer

 

67,098

 

63,601

 

27,702

Johnny Was (1)

(1,544)

Emerging Brands (3)

 

15,602

 

16,649

 

(62,724)

Lanier Apparel (2)

 

 

4,888

 

(26,654)

Corporate and Other (4)

 

(35,143)

 

(31,368)

 

(8,863)

Consolidated operating income (loss)

 

218,774

 

165,503

 

(123,849)

Interest expense, net

 

3,049

 

944

 

2,028

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

$

215,725

$

164,559

$

(125,877)

(1)Amount included for Johnny Was represents the post-acquisition period only.
(2)In Fiscal 2021, we exited our Lanier Apparel business, which is discussed in more detail in Note 11.
(3)The operating loss for Emerging Brands in Fiscal 2020 included a $60 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets of Southern Tide, with no such charges in Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021.
(4)The operating loss for Corporate and Other included a LIFO accounting charge of $1$3 million, $1charge of $16 million and $8credit of $9 million in Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017,2020, respectively. During Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, the operating loss for Corporate and Other also included $3 million of transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the Johnny Was acquisition and a gain on sale of an unconsolidated entity of $12 million, respectively.

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

Purchases of Property and Equipment

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

31,272

$

25,111

$

24,962

Lilly Pulitzer

 

4,273

 

10,777

 

11,150

Lanier Apparel

 

571

 

99

 

305

Southern Tide

 

289

 

149

 

1,138

Corporate and Other

 

1,016

 

907

 

1,193

Purchases of Property and Equipment

$

37,421

$

37,043

$

38,748

94

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

2020

2019

Total Assets

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama (1)

$

668,197

$

439,353

Lilly Pulitzer (1)

 

199,913

 

152,113

Lanier Apparel (1)

 

43,533

 

54,369

Southern Tide (1)

 

99,667

 

97,939

Corporate and Other (2)

 

22,059

 

(16,520)

Total Assets

$

1,033,369

$

727,254

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

Fiscal 2020

Purchases of Property and Equipment

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

17,019

$

12,887

$

19,666

Lilly Pulitzer

 

23,990

 

17,305

 

7,059

Johnny Was

1,655

Emerging Brands

 

3,176

 

1,405

 

1,708

Lanier Apparel

 

 

5

 

21

Corporate and Other

 

828

 

292

 

470

Purchases of Property and Equipment

$

46,668

$

31,894

$

28,924

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

2023

2022

Total Assets

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama (1)

$

569,833

$

531,678

Lilly Pulitzer (2)

 

211,119

 

176,757

Johnny Was (3)

334,603

 

Emerging Brands (4)

 

91,306

 

66,825

Lanier Apparel (5)

 

 

207

Corporate and Other (6)

 

(18,196)

 

182,175

Total Assets

$

1,188,665

$

957,642

(1)The increaseIncrease in Tommy Bahama total assets for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzerincludes increases in inventories, receivables and Southern Tide were primarily a result of the recognition ofprepaid expenses partially offset by reduction in non-current assets, including operating lease assets and property and equipment.
(2)Increase in Fiscal 2019 due to the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance, while the decreaseLilly Pulitzer total assets includes increases in Lanier Apparel was primarily due to lower inventories, property and equipment, receivables and prepaid expenses partially offset by reductions in operating lease assets.
(2)(3)TotalThe Johnny Was business was acquired on September 19, 2022.
(4)Increase in Emerging Brands total assets forincludes increases in inventories and non-current assets, including operating lease assets and property and equipment.
(5)Decrease in Lanier Apparel total assets is due to the exit of the Lanier Apparel business during Fiscal 2021.
(6)Decrease in Corporate and Other include LIFO reserves of $63 million and $62 million as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively. The change in total assets includes reductions in short-term investments, cash and cash equivalents, which were used to fund a portion of the acquisition purchase price for CorporateJohnny Was, and Other from February 2, 2019 wasreductions in inventories, primarily due to the increased cash asimpact of February 1, 2020.LIFO accounting, and reductions in non-current assets, including operating lease assets.

Net book value of our property and equipment and net sales by geographic area are presented in the tables below (in thousands). The other foreign amounts primarily relate to our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada Australia and Japan.Australia.

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

2020

2019

2023

2022

Net Book Value of Property and Equipment

United States

$

187,032

$

186,426

$

174,044

$

149,352

Other foreign

 

4,485

 

6,150

 

3,540

 

3,095

$

191,517

$

192,576

$

177,584

$

152,447

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

Net Sales

United States

$

1,086,170

$

1,067,235

$

1,048,619

Other foreign

 

36,620

 

40,231

 

37,592

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,086,211

95

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The tables below quantify, for each operating group and in total, the amount of net sales by distribution channel (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales for each period presented.

Fiscal 2019

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

676,652

 

48

%  

20

%  

12

%  

20

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

284,700

 

41

%  

38

%  

%  

21

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

97,251

 

%  

1

%  

%  

99

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

%  

21

%  

%  

79

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

17,778

 

%  

60

%  

%  

32

%  

8

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,122,790

 

39

%  

23

%  

8

%  

30

%  

%

    

Fiscal 2018

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

675,358

 

48

%  

18

%  

13

%  

21

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

272,299

 

42

%  

36

%  

%  

22

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

100,471

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

45,248

 

%  

18

%  

%  

82

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

14,090

 

%  

54

%  

%  

30

%  

16

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,107,466

 

40

%  

21

%  

8

%  

31

%  

%

Fiscal 2017

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

686,021

 

49

%  

16

%  

12

%  

23

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

248,931

 

38

%  

34

%  

%  

28

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

106,852

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

40,940

 

%  

19

%  

%  

81

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

3,467

 

%  

23

%  

%  

16

%  

61

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,086,211

 

39

%  

19

%  

8

%  

34

%  

%

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

Fiscal 2020

Net Sales

United States

$

1,372,278

$

1,112,384

$

728,308

Other foreign

 

39,250

 

29,695

 

20,525

$

1,411,528

$

1,142,079

$

748,833

The tables below quantify net sales, for each operating group and in total (in thousands), and the percentage of net sales by distribution channel for each operating group and in total, for each period presented, except that the amounts included for Johnny Was represent the post-acquisition period only. We have calculated all percentages below based on actual data, and percentages may not add to 100 due to rounding.

Fiscal 2022

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Food & Beverage

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

880,233

 

46

%  

24

%  

13

%  

17

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

339,266

 

33

%  

51

%  

%  

16

%  

%

Johnny Was

72,591

36

%  

42

%  

%  

22

%  

%  

Emerging Brands

 

116,484

 

6

%  

42

%  

%  

52

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

 

%  

%  

%  

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

2,954

 

%  

%  

%  

43

%  

57

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,411,528

 

39

%  

33

%  

8

%  

20

%  

%

    

Fiscal 2021

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Food & Beverage

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

724,305

 

47

%  

25

%  

13

%  

15

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

298,995

 

34

%  

50

%  

%  

16

%  

%

Johnny Was

%  

%  

%  

%  

%  

Emerging Brands

 

90,053

 

5

%  

39

%  

%  

56

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

24,858

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

3,868

 

%  

%  

%  

61

%  

39

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,142,079

 

39

%  

32

%  

8

%  

20

%  

%

Fiscal 2020

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Food & Beverage

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

419,817

 

37

%  

36

%  

11

%  

16

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

231,078

 

20

%  

64

%  

%  

16

%  

%

Johnny Was

%  

%  

%  

%  

%  

Emerging Brands

 

58,200

 

3

%  

45

%  

%  

52

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

38,796

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

942

 

%  

%  

%  

%  

100

%

Consolidated net sales

$

748,833

 

27

%  

43

%  

6

%  

23

%  

%

96

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, carried at cost,net, is summarized as follows (in thousands):

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

2020

2019

2023

2022

Land

$

3,166

$

3,166

$

3,090

$

3,135

Buildings and improvements

 

39,563

 

38,782

 

32,495

 

32,090

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology

 

240,527

 

223,666

 

278,589

 

242,759

Leasehold improvements

 

231,089

 

229,141

 

255,955

 

233,988

 

514,345

 

494,755

 

570,129

 

511,972

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(322,828)

 

(302,179)

 

(392,545)

 

(359,525)

Property and equipment, net

$

191,517

$

192,576

$

177,584

$

152,447

96

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 28,

 

January 29,

2020

2019

2023

 

2022

Intangible assets with finite lives

$

51,929

$

51,929

$

108,513

$

51,929

Accumulated amortization

 

(41,924)

 

(40,753)

Accumulated amortization and impairment

 

(50,068)

 

(44,122)

Total intangible assets with finite lives, net

 

10,005

 

11,176

 

58,445

 

7,807

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Trademarks

$

110,700

$

110,700

Lilly Pulitzer Trademarks

 

27,500

 

27,500

Southern Tide Trademarks

 

26,800

 

26,800

Tommy Bahama Trademark

$

110,700

$

110,700

Lilly Pulitzer Trademark

 

27,500

 

27,500

Johnny Was Trademark

77,900

Southern Tide Trademark

 

9,300

 

9,300

Total intangible assets with indefinite lives

$

225,400

$

147,500

Total intangible assets, net

$

175,005

$

176,176

$

283,845

$

155,307

Intangible assets, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2017,2020, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 20192022 are as follows (in thousands):

    

Tommy

    

Lilly

    

Lanier

    

Southern

    

Corporate 

    

    

Tommy

    

Lilly

    

Johnny

    

Emerging

    

Lanier

    

Corporate 

    

Bahama

Pulitzer

Apparel

Tide

and Other

Total

Bahama

Pulitzer

Was

Brands

Apparel

and Other

Total

Balance, January 28, 2017

$

113,625

$

28,595

$

3,048

$

29,977

$

$

175,245

Balance, February 1, 2020

$

110,700

$

28,741

$

$

35,349

$

215

$

$

175,005

Acquisition

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

4,440

 

5,940

Impairment

 

 

 

 

(17,500)

 

(207)

 

 

(17,707)

Amortization

 

(1,580)

 

(346)

 

(172)

 

(288)

 

(18)

 

(2,404)

 

 

(424)

 

 

(679)

 

(8)

 

 

(1,111)

Other, including foreign currency

 

112

 

 

(35)

 

 

 

77

Balance February 3, 2018

 

112,157

 

29,749

 

2,841

 

29,689

 

4,422

 

178,858

Balance January 30, 2021

$

110,700

$

28,317

$

$

17,170

$

$

$

156,187

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

(1,385)

 

(533)

 

(171)

 

(288)

 

(233)

 

(2,610)

 

 

(220)

 

 

(660)

 

 

 

(880)

Other, including foreign currency

 

(72)

 

 

 

 

 

(72)

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

110,700

 

29,216

 

2,670

 

29,401

 

4,189

 

176,176

Balance, January 29, 2022

$

110,700

$

28,097

$

$

16,510

$

$

$

155,307

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

134,640

134,640

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

(475)

 

(171)

 

(291)

 

(234)

 

(1,171)

 

 

(238)

 

(5,194)

 

(670)

 

 

 

(6,102)

Other, including foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 1, 2020

$

110,700

$

28,741

$

2,499

$

29,110

$

3,955

$

175,005

Balance, January 28, 2023

$

110,700

$

27,859

$

129,446

$

15,840

$

$

$

283,845

Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortizationexpense for each of the next five years is expected to be $1 million per year.

97

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for each of the next five years is expected to be$15 million, $11 million, $8 million, $6 million and $4 million.

Goodwill, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2017,2020, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 20192022 is as follows (in thousands):

    

Tommy

    

Lilly

    

Southern

    

Corporate

    

    

Tommy

    

Lilly

    

Johnny

    

Emerging

    

Corporate

    

Bahama

Pulitzer

Tide

and Other

Total

Bahama

Pulitzer

Was

Brands

and Other

Total

Balance, January 28, 2017

$

775

$

16,495

$

42,745

$

$

60,015

Balance, February 1, 2020

$

711

$

19,522

$

$

46,345

$

$

66,578

Acquisition

 

 

3,027

 

 

3,615

 

6,642

Impairment

 

 

 

 

(42,745)

 

 

(42,745)

Other, including foreign currency

 

46

 

 

 

 

46

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

77

Balance February 3, 2018

 

821

 

19,522

 

42,745

 

3,615

 

66,703

Balance January 30, 2021

$

788

$

19,522

$

$

3,600

$

$

23,910

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

���

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, including foreign currency

 

(67)

 

 

 

(15)

 

(82)

 

(41)

 

 

 

 

 

(41)

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

754

 

19,522

 

42,745

 

3,600

 

66,621

Balance, January 29, 2022

$

747

$

19,522

$

$

3,600

$

$

23,869

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

96,637

96,637

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, including foreign currency

 

(43)

 

 

 

 

(43)

 

(8)

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

Balance, February 1, 2020

$

711

$

19,522

$

42,745

$

3,600

$

66,578

Balance, January 28, 2023

$

739

$

19,522

$

96,637

$

3,600

$

$

120,498

No impairment was required based on our annual tests for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives performed as of the first day of the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 or Fiscal 2020. As discussed in Note 1, starting in Fiscal 2020 the COVID-19 pandemic had a significant negative impact on each of our operating groups. Thus, certain goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing was required in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, which resulted in significant impairment charges related to Southern Tide, which is included in our Emerging Brands operating group, as shown in the tables above. Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets are included in impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in our consolidated statements of operations. No interim impairment tests were required for any other interim periods of Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 or Fiscal 2020.

Note 5. Debt

In July 2019,As of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, we amendedhad $119 million and no amounts outstanding, respectively, under our $325 million Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement”). On March 6, 2023, we amended the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement by entering into the FirstSecond Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to, among other things, (1) extend the maturity of the facility tofrom July 2024 to March 2028 and (2) modify certain provisions including a reduction of the agreement. Pursuant to the amended agreement, the interest rates on certainrate applicable to our borrowings and a reduction in unused line fees. We had 0 amounts outstanding as of February 1, 2020 under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement comparedwill be based on either the Secured Overnight Financing Rate plus an applicable margin of 135 to borrowings185 basis points or prime plus an applicable margin of $13 million as of February 2, 2019. 35 to 85 basis points.

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (1) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, (2) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average interest rate of 6% as of January 28, 2023), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon average utilization or unused availability, or utilization,as applicable, (3) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (July 2024) and (4) is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including accounts receivable, books and records, chattel paper, deposit accounts, equipment, certain general intangibles, inventory, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), negotiable collateral, life insurance policies, supporting obligations, commercial tort claims, cash and cash equivalents, eligible trademarks, proceeds and other personal property.

98

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

To the extent cash flow needs in the future exceed cash flow provided by our operations, we will have access, subject to its terms, to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to provide funding for operating activities, as well as any capital expenditures, acquisitions, and acquisitions, if any.other investing or financing activities. Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement ismay also be used to establish collateral for certain insurance programs and leases and to finance trade letters of credit for certain product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our line of credit when issued. As of February 1, 2020, $3January 28, 2023, $7 million of letters of credit were outstanding againstunder our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, we had $322$199 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to certain limitations on borrowings. See Note 14 for additional information relating to borrowings under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement made after February 1, 2020.

Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business. Also, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (1) incur debt, (2) guaranty certain obligations, (3) incur liens, (4) pay dividends to shareholders, (5) repurchase shares of our common stock, (6) make investments, (7) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (8) acquire assets or businesses, (9) merge or consolidate with other companies or (10) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.

98

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Additionally, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies only if excess availability under the agreement for three consecutive business days is less than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10% of availability. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained excess availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10% of availability for 30 consecutive days.

We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we amended the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 20192022 and as of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, we were compliant with all applicable covenants related to the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Note 6. Leases and Other Commitments

Substantially all lease expense, which consists of operating lease amounts, is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations. For Fiscal 2019,2022, operating lease expense, which includes amounts used in determining the operating lease liability and operating lease asset was $66$61 million and variable lease expense was $34$43 million, resulting in total lease expense of $99$104 million. For Fiscal 2021, operating lease expense, which includes amounts used in determining the operating lease liability and operating lease asset was $58 million and variable lease expense was $35 million, resulting in total lease expense of $93 million. For Fiscal 2020, operating lease expense was $64 million and variable lease expense was $30 million, resulting in total lease expense of $93 million. As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, the weighted-average remaining operating lease term was sevensix years and five years, respectively, and the weighted-average discount rate for operating leases was 4%.4.7% and 3.8%, respectively. Cash paid for lease amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities in Fiscal 20192022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020 was $75 million, $70 million.million and $63 million, respectively.

99

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

As of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, the required lease liability payments, which includesinclude base rent amounts but excludes payments for real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rents incurred under operating lease agreements, for the fiscal years specified below were as follows (in thousands):

    

Operating lease

    

Operating lease

2020

$

64,141

2021

67,213

2022

 

63,248

2023

 

59,444

82,744

2024

45,972

66,153

After 2024

 

96,914

2025

 

50,079

2026

 

42,917

2027

29,762

After 2027

 

64,261

Total lease payments

$

396,932

$

335,916

Less: Difference between discounted and undiscounted lease payments

 

54,848

 

41,342

Present value of lease liabilities

$

342,084

$

294,574

In addition to the lease amounts included above, as of February 1, 2020, we had additional direct to consumer operating lease commitments, excluding variable lease payments, that have not yet commenced of $4 million. These leases are expected commence in Fiscal 2020 with lease terms generally of up to 10 years.

Disclosures related to periods prior to adoption of revised accounting guidance

Total rent expense in Fiscal 2018 was $96 million, which includes base rent amounts, real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance and other operating expenses and contingent rents incurred under all leases. Payments for real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent percentage rent are included in rent expense, but are generally not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments, as, in most cases, the amounts payable in future periods are not quantified in the lease agreement or may be dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges included in total rent expense above were $28 million in Fiscal 2018. As of February 2, 2019, the aggregate

99

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

minimum base rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating leases with original terms in excess of one year were $68 million, $66 million, $62 million, $59 million, and $51 million for each of the next five years and $124 million thereafter.

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

As of February 1, 2020, we are also obligated under certain apparel license and design agreements to make future minimum royalty and advertising payments of $6 million, $4 million, $0 million, $0 million, and $0 million for each of the next five years and $0 thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts, if any, that exceed the minimums required pursuant to the agreements.

During the 1990s, we discovered the presence of hazardous waste on 1 of our properties. We believe that remedial or other activities may be required, including continued investigation and monitoring of groundwater and soil, although the timing and extent of such activities is uncertain. As of both February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, the reserve for the remediation of this site was less than $1 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the costs, on an undiscounted basis, to clean up and monitor the site as well as any associated legal and consulting fees, based on currently available information. This estimate may change in future periods as more information on the activities required and timing of those activities become known.

In Fiscal 2016, we recognized a charge of $1 million related to an assertion of underpaid customs duties concerning the method used to determine the dutiable value of certain inventory. We appealed this assessment in accordance with the standard procedures of the relevant customs authorities. We obtained a favorable ruling on appeal resulting in the Fiscal 2018 reversal for all amounts previously accrued related to the assertion.

In connection with our Fiscal 2017 acquisition of TBBC, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement which requires us to make cash payments to the sellers of up to $4 million in the aggregate subject to TBBC’s achievement of certain earnings targets over a four year period subsequent to the acquisition. Pursuant to this contingent consideration agreement, as of February 1, 2020, less than $1 million was earned related to Fiscal 2018 and paid in Fiscal 2019, less than $1 million was earned related to Fiscal 2019 and is payable in Fiscal 2020. NaN of the sellers of TBBC is an employee and continues to manage the operations of TBBC.

Note 8.7. Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

We had 60 million shares of $1.00 par value per share common stock authorized for issuance as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019. WeJanuary 29, 2022. As of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022, we had 16 million shares and 17 million shares, respectively, of common stock issued and outstanding.

Dividends

During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we paid $35 million, $28 million and $17 million, respectively, of dividends to our shareholders. Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, funding of acquisitions, funding of capital expenditures or repurchases of outstanding shares, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facility, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends.

Share Repurchases

During Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we repurchased $92 million, $8 million and $18 million, respectively in open market transactions. Additionally, during Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we purchased $3 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively, of shares from our employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to the vesting of shares of our stock.

On December 7, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $150 million to repurchase shares of our stock in open market transactions. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our stock and has no automatic expiration. Through January 28, 2023, we repurchased in open market transactions 1.1 million shares of our common stock for $100 million, an average price of $90 per share, pursuant to the Board of Directors’ December 7, 2021 authorization. As of January 28, 2023, $50 million of the authorization remained available for future repurchases of our common stock.

100

outstandingTable of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Preferred Stock

We had 30 million shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019.January 29, 2022. No preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of January 28, 2023 or January 29, 2022.

Note 8. Equity Compensation

Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and Equity Compensation Expense

As of February 1, 2020, less than 1 millionJanuary 28, 2023, shares were available for issuance under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the "Long-Term“Long- Term Stock Incentive Plan"Plan”). were less than 1 million shares, which includes the additional shares approved for grant under the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan by shareholders in June 2022. The Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan allows us to grant equity-based awards to employees and non-employee directors in the form of, among other things, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or restricted share units. NaNNo additional shares are available under any predecessor plans.

RestrictedThe specific provisions of restricted share awards are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors. Restricted shares and restricted share units granted to officers and other key employees in recent years generally vest three or four years from the date of grant if (1) the performance or market threshold, if any, was met and (2) the employee is still employed by us on the vesting date. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling any restricted shares or restricted share units and forfeits the awards upon the termination of employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The restricted share awards granted during Fiscal 2022 include certain clauses related to accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of qualifying retirement, death or disability of the employee prior to the vesting date, while the restricted share awards granted in prior years did not include such clauses.

In recent years, we have granted a combination of service-based restricted share awards and awards based on total shareholder return (“TSR”) to certain of our employees. As of January 28, 2023, there was $15 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested service-based and TSR-based restricted share awards included in the tables below, which have been granted to employees but have not yet vested. As of January 28, 2023, the weighted average remaining life of the outstanding awards was one year.

Service-Based and Performance-Based Restricted Share Awards

During Fiscal 2022, we granted service-based restricted share unit awards, while in prior years we granted service-based restricted shares. At the time that service-based restricted sharesshare unit awards are granted, the employee is generally, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, entitled to dividend equivalents, payable at the time of payment of any dividends paid on our common stock as long as the awards are outstanding, but do not have any voting rights. Whereas, at the time that service-based restricted share awards were issued, the shareholder is generally, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock as long as the restricted shares are outstanding. In Fiscal 2019, we granted 42,000 performance-based awards, which were issued to employees as restricted shares in Fiscal 2020 upon satisfaction of the specified earnings per share performance requirements. At the time issued, the restricted shares still had a service requirement until the April 2022 vesting date.

100101

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

shares are outstanding. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling any restricted shares and generally forfeits the awards upon the termination of employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors.

The table below summarizes the service-based restricted share awards, including both restricted shares and restricted share units, and performance-based award activity for officers and other key employees (in shares) during Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 2018,2021, and Fiscal 2017:2020 (which do not include the TSR-based Restricted Share Unit activity described below):

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

Fiscal 2020

    

    

Weighted- 

    

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted- 

    

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted-

average

average

average

Number of

average

Number of

average

Number of

average

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Shares or

grant date

Shares

grant date

Shares

grant date

Shares

fair value

Shares

fair value

Shares

fair value

Units

fair value

or Units

fair value

or Units

fair value

Restricted share awards outstanding at beginning of fiscal year

257,890

$

66

211,045

$

63

228,682

$

69

Service-based restricted share awards granted/issued

42,573

$

76

49,726

$

79

58,753

$

56

Performance-based restricted share awards issued related to prior year performance awards

43,152

$

79

72,427

$

57

30,443

$

76

Restricted share awards vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees’ tax liability

(87,252)

$

71

(73,408)

$

58

(92,239)

$

78

Restricted share awards forfeited

(4,439)

 

69

(1,900)

 

62

(14,594)

 

58

Restricted share awards outstanding at end of fiscal year

251,924

$

68

257,890

$

66

211,045

$

63

Awards outstanding at beginning of year

238,889

$

61

308,369

$

61

251,924

$

68

Awards granted

67,965

$

89

42,855

$

89

131,425

$

40

Performance-based awards issued related to prior year EPS-based performance awards

$

$

42,438

$

76

Awards vested, including awards repurchased from employees for employees’ tax liability

(83,324)

$

77

(81,283)

$

77

(114,003)

$

56

Awards forfeited

(10,585)

$

62

(31,052)

$

62

(3,415)

$

62

Awards outstanding at end of year

212,945

$

64

238,889

$

61

308,369

$

61

The following table summarizes information about unvested service-based restricted share awards, including both restricted shares and restricted share units, as of February 1, 2020. The unvestedJanuary 28, 2023.

    

Number of

    

Average

Unvested

Fair Value

Share

on

Description

Awards

Date of Grant

Service-based restricted shares with July 2023 vesting date

 

111,665

$

41

Service-based restricted shares with May 2024 vesting date

 

35,755

$

89

Service-based restricted share units with May 2025 vesting date

 

65,525

$

89

Total service-based awards outstanding at end of year

212,945

$

64

Additionally, during the First Quarter of Fiscal 2023, we granted 0.1 million of service-based restricted share awards will be settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date,units, subject to the employee still beingrecipient remaining an employee at that time.through the May 2026 vesting date.

    

Number of

    

Average

Unvested

Market

Share

Price on

Description

Awards

Date of Grant

Service-based & Performance-based Restricted Share Awards Vesting in April 2020

 

114,003

$

58

Service-based & Performance-based Restricted Share Awards Vesting in April 2021

 

83,248

$

76

Service-based Restricted Share Awards Vesting in April 2022

 

54,673

$

75

Total

 

251,924

 

  

TSR-based Restricted Share Units

The table below summarizes the TSR-based restricted share unit activity for officers and other key employees (in units) during Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021, and Fiscal 2020:

    

Fiscal 2022

    

Fiscal 2021

    

Fiscal 2020

    

    

Weighted- 

    

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted-

average

average

average

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Share Units

fair value

Share Units

fair value

Share Units

fair value

TSR-based awards outstanding at beginning of year

130,440

$

78

83,345

$

50

$

TSR-based awards granted

66,525

$

111

56,750

$

117

83,345

$

50

TSR-based awards forfeited

(925)

$

115

(9,655)

$

68

$

TSR-based awards outstanding at end of year

196,040

$

89

130,440

$

78

83,345

$

50

Restricted shares pursuant to performance-based awards are not issued until approved by our compensation committee following completion of the performance period. During Fiscal 2019, approximately 40,000 restricted shares were earned by recipients related to the Fiscal 2019 performance period; however, these share awards were not included in the tables above as the awards had not been issued as of February 1, 2020. The grant date fair value of these 40,000 awards was $76 per share, and the awards vest in April 2022.

As of February 1, 2020, there was $8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested restricted share awards, which have been granted to employees but have not yet vested, including the Fiscal 2019 performance-based awards issued in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020. As of February 1, 2020, the weighted average remaining life of the outstanding awards was one year.

101102

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The restricted share units granted in the table above are at target. The TSR-based restricted share units are subject to (1) our achievement of a specified TSR-based ranking by us relative to a comparator group during a period of approximately three years from the date of grant and (2) generally the recipient remaining an employee through the vesting date which is approximately three years from the date of grant. The number of shares ultimately earned, which will be settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date, will be between 0% and 200% of the restricted share units at target. These TSR-based restricted share units are entitled to dividend equivalents for dividends declared on our common stock prior to the vesting date, which are payable after vesting of the restricted shares, solely for the number of shares ultimately earned. These TSR-based restricted share units do not have any voting rights prior to the vesting date.

The following table summarizes information about unvested TSR-based restricted share units as of January 28, 2023.

    

    

Unvested

Fair Value

TSR-Based

on

Description

Share/Unit

Date of Grant

TSR-based restricted share units (at target) with July 2023 vesting date

 

76,340

$

50

TSR-based restricted share units (at target) with May 2024 vesting date

 

53,500

$

117

TSR-based restricted share units (at target) with May 2025 vesting date

66,200

$

111

Total TSR-based restricted share units outstanding at end of year

 

196,040

$

89

Additionally, during the First Quarter of Fiscal 2023, we granted 0.1 million of TSR-based restricted share units at target, subject to (1) our achievement of a specified TSR-based ranking by Oxford relative to a comparator group during a period of approximately three years from the date of grant and (2) the recipient remaining an employee through the May 2026 vesting date. The number of shares ultimately earned will be between 0% and 200% of the restricted share units at target.

Director Share Awards

In addition to shares granted to employees, we grant restricted sharesshare awards to our non-employee directors for a portion of each non-employee director’s annual compensation. The non-employee directors must complete certain service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

There were less than 1 million shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") as of February 1, 2020.January 28, 2023. The ESPP allows qualified employees to purchase shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis, based on certain limitations, through payroll deductions. The shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP are not subject to any vesting or other restrictions. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the closing market price on that date. Equity compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was less than $1 million in each of Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017.2020.

Preferred Stock

We had 30 million shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019. NaN preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of February 1, 2020 or February 2, 2019.

Note 9. Income Taxes

The following table summarizes our distribution between domestic and foreign earnings (loss) before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands):

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

2018

2017

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

$

86,528

$

85,050

$

78,707

Foreign

 

5,902

 

3,259

 

4,184

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

$

92,430

$

88,309

$

82,891

Income taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Federal

$

18,565

$

12,543

$

11,710

State

 

5,459

 

4,474

 

3,775

Foreign

 

1,650

 

1,979

 

707

 

25,674

 

18,996

 

16,192

Deferred—Domestic

 

(1,870)

 

3,141

 

1,690

Deferred—Foreign

 

133

 

(119)

 

308

Income taxes

$

23,937

$

22,018

$

18,190

102

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

 

2019

2018

2017

 

Statutory tax rate (1)

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

33.7

%

State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit

 

4.4

%  

4.6

%  

3.6

%

Impact of foreign operations rate differential (2)

 

0.2

%  

0.7

%  

(0.6)

%

Valuation allowance for foreign losses and other carry-forwards (3)

 

0.1

%  

(0.1)

%  

1.1

%

Impact of U.S. Tax Reform on deferred tax amounts (4)

 

%  

%  

(14.4)

%

Other, net

 

0.2

%  

(1.3)

%  

(1.5)

%

Effective tax rate for continuing operations

 

25.9

%  

24.9

%  

21.9

%

(1)The statutory tax rate for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 reflects the federal corporate tax rate of 21%. Fiscal 2017 is a blended rate that reflects the reduction of the federal corporate marginal tax rate effective January 1, 2018 as a result of U.S. Tax Reform.
(2)Impact of foreign operations rate differential primarily reflects the rate differential between the United States and the respective foreign jurisdictions for any foreign income or losses, and the impact of any permanent differences.
(3)Valuation allowance for foreign losses and other carry-forwards primarily reflects the valuation allowance recorded due to our inability to recognize an income tax benefit related to certain operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets during the period. The benefit in Fiscal 2018 was primarily due to the utilization of certain operating loss carryforward benefits against current year earnings and changes in our assessment of the likelihood of recognition of certain foreign operating loss carryforwards.
(4)Impact of U.S. Tax Reform on deferred tax amounts of $12 million consists of our provisional income tax benefit amount related to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the change in the enacted tax rate due to U.S. Tax Reform. During Fiscal 2018 as we completed our calculation of the impact of U.S. Tax Reform in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provided us with up to one year to complete accounting for the impacts of U.S. Tax Reform, we did not recognize any material measurement period adjustments to the provisional amounts recorded in Fiscal 2017.

103

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

2020

2019

Deferred Tax Assets:

 

  

 

  

Inventories

$

13,067

$

13,210

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

8,977

 

8,096

Receivable allowances and reserves

 

993

 

890

Operating lease liabilities

 

85,969

 

3,371

Operating loss and other carry-forwards

 

3,171

 

2,785

Other, net

 

1,546

 

4,122

Deferred tax assets

 

113,723

 

32,474

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Operating lease assets

(82,186)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(8,076)

 

(11,917)

Acquired intangible assets

 

(34,019)

 

(32,913)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(124,281)

 

(44,830)

Valuation allowance

 

(5,213)

 

(5,103)

Net deferred tax liability

$

(15,771)

$

(17,459)

As of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019 our operating loss and other carry-forwards primarily relate to our operations in Canada and Hong Kong, as well as certain states. The majority of these operating loss carry-forwards allow for carry-forward of at least 20 years and in some cases, indefinitely. The substantial majority of our valuation allowance of $5 million and $5 million as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively, relates to these foreign and state operating loss carry-forwards and the deferred tax assets in those jurisdictions. The recent history of operating losses in certain jurisdictions is considered significant negative evidence against the future realizability of these tax benefits. The amount of the valuation allowance could change in the future if our operating results or estimates of future taxable operating results changes.

U.S. Tax Reform made significant changes to how foreign earnings are taxed. Certain amounts of foreign earnings are subject to U.S. federal tax currently pursuant to the GILTI rules regardless of whether those earnings are distributed, and actual distributions of foreign earnings are generally no longer subject to U.S. federal tax.   We continue to assert that our investments in foreign subsidiaries and substantially all of the related earnings are permanently reinvested outside the United States. We believe that any other taxes such as foreign withholding or U.S. state tax payable would be immaterial if we were to repatriate the foreign earnings. Therefore, we have not recorded any deferred tax liabilities related to investments and earnings in our consolidated balance sheets as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019.

Accounting for income taxes requires that we offset deferred tax liabilities and assets within each tax jurisdiction and present the net deferred tax amount for each jurisdiction as a net deferred tax amount in our consolidated balance sheets. The amounts of deferred income taxes included in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

2020

2019

Assets:

 

  

 

  

Deferred tax assets

$

769

$

952

Liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(16,540)

 

(18,411)

Net deferred tax liability

$

(15,771)

$

(17,459)

104

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10.9. Defined Contribution Plans

We have a tax-qualified voluntary defined contribution retirement savings plan covering substantially all United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If aan eligible participant elects to contribute, a portion of the contribution may be matched by us. Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. Our aggregate expense under these defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans in Fiscal 2019, 2022,

103

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 20172020 was $5 million, $5$4 million and $4$1 million, respectively. The increase in Fiscal 2022 was primarily due to an increase in the company match percentage for our defined contribution plan. The lower amount in Fiscal 2020 was primarily due to the suspension of the company match for our defined contribution plan during Fiscal 2020 to reduce our expenses during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Note 11. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)10. Income Taxes

EachThe following table summarizes our distribution between domestic and foreign earnings (loss) before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands):

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2022

2021

2020

Earnings (loss) before income taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

$

206,944

$

161,233

$

(129,129)

Foreign

 

8,781

 

3,326

 

3,252

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

$

215,725

$

164,559

$

(125,877)

Income taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Federal

$

41,776

$

24,998

$

(11,498)

State

 

8,835

 

3,780

 

(1,060)

Foreign

 

1,191

 

409

 

735

 

51,802

 

29,187

 

(11,823)

Deferred—Domestic

 

71

 

4,155

 

(17,780)

Deferred—Foreign

 

(1,883)

 

(104)

 

(582)

Income taxes

$

49,990

$

33,238

$

(30,185)

Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

 

2022

2021

2020

 

Statutory federal income tax rate

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

21.0

%

State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit

 

3.6

%  

3.7

%  

3.6

%

Impact of foreign operations rate differential

 

0.1

%  

0.1

%  

(0.2)

%

Impairment of non-deductible Southern Tide goodwill

%

%

(3.7)

%

Change in reserve for uncertain tax positions

0.2

%

(1.0)

%

(2.5)

%

Rate benefit from NOL carry-back to pre-U.S. Tax Reform periods due to the CARES Act

 

%  

%  

5.5

%

Impact of valuation allowances related to operating losses

(1.6)

%

(0.8)

%

(0.9)

%

Impact of valuation allowances related to capital losses

%

1.2

%

%

Impact of capital losses

%

(2.9)

%

%

Other, net

 

(0.1)

%  

(1.1)

%  

1.2

%

Effective tax rate for continuing operations

 

23.2

%  

20.2

%  

24.0

%

104

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

2023

2022

Deferred Tax Assets:

 

  

 

  

Inventories

$

20,561

$

16,947

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

9,637

 

9,058

Receivable allowances and reserves

 

2,580

 

2,814

Operating lease liabilities

 

71,871

 

59,711

Operating loss and other carry-forwards

 

757

 

3,675

Other, net

 

4,901

 

3,529

Deferred tax assets

 

110,307

 

95,734

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Operating lease assets

(66,145)

(51,909)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(15,289)

 

(12,427)

Acquired intangible assets

 

(26,030)

 

(26,792)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(107,464)

 

(91,128)

Valuation allowance

 

(2,448)

 

(6,050)

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

$

395

$

(1,444)

The majority of our fiscal quarters consistsvaluation allowance of thirteen week periods, beginning on$2 million as of January 28, 2023 relate to our capital loss carry-forwards. As of January 29, 2022, the first day aftermajority of our valuation allowance of $6 million related to operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets in the endjurisdictions with operating losses as well as our capital loss carry-forwards. The positive operating results in Fiscal 2022, as well as the positive net earnings in the most recent three-year cumulative period, are considered significant positive evidence about the realizability of our operating loss carry-forwards in certain jurisdictions, and in Fiscal 2022 resulted in the utilization or reversal of the prior fiscal quarter, except that the fourth quarter in a year with 53 weeks (such as Fiscal 2017) includes 14 weeks. Following is a summarysubstantial majority of our Fiscal 2019valuation allowances related to our operating loss carry-forward amounts. The short carry-forward period for the capital losses, which can only offset qualifying capital gain income, continue to be considered significant negative evidence against the future realizability of these capital loss tax benefits. The amount of the valuation allowance could change in the future if our operating results or estimates of future taxable operating results changes.

Certain amounts of foreign earnings are subject to U.S. federal tax currently pursuant to the GILTI rules regardless of whether those earnings are distributed, and Fiscal 2018, quarterly resultsactual distributions of foreign earnings are generally no longer subject to U.S. federal tax. We continue to assert that our investments in substantially all of our foreign subsidiaries and substantially all of the related earnings are permanently reinvested outside the United States. We believe that any other taxes such as foreign withholding or U.S. state tax payable would be immaterial if we were to repatriate the foreign earnings. Therefore, we have not recorded any deferred tax liabilities related to these foreign investments and earnings in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 28, 2023 and January 29, 2022.

Accounting for income taxes requires that we offset deferred tax liabilities and assets within each tax jurisdiction and present the net deferred tax amount for each jurisdiction as a net deferred tax amount in our consolidated balance sheets. The amounts of deferred income taxes included in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts)thousands):

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

    

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Total(1)

Fiscal 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net sales

$

281,973

$

302,000

$

241,221

$

297,596

$

1,122,790

Gross profit

$

165,769

$

179,825

$

132,980

$

166,393

$

644,967

Operating income

$

29,742

$

40,259

$

2,594

$

21,080

$

93,675

Net earnings

$

21,657

$

29,836

$

1,668

$

15,332

$

68,493

Net earnings per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

1.30

$

1.78

$

0.10

$

0.91

$

4.09

Diluted

$

1.29

$

1.76

$

0.10

$

0.90

$

4.05

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

16,713

 

16,760

 

16,773

 

16,779

 

16,756

Diluted

 

16,848

 

16,907

 

16,934

 

16,965

 

16,914

Fiscal 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net sales

$

272,628

$

302,641

$

233,662

$

298,535

$

1,107,466

Gross profit

$

164,146

$

179,297

$

129,279

$

164,402

$

637,124

Operating income

$

28,373

$

36,513

$

3,705

$

22,001

$

90,592

Net earnings

$

20,567

$

27,184

$

1,861

$

16,679

$

66,291

Net earnings per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

1.24

$

1.63

$

0.11

$

1.00

$

3.97

Diluted

$

1.23

$

1.61

$

0.11

$

0.99

$

3.94

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

16,639

 

16,683

 

16,694

 

16,698

 

16,678

Diluted

 

16,769

 

16,840

 

16,870

 

16,890

 

16,842

(1)The sum of the quarterly net earnings per share amounts may not equal the amount for the year due to rounding.

    

January 28,

    

January 29,

2023

2022

Assets:

 

  

 

  

Deferred tax assets

$

3,376

$

1,467

Liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(2,981)

 

(2,911)

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

$

395

$

(1,444)

The Fourth Quarters of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 included a LIFO accounting charge of $1 million and $1 million, respectively. The full years of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 included a LIFO accounting charge of $1 million and $1 million, respectively.

105

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A reconciliation of the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, which are included in other non-current liabilities, is as follows (in thousands):

    

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2020

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

 

$

3,390

$

5,261

$

1,212

Increase related to prior period tax positions

 

110

 

10

 

303

Decrease related to prior period tax positions

(1)

Increase related to current period tax positions

646

527

3,960

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

(2,305)

Decrease related to lapse of statute of limitations

 

(482)

 

(103)

 

(213)

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

$

3,664

$

3,390

$

5,261

Approximately $1 million of our uncertain tax positions as of January 28, 2023, if recognized, would reduce the future effective tax rate in the period settled. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to our tax positions is subject to change based on future events including, but not limited to, settlements of ongoing audits and assessments and the expiration of applicable statutes of limitation. We expect that the balance of the gross unrecognized tax benefits may decrease during Fiscal 2023. However, the ultimate occurrence, outcomes, and timing of such events could differ from our current expectations. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations. During each of Fiscal 2022, Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, we recognized less than $1 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions in our consolidated statements of operations.

Note 11. Lanier Apparel Exit

In Fiscal 2021, we exited our Lanier Apparel business, which had been focused on moderately priced tailored clothing and related products. The Lanier Apparel exit aligns with our stated business strategy of developing and marketing compelling lifestyle brands. It also took into consideration the increased macroeconomic challenges faced by the Lanier Apparel business, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 pandemic.

In connection with the Fiscal 2020 decision to exit the Lanier Apparel business, we recorded pre-tax charges of $13 million in the Lanier Apparel operating group during Fiscal 2020. These charges consisted of (1) $6 million of estimated inventory markdown charges, the substantial majority of which were reversed in Corporate and Other as part of LIFO accounting as the inventory had not been sold as of January 30, 2021, (2) $3 million of employee charges, including severance and employee retention costs, (3) $3 million of operating lease asset impairment charges for leased office space, (4) $1 million of non-cash fixed asset impairment charges, primarily related to leasehold improvements, and (5) $1 million of charges related to our Merida manufacturing facility, which ceased operations in Fiscal 2020.

During Fiscal 2021, we recognized in the Lanier Apparel operating group a benefit of $2 million related to the Lanier Apparel exit primarily consisting of (1) $4 million of reductions in inventory markdowns previously recognized, of which the substantial majority of this amount was reversed in Corporate and Other as part of LIFO accounting and (2) a $3 million gain on the sale of Lanier Apparel’s Toccoa, Georgia distribution center. These items were partially offset by (1) $2 million of severance and employee retention costs, (2) $2 million of termination charges related to certain license agreements and (3) $1 million of additional charges related to the Merida manufacturing facility.

For each of Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, the estimated inventory markdown charges and manufacturing facility charges are included in cost of goods sold in Lanier Apparel, while the charges for operating lease asset impairments, employee charges, and fixed asset impairments are included in SG&A in Lanier Apparel. The gain on sale of the Toccoa, Georgia distribution center in Fiscal 2021 is included in royalties and other income in Lanier Apparel.

We do not expect to incur any additional Lanier Apparel exit charges. Substantially all of the cumulative accrued employee charges, termination charges related to contractual commitments and charges related to the Merida

106

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

manufacturing facility have been paid. As of January 28, 2023, future lease amounts totaling $2 million related to the Lanier Apparel office leases that were previously impaired and vacated are expected to be paid through 2024 over the remaining terms of the respective leases, with no other anticipated significant future cash requirements related to the Lanier Apparel business.

Note 12. Business Combinations

Fiscal 2017 Business Combinations

During Fiscal 2017 we completed certain acquisitions which resulted in our acquisition of TBBC and 12 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores. TBBC, whichOn September 19, 2022, we acquired 100% of the ownership interests in December 2017, designs, sources, marketsJW Holdings, LLC and distributes premium childrenswearits subsidiaries (collectively “Johnny Was”). Johnny Was owns the Johnny Was California lifestyle brand and its related operations including bonnets, hats,the design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of collections of affordable luxury, artisan-inspired bohemian apparel, swimwearaccessories and accessorieshome goods. Johnny Was products are sold through the TBBC e-commerceJohnny Was website and retail stores as well as wholesaleselect department stores and specialty retailers. The Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores that were acquired are located in Massachusetts, Virginia and Maryland.stores. We believe that the TBBC acquisition of Johnny Was further advances our strategic goal of owning a diversified portfolio of lifestyle brands whileand provides future growth opportunities for our business. Information about the operating results of Johnny Was for the 19 week period from the acquisition date through the end of the fiscal year are included in the operating group information included in Note 2.

This acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. The preliminary purchase price for the acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores allows for growth of Lilly Pulitzer’s direct to consumer business, particularlyJohnny Was totaled $270 million in some key markets. Subsequent to their respective acquisitions, the acquired Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores are included in our Lilly Pulitzer operating group, while the TBBC operations are included in Corporate and Other.

The purchase price, in the aggregate, of our Fiscal 2017 acquisitions was $18 million primarily consisting of cash, subject to adjustment based on net working capital or inventory amounts as of the closing datesdate of the respective acquisitions.acquisition. After giving effect to the estimated working capital adjustment,the purchase price paid at closing was $271 million, including acquired cash of $7 million. We used cash and short-term investments on hand and borrowings under our revolving credit facilityU.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to financefund the transactions.transaction. As of January 28, 2023, we have accrued an additional $2 million as an estimate of the finalization of the working capital estimate, which we anticipate finalizing and paying during Fiscal 2023. There are no contingent consideration arrangements associated with this transaction. Transaction and integration costs related to the acquisitionsthis acquisition, which primarily consist of representation and warranty insurance, integration costs, due diligence costs, legal fees and other costs, totaled $1approximately $3 million and are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations in Fiscal 2017.2022. These costs are included in Corporate and Other in the financial information included in Note 2.

Our allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities, including intangible assets, customer relationships, operating lease amounts, property and equipment, working capital amounts, liabilities and other amounts, is preliminary as of January 28, 2023. Our estimates of the allocation of preliminary purchase price will be revised during the one year allocation period, as appropriate, as we obtain additional information about the fair values of these acquired assets and liabilities and finalize our valuation estimates. Changes in future periods to the preliminary amounts allocated to the various acquired assets and liabilities could be material. The following table summarizes our preliminary allocation of the purchase price for the Fiscal 2017 acquisitions, in the aggregateJohnny Was acquisition (in thousands):

    

Fiscal 2017 acquisitions

Cash and cash equivalents

$

406

Inventories (1)

 

3,910

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

595

Property and equipment

 

682

Intangible assets

 

5,940

Goodwill

 

6,642

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(640)

Purchase price (2)

$

17,535

107

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    

Johnny Was acquisition

Cash and cash equivalents

$

7,296

Receivables

 

8,777

Inventories (1)

 

23,434

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

6,353

Property and equipment

 

21,108

Intangible assets

 

134,640

Goodwill

 

96,637

Operating lease assets

54,859

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(34,777)

Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities

(47,009)

Purchase price

$

271,318

(1)Includes aan estimate for the step-up of acquired inventory from cost to fair value of $1$4 million with substantially allpursuant to the purchase method of this step-up amountaccounting, which was recognized in Fiscal 2017 in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statement of operations with the remaining amount recognized in Fiscal 2018 in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statement of operations.
(2)In connection with the TBBC acquisition, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which we will be obligated to make cash payments to the sellers of up to $4 million in the aggregate subject to TBBC’s achievement of certain earnings targets over a four year period subsequent to the acquisition. Estimated fair value of the contingent consideration amount2022 as of the acquisition dateacquired inventory was less than $1 million.sold.

Goodwill represents the amount by which the cost to acquire Johnny Was exceeds the fair value of individual acquired assets less liabilities of the business at acquisition. We acquired tradenames and trademarks as well as customer relationships as part of the acquisition. We used the relief from royalty method to estimate the fair value of trademarks and tradenames and the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach to estimate the fair value of customer relationships. Intangible assets allocated in connection with our preliminary purchase price allocation consisted of the following (in thousands):

    

    

Fiscal 2017

    

    

Johnny Was

Useful life

acquisitions

Useful life

acquisition

Finite lived intangible assets acquired:

 

  

 

  

Finite lived intangible assets acquired, primarily consisting of customer relationships

 

8 - 13 years

$

56,740

Trade names and trademarks

 

20 years

$

4,220

 

Indefinite

 

77,900

Other intangible assets including reacquired rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements

 

3 - 10 years

$

1,720

$

5,940

$

134,640

The consolidated pro forma information presented below (in thousands, except per share data) gives effect to the September 19, 2022 acquisition of Johnny Was as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of Fiscal 2021. The information presented below is for illustrative purposes only, is not indicative of results that would have been achieved if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of Fiscal 2021 and is not intended to be a projection of future results of operations. The consolidated pro forma information has been prepared from historical financial statements for Johnny Was and us for the periods presented, including without limitation, purchase accounting adjustments, but excluding any seller specific management/advisory or similar expenses and any synergies or operating cost reductions that may be achieved from the combined operations in the future.

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2021

Net sales

 

 

$

1,546,371

 

$

1,327,875

Earnings before income taxes

$

237,919

$

169,832

Net earnings

$

182,380

$

135,276

Earnings per share:

Basic

$

11.47

$

8.02

Diluted

$

11.22

$

8.13

The Fiscal 2022 pro forma information above includes amortization of acquired intangible assets, but excludes the transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the transaction and the $4 million of incremental cost of goods sold associated with the step-up of inventory at acquisition that was recognized by us in our Fiscal 2022 consolidated statement of operations. The Fiscal 2021 pro forma information above includes amortization of acquired intangible assets, transaction expenses and integration costs associated with the transaction and the $4 million of

106108

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 13. Tommy Bahama Japan Charges

During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we incurred certain charges related to the restructureincremental cost of our Tommy Bahama Japan operations, which we plan to exit entirely during the first half of Fiscal 2020. In Fiscal 2018 we incurred charges related to the lease termination and closure of the Tommy Bahama Ginza flagship retail-restaurant location, for which the lease was previously scheduled to expire in 2022, as well as other charges associated with downsizing the business. In Fiscal 2019 we incurred chargesgoods sold associated with the shutdown of our remaining retail and concession operations in Japan which is scheduled to be completed in the first half of Fiscal 2020. The substantial majority of the charges in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, which are included in Tommy Bahama, were recognized in SG&A.

The charges in Fiscal 2018 totaled $4 million, including $2 million of lease termination and premises reinstatement charges, $1 million of non-cash asset impairment charges and $1 millionstep-up of inventory markdown, severance and other charges relatedat acquisition. Additionally, the pro forma adjustments for each period prior to the downsizingSeptember 2022 acquisition reflect an estimate of the business. The charges in Fiscal 2019 totaled $3 million, including a $1 million non-cash foreign currency chargeincremental interest expense associated with our investment in Japan which was previously included in accumulated other comprehensiveadditional borrowings and income in our consolidated balance sheet, $1 million of lease termination, premises reinstatement and operating lease asset impairment charges, and charges relatedtax expense that would have been incurred subsequent to the revision to the estimated Ginza reinstatement charge recognized in the prior year, as well as other items including severance and inventory markdowns related to the pending shutdown of the Tommy Bahama Japan operations.

As of February 1, 2020, obligations related to these charges that are still outstanding total $1 million, which primarily consist of monthly retail store lease payments, lease termination payments and premises reinstatement charges requiring payment in the first half of Fiscal 2020 and other amounts related to the pending shutdown of the business. These amounts are included in current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as the amounts are expected to be paid in the first half of Fiscal 2020.

Note 14. Subsequent Events

Subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2019, in February and March 2020, we repurchased 332,000 shares of our common stock for $18 million under an open market stock repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan).

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States. Due to the COVID-19 outbreak, we saw reduced consumer traffic starting in early March 2020 and temporarily closed all of our retail and restaurant locations in North America on March 17, 2020. Subsequent to those closures, we also temporarily closed all of our retail locations in Australia. These store and restaurant closures, as well as the disruptions in all of our channels of distribution resulting from the COVID-19 outbreak, has had, and will continue to have a negative impact on our net sales during Fiscal 2020. While the disruption is currently expected to be temporary, there is significant uncertainty around the duration of the disruption. Thus, while we expect this matter to negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial position, the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. As a result, we are leveraging our balance sheet and have drawn down $200 million from the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to increase our cash position and help preserve our financial flexibility.acquisition.

107109

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

Oxford Industries, Inc.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Column A

Column B

Column C

Column D

Column E

Column B

Column C

Column D

Column E

Additions

Charged

Additions

Charged

Balance at

Charged to

to Other

Deductions

Balance at

Balance at

Charged to

to Other

Deductions

Balance at

Beginning

Costs and

Accounts–

End of

Beginning

Costs and

Accounts–

End of

Description

    

of Period

    

Expenses

    

Describe

    

Describe

    

Period

    

of Period

    

Expenses

    

Describe

    

Describe

    

Period

(In thousands)

(In thousands)

Fiscal 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Fiscal 2022

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Accounts receivable reserves (1)

$

6,646

$

15,802

 

$

(13,682)

(3)  

$

8,766

$

3,412

$

2,868

$

541

(3)  

$

(2,789)

(4)  

$

4,032

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)

$

661

$

88

 

$

(194)

(4)  

$

555

Fiscal 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

Provision for credit losses (2)

$

1,311

$

(262)

$

200

(3)  

$

(19)

(5)  

$

1,230

Fiscal 2021

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

  

 

  

Accounts receivable reserves (1)

$

6,485

$

9,599

 

$

(9,438)

(3)  

$

6,646

$

6,418

$

(1,140)

$

$

(1,866)

(4)  

$

3,412

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)

$

1,659

$

225

 

$

(1,223)

(4)  

$

661

Fiscal 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Provision for credit losses (2)

$

2,580

$

(1,190)

$

$

(79)

(5)  

$

1,311

Fiscal 2020

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

 

  

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

 

  

Accounts receivable reserves (1)

$

9,301

$

9,059

 

$

(11,875)

(3)  

$

6,485

$

8,766

$

5,629

$

$

(7,977)

(4)  

$

6,418

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)

$

811

$

1,366

 

$

(518)

(4)  

$

1,659

Provision for credit losses (2)

$

555

$

4,052

$

$

(2,027)

(5)  

$

2,580

(1)Accounts receivable reserves includes estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for "Revenue Recognition and Receivables" in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.
(2)AllowanceProvision for doubtful accountscredit losses consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a wholesale customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for "Revenue Recognition and Receivables" in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.
(3)Addition due to the acquisition of Johnny Was in September 2022.
(4)Principally consists of amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.
(4)(5)Principally consists of accounts written off as uncollectible.

108110

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oxford Industries, Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019,January 29, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019,January 29, 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 30, 202027, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases in fiscal year 2019 due to the adoption of the new leasing standard. The Company adopted the new leasing standard using the modified retrospective approach.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

109111

Table of Contents

the relief from royalty method and multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach to measure trade names and trademarks and customer relationships, respectively. The fair value measure was sensitive to underlying assumptions including certain assumptions that form the basis of the forecasted results (e.g., future EBITA margins, terminal growth rate, and royalty rate). The significant assumptions are forward-looking and could be affected by future economic and market conditions.

Fair Value of Intangible Assets Acquired in the Johnny Was Business Combination

Description of the Matter

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

As disclosed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed the acquisition of JW Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (Johnny Was) on September 19, 2022 for an aggregate net purchase price of $271 million. This acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. The Company allocated the net purchase price to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values as of the date of acquisition, including intangible assets of $134.6 million. Of the intangible assets acquired, the largest were trade names and trademarks and customer relationships of $77.9 million and $56.7 million, respectively.

Auditing the Company's valuation of trade names and trademarks and customer relationships was complex and required significant auditor judgment due to the significant estimation uncertainty in evaluating certain assumptions required to estimate the fair value. The significant estimation uncertainty was primarily due to the sensitivity of the respective fair value of the trade names and trademarks and customer relationships to assumptions about the future cash flows that the Company expects to generate from the acquired business. The Company used the relief from royalty method and multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach to measure trade names and trademarks and customer relationships, respectively. The fair value measure was sensitive to underlying assumptions including certain assumptions that form the basis of the forecasted results (e.g., operating income, growth rates and royalty rates). The significant assumptions are forward-looking and could be affected by future economic and market conditions.

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of relevant controls over the Company’s process for estimating the fair value of trade names and trademarks and customer relationships, including controls over management's review of the significant assumptions, including the operating income, growth rates and royalty rates, used in the valuation of these intangible assets and review of the valuation models.

To test the estimated fair value of the trade names and trademarks and customer relationships, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, evaluating the Company's valuation methodologies and evaluating the significant assumptions used by the Company. We involved our valuation specialists to assist with our evaluation of the methodology used by the Company and significant assumptions included in the fair value estimates. Our testing also included comparing the significant assumptions used to the historical results of the acquired business and to other guideline companies within the same industry. We also performed sensitivity analyses of the significant assumptions to evaluate the change in the fair value of the intangible assets resulting from changes in the assumptions.

/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002.

Atlanta, GA

March 27, 2023

Annual Impairment Analysis of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Asset of the Southern Tide Reporting Unit

Description of the Matter

As disclosed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, at February 1, 2020, the Company’s goodwill and trademark indefinite-lived intangible asset balances for the Southern Tide reporting unit were approximately $43 million and $27 million, respectively. As disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth quarter or whenever changes in circumstances may indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

Auditing management’s annual goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests for the Southern Tide reporting unit was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required to determine the fair values of the Southern Tide reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset. In particular, the fair value estimate of the Southern Tide reporting unit for purposes of assessing whether the related goodwill balance was impaired was sensitive to significant assumptions such as projected net sales, projected operating income, and the discount rate. In addition, the fair value estimate of the Southern Tide indefinite-lived intangible asset was sensitive to significant assumptions such as projected net sales, royalty rate for the trademark, and the discount rate. These significant assumptions are affected by expectations about future market and economic conditions.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s controls over the Southern Tide goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment process. For example, we tested controls over management’s review of the significant assumptions described above.

To test the estimated fair value of the Southern Tide reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing methodologies used by the Company, testing the significant assumptions discussed above, and evaluating the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used by the Company in its analyses. For example, we compared the significant assumptions described above to current market and economic trends; the assumptions used to value similar assets in acquisitions; historical results of the business; and other guidelines used by companies in the same industry. We involved our valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the Company's valuation methodology and certain significant assumptions, including the discount rates and trademark royalty rate. In addition, we assessed the historical accuracy of management’s prospective financial information and performed sensitivity analyses on significant assumptions to evaluate the potential changes in the fair value of the Southern Tide reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset that would result from changes in the assumptions.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002.

Atlanta, GA

March 30, 2020

110112

Table of Contents

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our company, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been anyOn September 19, 2022, we completed the acquisition of Johnny Was. We continue integrating the Johnny Was business processes, information technology systems and other components into our operations and internal controls over financial reporting, resulting in certain changes into our internal controlcontrols over financial reporting during the fourth quarterFourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.2022.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel, and a written code of conduct.

On September 19, 2022, we completed our acquisition of Johnny Was. The results of operations of Johnny Was are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. As permitted by the SEC, we have elected to exclude Johnny Was from our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2023. Net sales of Johnny Was represent 5% of net sales as reported in our consolidated financial statements for Fiscal 2022.

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020.January 28, 2023. In making this assessment, management used the updated framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, we believe that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of February 1, 2020.January 28, 2023.

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, and its report thereon is included herein.

and

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

    

/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER

Thomas C. Chubb III

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

K. Scott Grassmyer

Executive Vice President, — Finance, Chief Financial Officer and ControllerChief Operating Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

March 30, 202027, 2023

March 30, 202027, 2023

113

Table of Contents

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Because of their inherent limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that a control system’s objectives will be met.

111114

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oxford Industries, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.’sinternal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, based on the COSO criteria.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of JW Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (Johnny Was), which is included in the 2022 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted 5% of net sales for the year then ended January 28, 2023. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Johnny Was.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the CompanyOxford Industries, Inc. as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019,January 29, 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2020,January 28, 2023, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”) and our report dated March 30, 202027, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

115

Table of Contents

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

112

Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

March 30, 202027, 2023

116

Table of Contents

Item 9B.   Other Information

None.

Item 9B.9C.   Other InformationDisclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None.Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the members of our Board of Directors:

Name

Principal Occupation

Helen Ballard

Ms. Ballard is the owner of Helen Ballard LLC, a home furnishing product design business.

Thomas C. Chubb III

Mr. Chubb is our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President.

Thomas C. Gallagher

Mr. Gallagher is the retired Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Genuine Parts Company.

Virginia A. Hepner

Ms. Hepner is the retired President and Chief Executive Officer of the Woodruff Arts Center.

John R. Holder

Mr. Holder is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Holder Properties, a full-service commercial and residential real estate developer.

Stephen S. Lanier

Mr. Lanier is a Managing Partner of Fremantle, Capital LLC, a private investment firm that provides capital growth to mature, lower middle market companies primarily in the southeast and Texas.

Dennis M. Love

Mr. Love is the retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Printpack Inc.

Clarence H. Smith

Mr. Smith is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc., a home furnishings retailer.

Clyde C. Tuggle

Mr. Tuggle is co-founder of Pine Island Capital Partners, a private investment firm.

E. Jenner Wood III

Mr. Wood is the retired Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers:

Name

Position Held

Thomas C. Chubb III

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Thomas E. Campbell

Executive Vice President - People & Technology

K. Scott Grassmyer

Executive Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller

J. Wesley Howard, Jr.

President, Lanier Apparel

Michelle M. Kelly

Chief Executive Officer, Lilly Pulitzer

Suraj A. Palakshappa

Vice President - Law, General Counsel and Secretary

Douglas B. Wood

Chief Executive Officer, Tommy Bahama

Additional information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Directors," "Executive Officers," "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Website Information," "Additional Information—Submission of Director

113

Table of Contents

Candidates by Shareholders," and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Board Meetings and Committees of our Board of Directors," and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.   Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee Report" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Our independent registered public accounting firm is Ernst & Young LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, Auditor Firm ID 42.

The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Audit-Related Matters—Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Audit-Related Matters—Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors" and is incorporated herein by reference.

114117

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)1. Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 1, 2020January 28, 2023 and February 2, 2019.January 29, 2022.
Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017.2020.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017.2020.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017.2020.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017.2020.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for Fiscal 2019,2022, Fiscal 20182021 and Fiscal 2017.2020.

2.    Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

(b)   Exhibits

2.1

Unit Purchase Agreement, dated September 19, 2022 by and among JW Holdings, LLC, the sellers named therein, Oxford Industries, Inc. and Endeavour Capital Fund VI, L.P. as sellers’ representative (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2022)

3.1

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 29, 2017)

3.2

Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended.(filedamended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K for Fiscal 2017)8-K filed on August 18, 2020)

4.1

Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934*

10.1

Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 24, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.24.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015)†February 1, 2020)

10.210.1

Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restedrestated effective June 13, 2012) (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 27, 2012)†

10.310.2

First Amendment to Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated July 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q/A for the fiscal quarter ended on July 30, 2016)†

10.3

Second Amendment to Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated December 22, 2022†*

10.4

Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2016, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc.; Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.; the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto as Exhibit 2.1:2.1; Issuing Banks; and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as a Joint Lead Arranger and a Joint Bookrunner; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as a Joint Lead Arranger, a Joint Bookrunner, and the Syndication Agent; and Bank of America, N.A. and KeyBank National Association, as the Co-Documentation Agents (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2016)

118

Table of Contents

10.5

Fourth Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2016, among Oxford Industries, Inc.; Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.; the additional entities grantor thereto, as Grantors, and Truist Bank f/k/a SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2016)

115

Table of Contents

10.6

First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, datesdated as of July 31, 2019, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, and Truist Bank f/k/a SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2019)

10.7

Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2023, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, and Truist Bank, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2023)

10.8

Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2020)†

10.8

Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2020)†

10.9

Oxford Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan † *

21

Subsidiaries of Oxford Industries, Inc.*

23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*

24

Power of Attorney*

31.1

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

31.2

Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32

Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

101INS

XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL Document

101SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as– the cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)Document

*     Filed herewith

†     Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.

We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.

Item 16.   Form 10-K Summary

None.

116119

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

Oxford Industries, Inc.

By:

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

Thomas C. Chubb III
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: March 30, 202027, 2023

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

    

Capacity

    

Date

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

Thomas C. Chubb III

Chairman of the Board of Directors,

Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal

(Principal Executive Officer)

March 30, 202027, 2023

/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER

K. Scott Grassmyer

Executive Vice President, — Finance, Chief Financial Officer

and Controller (PrincipalChief Operating Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

March 30, 202027, 2023

*

Helen Ballard

Director

March 30, 2020

*

Thomas C. Gallagher

Director

March 30, 202027, 2023

*

Virginia A. Hepner

Director

March 30, 202027, 2023

*

John R. Holder

Director

March 30, 202027, 2023

*

Stephen S. Lanier

Director

March 30, 202027, 2023

*

Dennis M. Love

Director

March 30, 202027, 2023

*

Milford W. McGuirt

Director

March 27, 2023

*

Clarence H. Smith

Director

March 30, 202027, 2023

*

Clyde C. Tuggle

Director

March 30, 202027, 2023

/s/ E. Jenner Wood III*

E. Jenner Wood III

Director

March 27, 20202023

*

Carol B. Yancey

Director

March 27, 2023

*By

/s/ SURAJ A. PALAKSHAPPA

Suraj A. Palakshappa

as Attorney-in-Fact

117120